Chevrolet Camaro 2010 Owner's Manual

Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual - 2010 Black plate (1,1)
2010 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M
Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 1-1 Instruments and Controls . . . . 4-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 4-4 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 7-1
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 8-1
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 8-17
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 4-38 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 8-26
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Universal Remote System . . . . 4-44 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 8-30
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 8-34
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Object Detection Systems . . . . 8-41
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 8-55
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 3-1 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Additional Storage Features . . . 3-1 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
2010 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Customer Information . . . . . . . 12-1
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 12-1
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 12-14
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-86 Vehicle Data Recording and
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-90 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-90 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Service and Maintenance . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 10-2
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 10-8
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 10-12
Introduction iii
the printing of this owner manual. Canadian Vehicle Owners

Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your Propriétaires Canadiens
specific vehicle to confirm each of A French language copy of this
the features found on your vehicle. manual can be obtained from your
For vehicles first sold in Canada, dealer or from:
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever ce guide en français auprès du
CHEVROLET Emblem, the name
it appears in this manual. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
Camaro and the Camaro Emblem
suivante:
are registered trademarks of Keep this manual in the vehicle for
General Motors LLC. quick reference. Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
This manual describes features that
Detroit, MI 48207
may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are 1-800-551-4123
options that you did not purchase Numéro de poste 6438 de langue
or due to changes subsequent to française
www.helminc.com
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 92199576 C Third Printing 2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Danger, Warnings, and Notice: This means there is
something that could result in
To quickly locate information Cautions property or vehicle damage.
about the vehicle, use the Index Warning messages found on vehicle This would not be covered by
in the back of the manual. It is an labels and in this manual describe the vehicle's warranty.
alphabetical list of what is in the hazards and what to do to avoid or
manual and the page number reduce them.
where it can be found.
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a
hazard that could result in injury or A circle with a slash through it
death. is a safety symbol which means
“Do Not,” “Do not do this,” or
{ WARNING “Do not let this happen.”
These mean there is something

that could hurt you or other
people.
Introduction v
Symbols Vehicle Symbol Chart B : Engine Coolant Temperature

The vehicle has components and Here are some additional symbols O : Exterior Lamps
labels that use symbols instead of that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more . : Fuel Gauge
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or information on the symbol, refer to + : Fuses
the index.
information relating to a specific 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
component, control, message, 9 : Airbag Readiness Light Changer
gauge, or indicator.
# : Air Conditioning _: High Voltage
M: This symbol is shown when
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
you need to see your owner manual j: LATCH System Child
for additional instructions or g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls Restraints
information. or OnStar * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
*: This symbol is shown when I: Brake System Warning : : Oil Pressure
you need to see a service manual Light
for additional instructions or
} : Power
information.
" : Charging System [ : Green Leaf Display Options
(12‐Volt Battery)
I: Cruise Control
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
: Electric Parking Brake
> : Safety Belt Reminders
d: Electronic Stability
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
Control (ESC) M : Windshield Washer Fluid
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors and Windows 1-1
Keys, Doors and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-12
1-13
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 1-13
Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 1-13
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Dimming Rearview
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Windows
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Roof
Doors Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . . 1-9
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys and Locks

Keys
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous for
many reasons. Children or others
could be badly injured or even
killed. They could operate the
power windows or other controls The key, that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE
or even make the vehicle move. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, transmitter to extend the key. Press
The windows will function with the can be used for the ignition and all the button and the key blade to
keys in the ignition and children locks. retract the key.
could be seriously injured or killed
See your dealer if a new key is
if caught in the path of a closing needed.
window. Do not leave the keys in
a vehicle with children. Notice: If the keys get locked in
the vehicle, it may have to be
damaged to get them out. Always
carry a spare key.
If you are locked out of the vehicle,
see Roadside Assistance Program
on page 12‑6 or OnStar® System
on page 4‑42.

. Check the transmitter's battery.
Remote Keyless Entry See “Battery Replacement” later
(RKE) System in this section.
See Radio Frequency Statement on . If the transmitter is still not
page 12‑17 for information working correctly, see your
regarding Part 15 of the Federal dealer or a qualified technician
Communications Commission (FCC) for service.
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310. Remote Keyless Entry
Changes or modifications to (RKE) System Operation
this system by other than an
authorized service facility could void If available, the Remote Keyless
authorization to use this equipment. Entry (RKE) transmitter will work RKE without Remote Start Shown
up to 65 feet (20 m) away from the
If there is a decrease in the RKE vehicle. The following may be available:
operating range: Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
Other conditions can affect the
. Check the distance. performance of the transmitter. The turn signal indicators may flash
The transmitter may be See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and/or the horn may sound to
too far from the vehicle. System on page 1‑3. indicate locking, see “Remote
. Check the location. Other Feedback” under Vehicle
vehicles or objects may be Personalization on page 4‑38.
blocking the signal. If the passenger door is open when
Q is pressed, all doors lock.
If the driver door is open when Q is V (Remote Trunk Release): Programming Transmitters to
pressed, all doors lock except the Press and hold to unlock the trunk. the Vehicle
driver door, if enabled through the 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Only RKE transmitters programmed
vehicle personalization. Alarm): Press and release to this vehicle will work. If a
one time to locate the vehicle. transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Pressing Q may also arm the
The exterior lamps flash and the replacement can be purchased and
theft-deterrent system. See horn chirps.
Anti-Theft Alarm System on programmed through your dealer.
page 1‑9. Press and hold 7 for at least When the replacement transmitter
is programmed to this vehicle, all
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the two seconds to sound the panic
remaining transmitters must also be
driver door or all doors, see alarm. The horn sounds and the
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
“Remote Unlock” under Vehicle turn signals flash until 7 is pressed transmitters will no longer work
Personalization on page 4‑38. again or the key is placed in the once the new transmitter is
The turn signal indicators may flash ignition and turned to ON/RUN. programmed.
and/or the horn may sound to / (Remote Vehicle Start): For Battery Replacement
indicate unlocking, see “Remote vehicles with this feature, press Q
Feedback” under Vehicle Replace the battery if the Replace
and then / to start the engine from Battery in Remote Key message
Personalization on page 4‑38.
outside the vehicle using the RKE displays in the DIC. See “Replace
Pressing K will disarm the transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Battery in Remote Key” under Key
theft-deterrent system. See Start on page 1‑5 for additional and Lock Messages on page 4‑34.
Anti-Theft Alarm System on information.
The battery is not rechargeable.
page 1‑9.
See your dealer to replace the
battery.
Remote Vehicle Start There are other conditions which Extending Engine Run Time
can affect the performance of the For a 10 minute extension, repeat
Your vehicle may have this feature transmitter, see Remote Keyless
which allows you to start the engine Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
Entry (RKE) System on page 1‑3 still running. The remote start can
from outside the vehicle. for additional information. only be extended once.
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): Starting the Engine Using Remote
This button will be on the RKE When the remote start is extended,
Start the second 10 minutes will start
transmitter if you have remote start.
To start the engine using the remote immediately.
To enable and disable remote start, start feature:
see “Remote Start” under Vehicle For example, if the vehicle has
Personalization on page 4‑38. 1. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. been running for five minutes, and
10 minutes are added, the engine
During a remote start the climate 2. Press and hold / for about will run for a total of 15 minutes.
control system will turn on with two seconds. The turn signal
the fan speed, air delivery mode, A maximum of two remote starts or
lamps will flash to confirm the remote start attempts are allowed
and temperature settings that the vehicle has been started. The
system was set to when the vehicle between ignition cycles.
parking lamps will turn on and
was last turned off. If the fan is remain on as long as the engine The vehicle's ignition switch must
set to O (Off), the climate control is running. The vehicle's doors be turned to ON/RUN and then back
system will not turn on. will be locked. to LOCK/OFF using the key before
Laws in some local communities the remote start procedure can be
3. The key must be inserted and used again.
may restrict the use of remote turned to ON/RUN before
starters. For example, some laws driving.
may require a person using remote
start to have the vehicle in view. The engine will shut off after
Check local regulations for any 10 minutes unless a time
requirements. extension is done or the key is
inserted and turned to ON/RUN.
Shutting the Engine Off After a

. Two remote vehicle starts have
Remote Start already been used. WARNING (Continued)
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
To shut off the engine: . Young children who get into
. Press / until the parking lamps Door Locks unlocked vehicles may be
turn off. unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
. Turn on the hazard warning { WARNING and can suffer permanent
flashers.
Unlocked doors can be injuries or even death from
. Insert the key and turn it to heat stroke. Always lock the
ON/RUN and then back to dangerous.
vehicle whenever leaving it.
LOCK/OFF. . Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
. Outsiders can easily enter
Conditions in Which Remote Start doors and fall out of a moving through an unlocked door
Will Not Work vehicle. The chance of being when you slow down or stop
The remote start will not operate if: thrown out of the vehicle in your vehicle. Locking your
a crash is increased if the doors can help prevent this
. The key is in the ignition. from happening.
doors are not locked. So, all
. The hood is not closed. passengers should wear
. safety belts properly and the Manual Door Locks
The hazard warning flashers
are on. doors should be locked Lock the doors from inside the
whenever the vehicle is vehicle by pressing down the button
. There is an emission control driven. on the top of the door.
system malfunction.
(Continued) The doors can also be unlocked
. The engine coolant temperature
from the inside by pulling the door
is too high.
handle. Pulling the door handle
. The oil pressure is low. again unlatches the door.
Unlock the door from the outside by Power Door Locks Lockout Protection
turning the key counterclockwise.
The vehicle can be programmed
Lock all doors from the outside by to prevent lockout if set in
turning the key clockwise. personalization.
The door lock cylinder turns freely If the driver door is open and the
when either the wrong key is used, RKE lock button is pressed, the
or the correct key is not fully driver door will not lock. When the
inserted. The free turning door lock driver door is opened, and the key is
feature prevents the lock from being in the ignition, a reminder chime
forced open. sounds continuously. The vehicle
To reset the lock, turn it to the remains locked only when both
vertical position with the correct key doors are closed. See Vehicle
fully inserted. Remove the key and Personalization on page 4‑38.
insert it again. The power door lock switch is on
If this does not reset the lock, turn the center console.
the key half-way around in the K (Unlock): Press to unlock both
cylinder and repeat the reset doors.
procedure.
Q (Lock): Press to lock both doors.
To program the power door locks,
see Vehicle Personalization on
page 4‑38.
Doors Remote Trunk Release

WARNING (Continued)
To open the trunk from the outside
Trunk If the vehicle must be driven with the vehicle, press the V button on
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
{ WARNING . Close all of the windows.
transmitter.
Exhaust gases can enter the . Fully open the air outlets on
vehicle if it is driven with the or under the instrument
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or panel.
with any objects that pass . Adjust the Climate Control
through the seal between the system to a setting that
body and the trunk/hatch or brings in only outside air and
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains set the fan speed to the
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which highest setting. See Climate
cannot be seen or smelled. It can Control System in the Index.
cause unconsciousness and even . If the vehicle has a power
death. liftgate, disable the power
(Continued) liftgate function.
From inside the vehicle, press
For more information about the V button located on the
carbon monoxide, see Engine driver door.
Exhaust on page 8‑25.
Emergency Trunk Release Vehicle Security

Handle
Vehicle theft is big business,
Notice: Do not use the especially in some cities.
emergency trunk release handle This vehicle has theft-deterrent
as a tie-down or anchor point features; however, they do not
when securing items in the trunk make it impossible to steal.
as it could damage the handle.
The emergency trunk release Anti-Theft Alarm System
handle is only intended to aid a
person trapped in a latched trunk, This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
enabling them to open the trunk system.
from the inside.
There is an emergency trunk
release handle located inside the
trunk on the trunk latch. On some
vehicles, the release handle can be
accessed by folding the rear seat
center seatback. See Rear Seats
on page 2‑6.
Pull the release handle to open the
trunk from the inside.
Return the release handle to
its original position for proper
operation.
The security light is located on the
instrument panel.
Arming the System How the System Alarm is How to Detect a Tamper
Activated Condition
To arm the system, press Q on the
RKE transmitter. To activate the system if it is armed, If the horn sounds and the turn
open any door, the trunk or hood. signal lamps flash three times
The alarm automatically arms after
about 30 seconds. The security
The horn will sound and the hazard when K is pressed, an attempted
warning flashers will flash. break-in has occurred while the
light, located on the instrument
panel, flashes. How to Turn Off the System system was armed. The vehicle
Alarm may also display a message on the
Disarming the System DIC. See Anti-Theft Alarm System
To turn off the system alarm, do one Messages on page 4‑36 for more
To disarm the system, do one of the
of the following: information.
following:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter.
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. Immobilizer
. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.
. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. See Radio Frequency Statement on
The theft-deterrent system is page 12‑17 for information
The security light stays on for
disarmed when the alarm is regarding Part 15 of the Federal
approximately one second when the
turned off. Communications Commission (FCC)
vehicle is disarming.
rules and Industry Canada
If the system is armed when there Standards RSS-210/220/310.
are people inside of the vehicle,
pulling the door handle from the
inside one time will unlock the door.
Pulling the handle a second time will
unlatch the door.
Immobilizer Operation If the engine still does not start, and

the key appears to be undamaged,
This vehicle has a passive try another ignition key.
theft-deterrent system.
If the engine still does not start and
The system does not have to be the light continues to stay on try
manually armed or disarmed. another key.
The immobilizer light, located in the
The vehicle is automatically If the engine still does not start with
instrument panel cluster, comes on
immobilized when the key is the other key, the vehicle needs
if there is a problem with arming
removed from the ignition. service. If the vehicle does start,
or disarming the theft-deterrent
The system is automatically system. See Immobilizer Light on the first key may be damaged.
disarmed when the vehicle is page 4‑27. See your dealer who can service
started with the correct key. The key the theft-deterrent system and have
When trying to start the vehicle, the a new key made.
uses a transponder that matches
immobilizer light comes on briefly
an immobilizer control unit in the Do not leave the key or device that
when the ignition is turned on.
vehicle and automatically disarms disarms or deactivates the theft
the system. Only the correct key If the engine does not start and the deterrent system in the vehicle.
starts the vehicle. The vehicle may immobilizer light stays on there is a
not start if the key is damaged. problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors To adjust each mirror:

1. Press the switch to select the
Convex Mirrors driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press one of the four sides on
{ WARNING the i (control pad) to adjust the
mirror.
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther 3. Adjust each outside mirror so
away than they really are. If you that a little of the vehicle and the
cut too sharply into the right lane, area behind it can be seen.
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Vehicles with outside power mirrors
have controls located on the driver
The passenger side mirror is convex
door armrest.
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

For vehicles with heated mirrors: Rearview Mirror
< (Rear Window Defogger): Manual Rearview Mirror Vehicles with an automatic dimming
Press to heat the mirrors. Adjust the inside rearview mirror inside rearview mirror reduces the
for a clear view of the area behind glare from the headlamps of the
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
your vehicle. To avoid glare of the vehicle behind you. The dimming
Climate Control Systems on
headlamps from behind, push the feature comes on and the indicator
page 7‑1 for more information.
tab forward for daytime and pull it light illuminates each time the
for nighttime use. vehicle is started.
Automatic Dimming
Vehicles with OnStar have Vehicles with OnStar have
Mirror additional control buttons located at additional control buttons located at
If the vehicle is equipped with an the bottom of the mirror. See your the bottom of the mirror. See your
automatic dimming outside mirror dealer for more information on the dealer for more information on the
on the driver side, the mirror will system and how to subscribe to system and how to subscribe to
adjust for the glare of headlamps OnStar. See the OnStar owner's OnStar. See the OnStar owner's
behind you. guide for more information about guide for more information about
the services OnStar provides. the services OnStar provides.
Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Windows Power Windows
{ WARNING
Leaving children, helpless adults,
or pets in a vehicle with the
windows closed is dangerous.
They can be overcome by
the extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Never leave a
child, a helpless adult, or a pet
alone in a vehicle, especially with
the windows closed in warm or
The power window switches located
hot weather.
on the driver door control all
windows. The window switches on
the passenger door are only for that
window. Push the front of the switch
down to open the window. Pull the
switch up to close it.
The switches work when the ignition
is in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or in Retained Accessory Power
(RAP). See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 8‑19.
Window Indexing Express Window Operation

This automatically lowers the The front window switches have an
{ WARNING
window a small amount when the express-up or down feature that If express override is activated,
door is opened. When the door is lowers or raises the window without the window will not reverse
closed, the window will raise fully. holding the switch. Pull the switch automatically. You or others could
If the vehicle loses power or the up or press it down all the way and be injured and the window could
window freezes, this feature may release it. Stop the window by be damaged. Before you use
not work. From outside the vehicle, pressing or pulling the switch. express override, make sure that
close the door and push the window Express Window Anti-Pinch all people and obstructions are
inward so that the glass goes under Feature clear of the window path.
the molding.
When express-up is active, the Express Window Anti-Pinch
If the “Open, Then Close Driver window will auto-reverse if there
Window” or “Open, Then Close Override
is an obstruction or severe icing.
Passenger Window” messages are The window returns to normal The anti-pinch feature can
displayed on the Driver Information operation after the obstruction or be overridden by holding the
Center (DIC), follow the procedure condition is removed. window switch all the way down.
for Programming the Power The window will lower for as long as
Windows later in this section. See the switch is held. Once the switch
also Driver Information Center (DIC) is released, the express mode is
on page 4‑28. re-activated. In this mode, the
window can still close on an object
in its path. Use care when using the
override mode.
Programming the Power 3. Pull the power window switch up Roof

Windows until the window is fully closed.
If the battery on the vehicle has 4. Continue holding the switch up Sunroof
been recharged, disconnected, for approximately two seconds
after the window is completely On vehicles with a sunroof, the
or is not working, you will need to
closed. switch is located on the overhead
reprogram each front power window
console.
for the express-up feature to work. The window is now reprogrammed.
Before reprogramming, replace or Repeat the process for the other The sunroof only operates when
recharge the vehicle's battery. windows. the ignition is in ON/RUN, ACC/
ACCESSORY, or if Retained
To program each front window,
Sun Visors Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
follow these steps:
See Retained Accessory Power
1. With the ignition in ACC/ Pull the sun visor toward you or (RAP) on page 8‑19.
ACCESSORY, ON/RUN, move it to the side to reduce glare.
or when Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active, close
all doors.
2. Press and hold the power
window switch until the window
is fully open.
Express Sunroof Operation express-open the sunroof. To stop

the sunroof from opening, press the
switch again.
A deflector automatically raises
when the sunroof is opened and
retracts while the sunroof closes.
If the sunshade is closed, it opens
automatically when the sunroof
opens past the vented position.
Notice: Forcing the sunshade
forward of the sliding glass panel
may cause damage and the Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof may not operate properly. sunroof seal or in the tracks that
The sunroof can be opened without Always close the glass panel could cause an issue with sunroof
holding the switch down. Push the before closing the sunshade. operation, noise or plug the water
switch in the open direction until the To close the sunroof, press the front drainage system. Periodically open
second pause. The sunroof will of the switch and hold it until the the sunroof and remove any
fully open. sunroof is closed. The sunroof will obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
stop if the switch is released. Close sunroof seal and roof sealing area
To stop the sunroof from moving,
the sunshade by hand. using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
press either the open or close water. Do not remove grease from
sunroof switch. The sunroof glass panel cannot be sunroof.
Press and release the back of the opened or closed if the vehicle has
switch to open the sunroof to the an electrical failure.
vent position. Press it again to
2 NOTES
Seats and Restraints 2-1
Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 2-21

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 2-41
Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 2-43
Head Restraints Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 2-24 for Children (LATCH
Front Seats When Should an Airbag System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Replacing LATCH System
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 2-4 What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Securing Child Restraints
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Securing Child Restraints
What Will You See After an (Right Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Rear Seats Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
How to Wear Safety Belts Adding Equipment to the
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 2-34
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 2-35
Safety Belt Use During Replacing Airbag System
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull the head restraint up to raise it.
drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same To lower the head restraint, press
all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's the button, located on the top
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the of the seatback, and push the
chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraint down.
Push down on the head restraint
after the button is released to make
sure that it is locked in place.
The vehicle's head restraints are not
designed to be removed.
Front Seats Seat Height Adjustment
Seat Adjustment
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a To adjust a manual seat:
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Lift the handle under the seat to
unlock it. To manually raise or lower the seat,
the vehicle is not moving. move the lever repeatedly upward
2. Slide the seat and release the or downward.
handle.
3. Try to move the seat to be sure
it is locked in place.
Power Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING
{ WARNING Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
You can lose control of the dangerous. Even when buckled
vehicle if you try to adjust the up, the safety belts cannot do
seat while the vehicle is moving. their job when reclined like this.
The sudden movement could
startle and confuse you, or make The shoulder belt cannot do its
you push a pedal when you do job because it will not be against
not want to. Adjust the driver's your body. Instead, it will be in
seat only when the vehicle is not front of you. In a crash, you could
moving. go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
. Move the seat forward or The lap belt cannot do its job
rearward by moving the control either. In a crash, the belt could
forward or rearward. go up over your abdomen. The
. Move the whole seat up or down belt forces would be there, not at
by moving the control up your pelvic bones. This could
or down. cause serious internal injuries.
. Tilt the seat by turning the For proper protection when the
control forward or rearward. vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Power Reclining Seatbacks Seatback Latches

{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Lift the seatback to return it to the

upright position. Push and pull on
the seatback to make sure it is
locked.
On vehicles with power reclining To access the rear seats pull up on
seatbacks the control is located on the latch, located on the rear of the
the outboard side of the seat. driver or front passenger seatback.
. To recline the seatback, move Fold the seatback forward.
the control toward the rear of the
vehicle.
. To raise the seatback, move the
control toward the front of the
vehicle.
Heated Front Seats On vehicles with heated front seats, Rear Seats
the controls are on the center
console. The engine must be The rear seat has two designated
{ WARNING running. seating positions and can be folded
for more cargo space. Fold only
If you cannot feel temperature L (Heated Seat): Press to turn on
when the vehicle is parked.
change or pain to the skin, the the heated seat.
seat heater may cause burns To fold the seatback down:
A light indicates that the feature
even at low temperatures. is working. The number of lights
To reduce the risk of burns, shows the level of heat selected:
people with such a condition one or two for a low or high setting.
should use care when using the Press the button to cycle through
seat heater, especially for long the temperature settings and to turn
periods of time. Do not place the heated seat feature off.
anything on the seat that
insulates against heat, such as
a blanket, cushion, cover or
similar item. This may cause
the seat heater to overheat.
An overheated seat heater may
cause a burn or may damage
1. Pull on the strap located on the
the seat.
top of the of the rear seatback.
2. Fold the seatback down.
Lift the seatback up to raise it, and
push it back to lock it into place.
Make sure the safety belt is not
twisted or caught in the seatback.
Safety Belts { WARNING

In most states and in all Canadian
provinces, the law requires wearing
This section of the manual safety belts. Here is why:
describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside You never know if you will be in
properly. It also describes some
of a vehicle. In a collision, people a crash. If you do have a crash,
things not to do with safety belts.
riding in these areas are more you do not know if it will be a
serious one.
{ WARNING likely to be seriously injured or
killed. Do not allow people to ride A few crashes are mild, and some
Do not let anyone ride where in any area of your vehicle that crashes can be so serious that even
a safety belt cannot be worn is not equipped with seats and buckled up, a person would not
properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Be sure everyone in survive. But most crashes are in
passenger(s) are not wearing your vehicle is in a seat and using between. In many of them, people
safety belts, the injuries can be a safety belt properly. who buckle up can survive and
much worse. You can hit things sometimes walk away. Without
This vehicle has indicators as a safety belts they could have been
inside the vehicle harder or be
reminder to buckle the safety belts. badly hurt or killed.
ejected from the vehicle. You
and your passenger(s) can be See Safety Belt Reminders on After more than 40 years of safety
seriously injured or killed. In the page 4‑17 for additional belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
information. In most crashes buckling up does
same crash, you might not be,
if you are buckled up. Always matter ... a lot!
fasten your safety belt, and check
that your passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
Why Safety Belts Work

When you ride in or on anything,
you go as fast as it goes.
Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the

vehicle. The rider does not stop.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

it is just a seat on wheels.
The person keeps going until or the instrument panel... or the safety belts!
stopped by something. In a real With safety belts, you slow down
vehicle, it could be the windshield... as the vehicle does. You get more
time to stop. You stop over more
distance, and your strongest bones
take the forces. That is why safety
belts make such good sense.
Questions and Answers About Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Q: If I am a good driver, and I
Safety Belts should I have to wear safety never drive far from home,
belts? why should I wear safety
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle belts?
after a crash if I am wearing a A: Airbags are supplemental
safety belt? systems only; so they work with A: You may be an excellent driver,
safety belts — not instead of but if you are in a crash — even
A: You could be — whether you them. Whether or not an airbag one that is not your fault — you
are wearing a safety belt or not. is provided, all occupants still and your passenger(s) can be
But your chance of being have to buckle up to get the hurt. Being a good driver does
conscious during and after an most protection. That is true not not protect you from things
accident, so you can unbuckle only in frontal collisions, but beyond your control, such as
and get out, is much greater if especially in side and other bad drivers.
you are belted. And you can collisions.
unbuckle a safety belt, even if Most accidents occur within
you are upside down. 40 km (25 miles) of home.
And the greatest number of
serious injuries and deaths
occur at speeds of less than
65 km/h (40 mph).
Safety belts are for everyone.
How to Wear Safety Belts Occupants who are not buckled up worn low and snug on the hips, just
can be thrown out of the vehicle in a touching the thighs. In a crash, this
Properly crash. And they can strike others in applies force to the strong pelvic
This section is only for people of the vehicle who are wearing safety bones and you would be less likely
adult size. belts. to slide under the lap belt. If you slid
First, before you or your under it, the belt would apply force
Be aware that there are special
passenger(s) wear a safety belt, on your abdomen. This could cause
things to know about safety belts
there is important information you serious or even fatal injuries. The
and children. And there are different
should know. shoulder belt should go over the
rules for smaller children and
shoulder and across the chest.
infants. If a child will be riding in
These parts of the body are best
the vehicle, see Older Children on
able to take belt restraining forces.
page 2‑36 or Infants and Young
Children on page 2‑39. Follow The shoulder belt locks if there is a
those rules for everyone's sudden stop or crash.
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Sit up straight and always keep

your feet on the floor in front of you.
The lap part of the belt should be
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if your
shoulder belt is too loose. In a
crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase
injury. The shoulder belt should fit
snugly against your body.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will
It will not give as much not give nearly as much
protection this way. protection this way.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if your You can be seriously injured if
lap belt is too loose. In a crash, your belt is buckled in the wrong
you could slide under the lap place like this. In a crash, the belt
belt and apply force on your would go up over your abdomen.
abdomen. This could cause The belt forces would be there,
serious or even fatal injuries. not on the pelvic bones. This
The lap belt should be worn could cause serious internal
low and snug on the hips, just injuries. Always buckle your belt
touching the thighs. into the buckle nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong

buckle.
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured if
your belt goes over an armrest
like this. The belt would be much
too high. In a crash, you can slide
under the belt. The belt force
would then be applied on the
abdomen, not on the pelvic
bones, and that could cause
serious or fatal injuries. Be sure
the belt goes under the armrests.
A: The belt is over an armrest. A: The shoulder belt is worn under

the arm. It should be worn over
the shoulder at all times.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured if You can be seriously injured by
you wear the shoulder belt under not wearing the lap-shoulder belt
your arm. In a crash, your body properly. In a crash, you would
would move too far forward, not be restrained by the shoulder
which would increase the chance belt. Your body could move too
of head and neck injury. Also, far forward increasing the chance
the belt would apply too much of head and neck injury. You
force to the ribs, which are not might also slide under the lap
as strong as shoulder bones. You belt. The belt force would then be
could also severely injure internal applied right on the abdomen.
organs like your liver or spleen. That could cause serious or fatal
The shoulder belt should go over A: The belt is behind the body. injuries. The shoulder belt should
the shoulder and across the go over the shoulder and across
chest. the chest.
Q: What is wrong with this? Lap-Shoulder Belt

{ WARNING
All seating positions in the vehicle
You can be seriously injured by a have a lap-shoulder belt.
twisted belt. In a crash, you would
The following instructions explain
not have the full width of the belt
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
to spread impact forces. If a belt properly.
is twisted, make it straight so it
can work properly, or ask your
dealer to fix it.
A: The belt is twisted across

the body.
1. If the seat has a safety belt

guide, and the safety belt is
not routed through the guide,
snap the guide around the belt
webbing. Be sure the belt is not
twisted.
2. Adjust the seat, if the seat is If the shoulder portion of a Position the release button on
adjustable, so you can sit up passenger belt is pulled out all the buckle so that the safety belt
straight. To see how, see “Seats” the way, the child restraint could be quickly unbuckled if
in the Index. locking feature may be engaged. necessary.
If this happens, let the belt go 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
back all the way and start again. up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted. 4. Push the latch plate into the
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if buckle until it clicks.
you pull the belt across you very Pull up on the latch plate to
quickly. If this happens, let the make sure it is secure. If the belt
belt go back slightly to unlock it. is not long enough, see Safety
Then pull the belt across you Belt Extender on page 2‑20. To unlatch the belt, push the button
more slowly. on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the Pretensioners work only once. There is one guide for each
safety belt is out of the way. If a If the pretensioners activate in a outboard passenger position in the
door is slammed against a safety crash, they will need to be replaced, rear seat. Here is how to install a
belt, damage can occur to both the and probably other new parts for comfort guide to the safety belt:
safety belt and the vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Safety Belt Pretensioners Parts After a Crash on page 2‑21.
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for the front outboard Rear Safety Belt Comfort
occupants. Although the safety belt Guides
pretensioners cannot be seen, they Rear shoulder belt comfort guides
are part of the safety belt assembly. may provide added safety belt
They can help tighten the safety comfort for older children who have
belts during the early stages of outgrown booster seats and for
a moderate to severe frontal or some adults. When installed on a
near frontal crash if the threshold shoulder belt, the comfort guide
conditions for pretensioner positions the shoulder belt away
activation are met. And, if the from the neck and head. 1. Pull the elastic cord out from
vehicle has side impact airbags, between the edge of the
safety belt pretensioners can help seatback and the interior body
tighten the safety belts in a side to remove the guide from its
crash. storage clip.
WARNING (Continued)
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
2. Place the guide over the belt 3. Be sure that the belt is
and insert the two edges of the not twisted and it lies flat.
belt into the slots of the guide. The elastic cord must be under
the belt and the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly 4. Buckle, position, and release
worn may not provide the the safety belt as described
protection needed in a crash. previously in this section. Make
The person wearing the belt could sure that the shoulder belt
be seriously injured. The shoulder crosses the shoulder.
belt should go over the shoulder
(Continued)
To remove and store the comfort Safety Belt Extender

guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
be removed from the guide. Slide around you, you should use it.
the guide onto the clip, leaving only But if a safety belt is not long
the loop of the elastic cord exposed. enough, your dealer will order you
Properly secure the guide before an extender. When you go in to
folding the seatback. order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
Safety Belt Use During long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
Pregnancy else use it, and use it only for the
Safety belts work for everyone, A pregnant woman should wear seat it is made to fit. The extender
including pregnant women. Like all a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap has been designed for adults.
occupants, they are more likely to portion should be worn as low as Never use it for securing child seats.
be seriously injured if they do not possible, below the rounding, To wear it, attach it to the regular
wear safety belts. throughout the pregnancy. safety belt. For more information,
see the instruction sheet that comes
The best way to protect the fetus is with the extender.
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Safety System Check Safety Belt Care WARNING (Continued)

Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry.
belt reminder light, safety belts, safety belt systems are working
buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly.
{ WARNING properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as
damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. possible.
that might keep a safety belt system In a crash, they might not be able
from doing its job. See your dealer to provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary.
safety belts may not protect you in soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that
a crash. They can rip apart under were used during any crash may
impact forces. If a belt is torn or have been stressed or damaged.
frayed, get a new one right away.
Replacing Safety Belt See your dealer to have the safety
Make sure the safety belt reminder
System Parts After a belt assemblies inspected or
light is working. See Safety Belt Crash replaced.
Reminders on page 4‑17 for more New parts and repairs may be
information. { WARNING necessary even if the safety belt
Keep safety belts clean and dry. system was not being used at the
A crash can damage the safety time of the crash.
See Safety Belt Care on
belt system in the vehicle.
page 2‑21. Have the safety belt pretensioners
A damaged safety belt system checked if the vehicle has been in a
may not properly protect the crash, or if the airbag readiness light
person using it, resulting in stays on after you start the vehicle
serious injury or even death in or while you are driving. See Airbag
a crash. To help make sure the Readiness Light on page 4‑18.
(Continued)
Airbag System All of the airbags in your vehicle will

have the word AIRBAG embossed
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
The vehicle has the following in the trim or on an attached label
airbags: near the deployment opening. { WARNING
. A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or
. A frontal airbag for the right front killed in a crash if you are not
passenger. part of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel wearing your safety belt — even if
. A seat-mounted side impact for the right front passenger. you have airbags. Airbags are
airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety
With seat-mounted side impact
. A seat-mounted side impact belts, but do not replace them.
airbags, the word AIRBAG will
airbag for the right front Also, airbags are not designed to
appear on the side of the seatback
passenger. closest to the door. deploy in every crash. In some
crashes safety belts are your only
The vehicle may also have the With roof-rail airbags, the word restraint. See When Should an
following airbags: AIRBAG will appear along the Airbag Inflate? on page 2‑25.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver headliner or trim.
and the passenger seated Wearing your safety belt during a
Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce your chance
directly behind the driver. the protection provided by safety
of hitting things inside the vehicle
. A roof-rail airbag for the right belts. Even though today's airbags
or being ejected from it. Airbags
front passenger and the are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an are “supplemental restraints” to
passenger seated directly the safety belts. Everyone in your
behind the right front passenger. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job. vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against,
faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag
Anyone who is up against, or very when it inflates can be seriously
close to, any airbag when it injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light
inflates can be seriously injured lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel, which
or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily for adults and older children, but shows the airbag symbol.
close to the airbag, as you would not for young children and infants.
The system checks the airbag
be if you were sitting on the edge Neither the vehicle's safety belt
electrical system for malfunctions.
of your seat or leaning forward. system nor its airbag system
The light tells you if there is an
Safety belts help keep you in is designed for them. Young electrical problem. See Airbag
position before and during a children and infants need the Readiness Light on page 4‑18
crash. Always wear your safety protection that a child restraint for more information.
belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always
should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in your
while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older
the vehicle. Children on page 2‑36 or Infants
Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on
sleep against the door or side page 2‑39.
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Where Are the Airbags?
The right front passenger frontal Driver Side shown, Passenger

airbag is in the instrument panel on Side similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side.
The seat-mounted side impact
middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
WARNING (Continued)
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
that person causing severe injury Frontal airbags are designed to
or even death. The path of an inflate in moderate to severe frontal
inflating airbag must be kept or near-frontal crashes to help
clear. Do not put anything reduce the potential for severe
between an occupant and an injuries mainly to the driver's or right
airbag, and do not attach or put front passenger's head and chest.
anything on the steering wheel However, they are only designed
hub or on or near any other to inflate if the impact exceeds
airbag covering. a predetermined deployment
Driver Side shown, Passenger Do not use seat accessories threshold. Deployment thresholds
Side similar are used to predict how severe a
that block the inflation path of a
crash is likely to be in time for the
If the vehicle has roof-rail airbags seat-mounted side impact airbag.
airbags to inflate and help restrain
for the driver, right front passenger, Never secure anything to the roof the occupants.
and second row outboard of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
passengers, they are in the ceiling Whether the frontal airbags will
by routing a rope or tie down or should deploy is not based on
above the side windows. through any door or window how fast your vehicle is traveling.
opening. If you do, the path of It depends largely on what you hit,
{ WARNING an inflating roof-rail airbag will the direction of the impact, and how
be blocked. quickly your vehicle slows down.
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Frontal airbags may inflate Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate if the crash severity is above
at different crash speeds. inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear the system's designed threshold
For example: impacts, or in many side impacts. level. The threshold level can vary
. If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has with specific vehicle design.
object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the are not intended to inflate in frontal
the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. impacts, near-frontal impacts,
. If the vehicle hits an object that Your vehicle has electronic frontal rollovers, or rear impacts.
deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing A seat-mounted side impact airbag
inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a is intended to deploy on the side of
than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and a the vehicle that is struck. Roof-rail
that does not deform. more severe frontal impact. airbags are intended to deploy on
For moderate frontal impacts, both sides in some high threshold
. If the vehicle hits a narrow object dual-stage airbags inflate at a frontal impacts.
(like a pole), the airbags could level less than full deployment.
inflate at a different crash speed In any particular crash, no one
For more severe frontal impacts, can say whether an airbag should
than if the vehicle hits a wide full deployment occurs.
object (like a wall). have inflated simply because of
Your vehicle has seat-mounted side the damage to a vehicle or because
. If the vehicle goes into an object impact airbags. Your vehicle may of what the repair costs were.
at an angle, the airbags could or may not have roof-rail airbags. For frontal airbags, inflation is
inflate at a different crash speed See Airbag System on page 2‑22. determined by what the vehicle hits,
than if the vehicle goes straight Seat-mounted side impact and the angle of the impact, and how
into the object. roof-rail airbags are intended to quickly the vehicle slows down.
Thresholds can also vary with inflate in moderate to severe side For seat-mounted side impact and
specific vehicle design. crashes. In addition, these roof‐rail roof-rail airbags, deployment is
airbags are intended to inflate in a determined by the location and
severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted severity of the side impact.
side impact and roof-rail airbags will
What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in
many types of collisions, primarily
Inflate? Restrain? because the occupant's motion is
In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When
system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? on
triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering page 2‑25 for more information.
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In Airbags should never be regarded
airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, as anything more than a supplement
of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact to safety belts.
the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle.
all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection
Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal
inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of
instrument panel. For vehicles with the impact more evenly over the
seat-mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body, stopping
there are airbag modules in the side the occupant more gradually.
of the front seatbacks closest to the Seat-mounted side impact and
door. For vehicles with roof-rail roof-rail airbags distribute the force
airbags, there are airbag modules in of the impact more evenly over the
the ceiling of the vehicle, near the occupant's upper body.
side windows that have occupant
seating positions.
What Will You See After The parts of the airbag that come
WARNING (Continued)
into contact with you may be warm,
an Airbag Inflates? but not too hot to touch. There may
After the frontal airbags and be some smoke and dust coming breathing problems but cannot
seat-mounted side impact airbags from the vents in the deflated get out of the vehicle after an
inflate, they quickly deflate, so airbags. Airbag inflation does not airbag inflates, then get fresh air
quickly that some people may not prevent the driver from seeing out by opening a window or a door.
even realize an airbag inflated. of the windshield or being able to If you experience breathing
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent problems following an airbag
partially inflated for some time after people from leaving the vehicle. deployment, you should seek
they deploy. Some components of medical attention.
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
{ WARNING
The vehicle has a feature that may
airbag modules, see What Makes When an airbag inflates, there automatically unlock the doors, turn
an Airbag Inflate? on page 2‑27. may be dust in the air. This dust the interior lamps on, and turn the
could cause breathing problems hazard warning flashers on when
for people with a history of the airbags inflate. You can lock the
asthma or other breathing trouble. doors, turn the interior lamps off,
To avoid this, everyone in the and turn the hazard warning
vehicle should get out as soon as flashers off by using the controls
it is safe to do so. If you have for those features.
(Continued)
In many crashes severe enough to

. The vehicle has a crash sensing
inflate the airbag, windshields are and diagnostic module which
broken by vehicle deformation. records information after a
Additional windshield breakage crash. See Vehicle Data
may also occur from the right front Recording and Privacy on
passenger airbag. page 12‑15 and Event Data
Recorders on page 12‑15.
. Airbags are designed to inflate United States
only once. After an airbag
. Let only qualified technicians
inflates, you will need some work on the airbag systems.
new parts for the airbag system. Improper service can mean that
If you do not get them, the an airbag system will not work
airbag system will not be there properly. See your dealer for
to help protect you in another service.
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly Passenger Sensing Canada and Mexico
other parts. The service manual System The words ON and OFF, or the
for your vehicle covers the need symbol for on and off, will be visible
to replace other parts. The vehicle has a passenger during the system check. If you
sensing system for the right front are using remote start to start the
passenger position. The passenger vehicle from a distance, if equipped,
airbag status indicator will be visible you may not see the system check.
on the overhead console when the When the system check is
vehicle is started. complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 4‑19.
The passenger sensing system will We recommend that children be

turn off the right front passenger secured in a rear seat, including: WARNING (Continued)
frontal airbag under certain an infant or a child riding in a
conditions. The driver airbags and rear-facing child restraint; a child passenger airbag inflates and the
roof‐rail airbags (if equipped) are not riding in a forward-facing child seat; passenger seat is in a forward
affected by the passenger sensing an older child riding in a booster position.
system. seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing
The passenger sensing system enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the right
works with sensors that are part A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag, no
of the right front passenger seat. “Never put a rear-facing child seat system is fail-safe. No one can
The sensors are designed to detect in the front.” This is because the risk guarantee that an airbag will not
the presence of a properly-seated to the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual
occupant and determine if the right if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though the
front passenger frontal airbag airbag is turned off.
should be enabled (may inflate)
or not.
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child
airbag is off. If you secure a
children are safer when properly restraint can be seriously
forward-facing child restraint in
secured in a rear seat in the correct injured or killed if the right
the right front seat, always move
child restraint for their weight front passenger airbag inflates.
the front passenger seat as far
and size. This is because the back of the
back as it will go. It is better to
rear-facing child restraint would
secure the child restraint in a
be very close to the inflating
rear seat.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
(Continued)
The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing frontal airbag, depending upon
designed to turn off the right front system has turned off the right front the person's seating posture
passenger frontal airbag if: passenger frontal airbag, the off and body build. Everyone in the
. The right front passenger seat is indicator will light and stay lit to vehicle who has outgrown child
unoccupied. remind you that the airbag is off. restraints should wear a safety belt
See Passenger Airbag Status properly — whether or not there is
. The system determines that an Indicator on page 4‑19. an airbag for that person.
infant is present in a rear-facing
The passenger sensing system is
infant seat.
designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING
. The system determines that a right front passenger frontal airbag
small child is present in a child anytime the system senses that If the airbag readiness light ever
restraint. a person of adult size is sitting comes on and stays on, it means
properly in the right front passenger that something may be wrong
. The system determines that a
seat. When the passenger sensing with the airbag system. To help
small child is present in a
booster seat. system has allowed the airbag to be avoid injury to yourself or others,
enabled, the on indicator will light have the vehicle serviced right
. A right front passenger takes and stay lit to remind you that the away. See Airbag Readiness
his/her weight off of the seat for airbag is active. Light on page 4‑18 for more
a period of time. information, including important
For some children who have
. The right front passenger seat is outgrown child restraints and for safety information.
occupied by a smaller person, very small adults, the passenger
such as a child who has sensing system may or may not
outgrown child restraints. turn off the right front passenger
. Or, if there is a critical problem
with the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Child Restraint restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback
1. Turn the vehicle off. and adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle seatback is not
the vehicle.
pushing the child restraint into
3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion.
from the seat such as blankets,
6. Restart the vehicle.
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers. If the on indicator is still lit,
secure the child in the child
4. Reinstall the child restraint
restraint in a rear seat position
following the directions
in the vehicle, and check with
provided by the child restraint If a person of adult-size is sitting
your dealer.
manufacturer and refer to in the right front passenger seat,
Securing Child Restraints (Rear but the off indicator is lit, it could
Seat) on page 2‑50 or Securing be because that person is not
Child Restraints (Right Front sitting properly in the seat.
Seat) on page 2‑52.
If this happens, use the following Additional Factors Affecting The passenger sensing system may
steps to allow the system to detect System Operation turn on the passenger airbag when
that person and enable the right liquid soaks into the seat. If this
front passenger frontal airbag: Safety belts help keep the happens, the on indicator will be lit.
passenger in position on the
1. Turn the vehicle off. seat during vehicle maneuvers If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
2. Remove any additional material and braking, which helps the the seat immediately. If the airbag
from the seat, such as blankets, passenger sensing system maintain readiness light is lit, do not install a
cushions, seat covers, seat the passenger airbag status. child restraint or allow anyone to
heaters, or seat massagers. See “Safety Belts” and “Child occupy the seat. See Airbag
Restraints” in the Index for Readiness Light on page 4‑18
3. Place the seatback in the fully additional information about the for important safety information.
upright position. importance of proper restraint use.
4. Have the person sit upright in A thick layer of additional material, { WARNING
the seat, centered on the seat such as a blanket or cushion,
cushion, with legs comfortably Stowing of articles under the
or aftermarket equipment such
extended. passenger seat or between the
as seat covers, seat heaters, and
seat massagers can affect how well passenger seat cushion and
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
the passenger sensing system seatback may interfere with the
person remain in this position for
one minute after the on indicator operates. We recommend that proper operation of the passenger
is lit. you not use seat covers or other sensing system.
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 2‑34 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
Servicing the Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
{ WARNING Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle For up to 10 seconds after the Q: Is there anything I might add
should be serviced. There are parts ignition is turned off and the to or change about the vehicle
of the airbag system in several battery is disconnected, an airbag that could keep the airbags
places around the vehicle. Your can still inflate during improper from working properly?
dealer and the service manual have service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it A: Yes. If you add things that
information about servicing the change the vehicle's frame,
vehicle and the airbag system. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
bumper system, height, front end
To purchase a service manual, They are probably part of the
or side sheet metal, they may
see Service Publications Ordering airbag system. Be sure to follow
keep the airbag system from
Information on page 12‑13. proper service procedures, and working properly. Changing or
make sure the person performing moving any parts of the front
work for you is qualified to do so. seats, safety belts, the airbag
sensing and diagnostic module,
steering wheel, instrument
panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
trim, front sensors, side impact
sensors, or airbag wiring can
affect the operation of the airbag
system.
In addition, the vehicle has If you have questions, In addition, your dealer and the
a passenger sensing system call Customer Assistance. service manual have information
for the right front passenger The phone numbers and about the location of the airbag
position, which includes sensors addresses for Customer sensors, sensing and diagnostic
that are part of the passenger Assistance are in Step Two module and airbag wiring.
seat. The passenger sensing of the Customer Satisfaction
system may not operate properly Procedure in this manual. Airbag System Check
if the original seat trim is See Customer Satisfaction
replaced with non-GM covers, Procedure on page 12‑1. The airbag system does not need
upholstery or trim, or with GM regularly scheduled maintenance
Q: Because I have a disability, or replacement. Make sure the
covers, upholstery or trim I have to get my vehicle
designed for a different vehicle. airbag readiness light is working.
modified. How can I find out See Airbag Readiness Light on
Any object, such as an whether this will affect my
aftermarket seat heater or page 4‑18 for more information.
airbag system?
a comfort enhancing pad or Notice: If an airbag covering is
device, installed under or on top A: If you have questions, damaged, opened, or broken, the
of the seat fabric, could also call Customer Assistance. airbag may not work properly.
interfere with the operation of The phone numbers and Do not open or break the airbag
the passenger sensing system. addresses for Customer coverings. If there are any
This could either prevent proper Assistance are in Step Two opened or broken airbag covers,
deployment of the passenger of the Customer Satisfaction have the airbag covering and/or
airbag(s) or prevent the Procedure in this manual. airbag module replaced. For the
passenger sensing system See Customer Satisfaction location of the airbag modules,
from properly turning off Procedure on page 12‑1. see What Makes an Airbag
the passenger airbag(s). Inflate? on page 2‑27. See your
See Passenger Sensing dealer for service.
System on page 2‑29.
Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need Child Restraints
to replace airbag system parts.
Parts After a Crash See your dealer for service.
Older Children
If the airbag readiness light stays on
{ WARNING after the vehicle is started or comes
A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag
airbag systems in your vehicle. system may not work properly.
A damaged airbag system Have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness Light
may not work properly and
on page 4‑18 for more information.
may not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death.
To help make sure your airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon Older children who have outgrown
as possible. booster seats should wear the
vehicle's safety belts.
The manufacturer's instructions that

. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
come with the booster seat state the snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
weight and height limitations for that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, page 2‑16.
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
According to accident statistics,
lap-shoulder belt until the child . Can proper safety belt fit be children and infants are safer when
passes the below fit test: maintained for the length of the properly restrained in a child
. Sit all the way back on the seat. trip? If yes, continue. If no, restraint system or infant restraint
Do the knees bend at the seat return to the booster seat. system secured in a rear seating
edge? If yes, continue. If no, Q: What is the proper way to position.
return to the booster seat. wear safety belts? In a crash, children who are not
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A: An older child should wear a buckled up can strike other people
Does the shoulder belt rest on lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be
the shoulder? If yes, continue. additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older
If no, try using the rear safety belt can provide. The shoulder children need to use safety belts
belt comfort guide. See “Rear belt should not cross the face properly.
Safety Belt Comfort Guides” or neck. The lap belt should fit
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snugly below the hips, just
page 2‑16 for more information. touching the top of the thighs.
If the shoulder belt still does not This applies belt force to the
rest on the shoulder, then return child's pelvic bones in a crash.
to the booster seat. It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never do this. forward increasing the chance of
Never allow two children to wear head and neck injury. The child
the same safety belt. The safety might also slide under the lap
belt can not properly spread the belt. The belt force would then
impact forces. In a crash, the two be applied right on the abdomen.
children can be crushed together That could cause serious or fatal
and seriously injured. A safety injuries. The shoulder belt should
belt must be used by only one go over the shoulder and across
person at a time. the chest.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly.
In a crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
(Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
protection! This includes infants safety belt system nor its airbag infant will suddenly become a
and all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride arms. An infant should be
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the secured in an appropriate
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraint.
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never do this.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child
tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not
unattended in a vehicle and possible to hold it during a crash.
never allow children to play For example, in a crash at only
with the safety belts. (Continued)
For most basic types of child

{ WARNING restraints, there are many
different models available.
Never do this. When purchasing a child
Children who are up against, restraint, be sure it is designed
or very close to, any airbag when to be used in a motor vehicle.
it inflates can be seriously injured If it is, the restraint will have a
or killed. Never put a rear-facing label saying that it meets federal
child restraint in the right front motor vehicle safety standards.
seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's
restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the
better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and
Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which are many kinds of restraints
seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle's available for children with
passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic special needs.
will go. types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
Child Restraint Systems

{ WARNING { WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still
head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular
need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low
because an infant's neck is not on the hip bones, as it should.
fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around
weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the rest of its body. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a
an infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by
restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone
so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal
distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of
part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat
and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A)
always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating
child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the
infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured
in the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle's safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual.
body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a To help reduce the chance of injury,
child to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt,
or by the LATCH system.
See Lower Anchors and Tethers for In some areas, Certified Child Where to Put the
Children (LATCH System) on Passenger Safety Technicians
page 2‑45 for more information. (CPSTs) are available to inspect
Restraint
Children can be endangered in a and demonstrate how to correctly According to accident statistics,
crash if the child restraint is not use and install child restraints. children and infants are safer
properly secured in the vehicle. In the U.S., refer to the National when properly restrained in a child
When securing an add-on child Highway Traffic Safety restraint system or infant restraint
restraint, refer to the instructions Administration (NHTSA) website system secured in a rear seating
that come with the restraint which to locate the nearest child safety position.
may be on the restraint itself or in a seat inspection station.
We recommend that children and
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Securing the Child Within the child restraints be secured in a rear
The child restraint instructions are Child Restraint seat, including: an infant or a child
important, so if they are not riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
available, obtain a replacement a child riding in a forward-facing
copy from the manufacturer. { WARNING child seat; an older child riding in a
Keep in mind that an unsecured A child can be seriously injured booster seat; and children, who are
child restraint can move around in a or killed in a crash if the child large enough, using safety belts.
collision or sudden stop and injure is not properly secured in the
people in the vehicle. Be sure to child restraint. Secure the child
properly secure any child restraint in properly following the instructions
the vehicle — even when no child is that came with that child restraint.
in it.
A label on the sun visor says, Child restraints and booster seats
“Never put a rear-facing child WARNING (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some
restraint in the front.” This is may fit in certain seating positions
because the risk to the rear-facing guarantee that an airbag will not better than others. Always make
child is so great, if the airbag deploy under some unusual sure the child restraint is properly
deploys. circumstance, even though it is secured.
turned off.
Depending on where you place the
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child child restraint and the size of the
restraints in a rear seat, even if child restraint you may not be able
A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a to access adjacent safety belt
restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in assemblies or LATCH anchors
injured or killed if the right the right front seat, always move for additional passengers or child
front passenger airbag inflates. the front passenger seat as far restraints. Adjacent seating
This is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to positions should not be used if the
rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a child restraint prevents access to
be very close to the inflating rear seat. or interferes with the routing of the
airbag. A child in a forward-facing safety belt.
child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System
on page 2‑29 for additional Wherever a child restraint is
injured or killed if the right front installed, be sure to secure the
passenger airbag inflates and the information.
child restraint properly.
passenger seat is in a forward
When securing a child restraint in Keep in mind that an unsecured
position. a rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a
Even if the passenger sensing instructions that came with the collision or sudden stop and injure
system has turned off the right child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to
front passenger frontal airbag, no compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in
system is fail-safe. No one can the vehicle — even when no child is
(Continued) in it.
Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors
a top tether, you must also use
Tethers for Children either the lower anchors or the
(LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the
The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must
restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the top
This system is designed to make tether and anchor.
installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system
The LATCH system uses anchors in in your vehicle, you need a Lower anchors (A) are metal bars
the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that has LATCH built into the vehicle. There are
child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint two lower anchors for each
with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you LATCH seating position that will
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible with instructions on how to use the accommodate a child restraint
child restraint is properly installed child restraint and its attachments. with lower attachments (B).
using the anchors, or use the The following explains how to
vehicle's safety belts to secure the attach a child restraint with these
restraint, following the instructions attachments in your vehicle.
that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or
also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have Lower Anchor and Top Tether
a single tether (A) or a dual Anchor Locations
tether (C). Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top Rear Seat
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
A top tether (A, C) anchors the the instructions for your child
top of the child restraint to the restraint.
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built If the child restraint does not have a
into the vehicle. The top tether top tether, one can be obtained, in i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
attachment (B) on the child restraint kit form, for many child restraints. positions with top tether anchors.
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
Ask the child restraint manufacturer j (Lower Anchor): Seating
whether or not a kit is available. positions with two lower anchors.
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or
in a crash.
Do not secure a child restraint in a

position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
To assist you in locating the lower must be attached.
anchors, each seating position with According to accidents statistics,
lower anchors has two labels, near children and infants are safer when
the crease between the seatback properly restrained in a child
and the seat cushion. restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
The top tether anchors are located position. See Where to Put the
on the rear seatback filler panel. Restraint on page 2‑43 for
Be sure to use an anchor located on additional information.
the same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
To assist you in locating the top restraint will be placed.
tether anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located on the cover of
the anchor.
Securing a Child Restraint

Designed for the LATCH { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
System Do not attach more than one child tighten. Buckle any unused safety
restraint to a single anchor. belts behind the child restraint so
{ WARNING Attaching more than one child children cannot reach them. Pull
restraint to a single anchor could the shoulder belt all the way out
If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment
not attached to anchors, the child of the retractor to set the lock,
to come loose or even break if your vehicle has one, after the
restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others
the child correctly. In a crash, the child restraint has been installed.
could be injured. To reduce the
child could be seriously injured risk of serious or fatal injuries Notice: Do not let the LATCH
or killed. Install a LATCH-type during a crash, attach only one attachments rub against the
child restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. vehicle’s safety belts. This may
anchors, or use the vehicle's damage these parts. If necessary,
safety belts to secure the move buckled safety belts to
restraint, following the instructions
that came with the child restraint
{ WARNING avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
and the instructions in this Children can be seriously injured
manual. or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
(Continued)
Do not fold the empty rear seat 2. If the child restraint manufacturer If the position you are using
with a safety belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether does not have a headrest
could damage the safety belt or be attached, attach and tighten or head restraint and you
the seat. Unbuckle and return the the top tether to the top tether are using a single tether,
safety belt to its stowed position, anchor, if equipped. Refer to the route the tether over the
before folding the seat. child restraint instructions and seatback.
1. Attach and tighten the lower the following steps:
attachments to the lower 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
anchors. If the child restraint 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
does not have lower the top tether according
attachments or the desired to your child restraint
seating position does not have instructions and the
lower anchors, secure the child following instructions:
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors
If the position you are using
for the desired seating
does not have a headrest
position.
or head restraint and you
1.2. Put the child restraint on are using a dual tether,
the seat. route the tether over the
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower seatback.
attachments on the child 3. Push and pull the child restraint
restraint to the lower in different directions to be sure
anchors. it is secure.
Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) using the safety belt to secure
When securing a child restraint in the child restraint in this position.
{ WARNING a rear seating position, study the Be sure to follow the instructions
instructions that came with the that came with the child restraint.
A crash can damage the LATCH child restraint to make sure it is Secure the child in the child restraint
system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. when and as the instructions say.
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH If more than one child restraint
system, see Lower Anchors and needs to be installed in the rear
resulting in serious injury or even
Tethers for Children (LATCH seat, be sure to read Where to Put
death in a crash. To help make
System) on page 2‑45 for how and the Restraint on page 2‑43.
sure the LATCH system is
where to install your child restraint 1. Put the child restraint on
working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint
see your dealer to have the the seat.
is secured in the vehicle using a
system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
necessary replacements made see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the lap and shoulder portions of
as soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on the vehicle's safety belt through
page 2‑45 for top tether anchor or around the restraint. The child
If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. restraint instructions will show
and it was being used during a you how.
crash, new LATCH system parts Do not secure a child restraint in a
may be needed. position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if
necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the
system was not being used at child restraint say that the top strap
the time of the crash. must be anchored.
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 5. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button on set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt to
the buckle so that the safety belt tighten the lap portion of the belt,
could be quickly unbuckled if and feed the shoulder belt back
necessary. into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint,
it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
(Right Front Seat)
{ WARNING
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child
tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure restraint can be seriously
Tethers for Children (LATCH a forward-facing child restraint. injured or killed if the right front
System) on page 2‑45 for more See Where to Put the Restraint on passenger airbag inflates.
information. page 2‑43 This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
7. Push and pull the child restraint In addition, the vehicle has a be very close to the inflating
in different directions to be sure passenger sensing system which is
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
it is secure. designed to turn off the right front
child restraint can be seriously
To remove the child restraint, passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. See Passenger injured or killed if the right front
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and passenger airbag inflates and the
let it return to the stowed position. Sensing System on page 2‑29 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator passenger seat is in a forward
If the top tether is attached to a top position.
tether anchor, disconnect it. on page 4‑19 for more information,
including important safety Even if the passenger sensing
information. system has turned off the right
A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag, no
“Never put a rear-facing child seat system is fail-safe. No one can
in the front.” This is because the risk guarantee that an airbag will not
to the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual
if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)
Do not secure a child seat in a 2. Put the child restraint on

WARNING (Continued) position without a top tether anchor the seat.
if a national or local law requires If the seat has a safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints that the top tether be anchored, or if
in a rear seat, even if the guide, remove the safety belt
the instructions that come with the from the guide by unsnapping
airbag is off. If you secure a child restraint say that the top strap
forward-facing child restraint in the guide on the seat. Do not
must be anchored. secure the child restraint with
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far In Canada, the law requires that the safety belt routed through
forward-facing child restraints have the guide.
back as it will go. It is better to
a top tether, and that the tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
secure the child restraint in a
attached. the lap and shoulder portions of
rear seat.
You will be using the lap-shoulder the vehicle's safety belt through
See Passenger Sensing System belt to secure the child restraint in or around the restraint. The child
on page 2‑29 for additional this position. Follow the instructions restraint instructions will show
information. that came with the child restraint. you how.
If the child restraint has the LATCH 1. Move the seat as far back as
system, see Lower Anchors and it will go before securing the
Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint.
System) on page 2‑45 for how and When the passenger sensing
where to install the child restraint system has turned off the
using LATCH. If a child restraint is right front passenger frontal
secured using a safety belt and airbag, the off indicator on
it uses a top tether, see Lower the passenger airbag status
Anchors and Tethers for Children indicator should light and stay
(LATCH System) on page 2‑45 lit when the vehicle is started.
for top tether anchor locations. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 4‑19.
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt 6. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. all the way out of the retractor to on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button on set the lock. shoulder portion of the belt to
the buckle, so that the safety tighten the lap portion of the belt
belt could be quickly unbuckled and feed the shoulder belt back
if necessary. into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
7. Push and pull the child restraint
in different directions to be sure
it is secure.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator

in the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay
on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 2‑29 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the seat has a safety belt guide,
return the safety belt into the guide
by snapping the guide around the
webbing.
2 NOTES
Storage 3-1
Storage Storage Additional Storage

Compartments Features
Storage Compartments
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Glove Box Convenience Net
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 3-1 Open the glove box by lifting up on For vehicles with a convenience net
Additional Storage Features the lever. Use the key to lock and located inside the trunk, it can be
unlock the glove box. used to secure loose items.
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Center Console Storage
To open, lift the latch on the
front edge.
There is an Accessory Power Outlet
(APO) and an optional USB/audio
jack located in the storage area.
See Power Outlets on page 4‑9
and Auxiliary Devices on page 6‑16
for more information.
The upper (A) and lower (C) hooks

on each side of the trunk opening
are provided to attach the net.
Install the opening of the net at the
top and over the two middle
hooks (B).
3-2 Storage
2 NOTES
Instruments and Controls 4-1
Instruments and Engine Oil Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Taillamp Indicator Light . . . . . . 4-27
Controls Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Transmission Temperature Information Displays

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Driver Information
Instrument Panel Overview Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 4-4 Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 4-17 Vehicle Messages
Controls Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 4-18 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 4-6 Passenger Airbag Status Battery Voltage and Charging
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 4-6 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Charging System Light . . . . . . 4-20 Brake System Messages . . . . 4-32
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 4-7 Malfunction Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 4-32
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Brake System Warning Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Engine Cooling System
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Indicators Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 4-33
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Engine Power Messages . . . . 4-34
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 4-34
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 4-25 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 4-34
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Traction Control System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
(TCS) OFF/StabiliTrak® OFF Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 4-26
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Airbag System Messages . . . . 4-36
Engine Oil Pressure
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . 4-36
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4-2 Instruments and Controls
Anti-Theft Alarm System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Service Vehicle Messages . . . 4-36
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Transmission Messages . . . . . 4-37
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 4-37
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 4-38
OnStar® System
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 4-44
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
2 NOTES
Instrument Panel Overview

A. Air Vents on page 7‑3. G. Cruise Control on page 8‑39. M. Transmission Temperature
B. Driver Shift Controls H. Exterior Lamp Controls on Gauge on page 4‑16.
(If Equipped). See Automatic page 5‑1. Front Fog Lamps Voltmeter Gauge on
Transmission on page 8‑26. on page 5‑5 (If Equipped). page 4‑17. Engine Oil
Instrument Panel Illumination Temperature Gauge on
C. Instrument Cluster on page 4‑14. Engine Oil Pressure
page 4‑11. Control on page 5‑6.
Gauge on page 4‑13.
D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on I. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 4‑6. N. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into
page 4‑7. Park on page 8‑22.
E. AM-FM Radio on page 6‑7. J. Horn on page 4‑7.
O. Power Outlets on page 4‑9.
F. Turn and Lane-Change Signals K. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 4‑6. P. Hazard Warning Flashers on
on page 5‑5. Headlamp page 5‑4. Power Door Locks
High/Low-Beam Changer on L. Climate Control Systems on on page 1‑7.
page 5‑3. Flash-to-Pass on page 7‑1.
page 5‑3. Driver Information Q. Glove Box on page 3‑1.
Center (DIC) on page 4‑28
(If Equipped).
Controls To adjust the steering wheel: Steering Wheel Controls

1. Pull the lever down.
Steering Wheel 2. Move the steering wheel up or
Adjustment down or backward or forward
into a comfortable position.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the tilt lever while
driving.
For vehicles with audio steering

wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
The lever is on the outboard side of
the steering column.
b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles Horn 8(Mist): For a single wiping cycle.
with OnStar® or Bluetooth® The lever returns to its starting
Press near the horn symbols or position when released. For more
systems, press to interact with
press on the steering wheel pad to cycles, hold the lever down before
those systems. See OnStar®
sound the horn. releasing it.
System on page 4‑42 and
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 6‑21 9 (Off): Turns the wipers off.
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) Windshield Wiper/Washer
on page 6‑22 or Bluetooth (Voice The windshield wiper/washer lever
6 (Intermittent): Move the lever
Recognition) on page 6‑25 for to choose a delayed wiping cycle.
is located on the inboard side of the
more information. steering column. For vehicles with the variable
c / $ (End Call / Mute): Press to intermittent feature, the time
reject an incoming call, or end a between wipes can be adjusted.
current call. Press to silence the Turn the & band for a longer
vehicle speakers while using the or shorter delay interval.
infotainment system. Press again x (Low): Slow wipes.
to turn the sound on.
[ (High): Fast wipes.
_ SRC ^ (Toggle Switch): Press to
select an audio source. Push up or pull down on the lever
to place it in one of the following
Toggle up or down to select the next positions.
or previous favorite radio station or
CD/MP3 track.
+ x − (Volume): Press + or − to
increase or decrease the volume.
Windshield Washer: Pull the lever Heavy snow or ice can overload the miles or degrees of turn before
toward you to spray washer fluid wiper motor. A circuit breaker will needing a signal from the GPS
on the windshield. The spray stop the motor until it cools down. satellites. When the compass
continues until the lever is released. display shows CAL, drive the
The wipers will run a few times. Compass vehicle for a short distance in an
See Washer Fluid on page 9‑26 for open area where it can receive
information on filling the windshield The vehicle may have a compass a GPS signal. The compass
washer fluid reservoir. display on the Driver Information system will automatically determine
Center (DIC). The compass receives when the GPS signal is restored
its heading and other information
{ WARNING from the Global Positioning
and provide a heading again.
See Compass Messages on
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, page 4‑32 for more information
In freezing weather, do not
and vehicle speed information. on the messages that may be
use your washer until the
windshield is warmed. Otherwise Avoid covering the GPS antenna for displayed for the compass.
the washer fluid can form ice on long periods of time with objects
the windshield, blocking your that may interfere with the antenna's Clock
vision. ability to receive a satellite signal.
See Backglass Antenna on The infotainment system controls
page 6‑13 and Satellite Radio are used to access the time and
Clear ice and snow from the wiper date settings through the menu
blades before using them. If the Antenna on page 6‑13 for the
location of the vehicle's antennas. system. See Operation on
wiper blades are frozen to the page 6‑3 for information about
windshield, gently loosen or thaw The compass system is designed
to operate for a certain number of how to use the menu system.
them. If they become damaged,
install new blades or blade inserts.
See Wiper Blade Replacement on
page 9‑32.
Setting the Time and Date Setting the Month & Day Power Outlets
1. Press the CONFIG button. Format
The vehicle has two accessory
2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1. Press the CONFIG button. power outlets; one is located below
2. Select Time and Date Settings. the climate control system and the
3. Select Set Time or Set Date. other is inside the center storage
4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. console.
adjust the highlighted value. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob The accessory power outlets do not
5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select MM/DD (month/day) or work when the key is removed from
to select the next value. DD/MM (day/month). the ignition and the driver door is
Setting the Auto Time Adjust opened, this helps to preserve the
6. To save the time or date and
battery life of the vehicle.
return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button.
Settings menu, press the Certain power accessory plugs may
0 BACK button at any time or 2. Select Time and Date Settings. not be compatible to the accessory
press MENU/SELECT knob after 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. power outlet and could result in
adjusting the minutes or year. blown vehicle or adapter fuses.
4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob If you experience a problem,
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format to turn Auto Time Adjust on see your dealer for additional
or off. information on the accessory
1. Press the CONFIG button.
power plugs.
2. Select Time and Date Settings.
3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format.
4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
to select the 12 hour or 24 hour
display format.
Notice: Adding any electrical Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there
equipment to the vehicle can could be a problem with a vehicle
damage it or keep other Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
components from working as lights work together to indicate a
they should. The repairs would
Indicators problem with the vehicle.
not be covered by the vehicle Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights
warranty. Each outlet is rated signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
to a maximum output of 120W. before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges
Usage of equipment exceeding to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem,
an amperage rating of 20A may replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
require fuse replacement. Check warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice.
with your dealer before adding prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly
electrical equipment. Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous.
When adding electrical equipment, could be a problem with a vehicle
be sure to follow the proper function. Some warning lights come
installation instructions included on briefly when the engine is started
with the equipment. to indicate they are working.
Notice: Improper use of the
power outlet can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not hang any type
of accessory or accessory
bracket from the plug because
the power outlets are designed
for accessory power plugs only.
Instrument Cluster
English Uplevel Automatic Shown, Metric and Manual Similar

Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the The trip odometer shows how far
vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since
per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last set
hour (mph). to zero.
Set the odometer using the Driver
Odometer Information Center (DIC).
The odometer shows how far the To set the trip odometer to zero,
vehicle has been driven, in either press and hold the SET button
kilometers or miles. while the trip odometer display is
This vehicle has a tamper-resistant showing.
odometer. If the vehicle needs a
new odometer installed, the new Tachometer English
one is set to the mileage of the The tachometer displays the
old odometer. If this is not possible, engine speed in revolutions per
it is set at zero and a label is put on minute (rpm).
the driver's door to show the old
mileage reading.
When the fuel tank is low on fuel, a Engine Oil Pressure

Fuel Level Low message will appear
on the Driver Information Center
Gauge
(DIC). For more information see
Fuel System Messages on
page 4‑34.
Here are some situations that can
occur with the fuel gauge. None of
these indicate a problem with the
fuel gauge.
. At the gas station, the fuel pump
shuts off before the gauge
Metric
reads full.
When the ignition is on, the fuel . It takes a little more or less fuel
gauge shows about how much fuel
to fill up than the fuel gauge English
the vehicle has left in the fuel tank.
indicated. For example, the
An arrow on the fuel gauge gauge may have indicated the
indicates which side of the vehicle tank was half full, but it actually
the fuel door is located. took a little more or less than
The gauge indicates empty before half the tank's capacity to fill
the vehicle is out of fuel, to show the tank.
that the vehicle's fuel tank should be . The pointer on the fuel gauge is
filled soon. on empty when the ignition is off.
in the Driver Information Center Engine Oil Temperature

(DIC). See Engine Oil Messages on
page 4‑33 and Engine Oil on
Gauge
{ WARNING
Do not keep driving if the oil
pressure is low. The engine can
become so hot that it catches fire.
Someone could be burned. Check
the oil as soon as possible and
Metric have the vehicle serviced.
The oil pressure gauge, located in
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
front of the shifter, shows the engine
maintenance can damage the English
oil pressure in psi (pounds per
engine. The repairs would not be
square inch) when the engine is
covered by the vehicle warranty.
running. Canadian vehicles indicate
Always follow the maintenance
pressure in kPa (kilopascals).
schedule in this manual for
Oil pressure may vary with engine changing engine oil.
speed, outside temperature and oil
A reading in the low pressure zone
viscosity, but readings above the
can be caused by a dangerously
low pressure zone indicate the
low oil level or some other problem
normal operating range. When
causing low oil pressure. Check the
the oil pressure reaches the low
oil as soon as possible.
pressure zone, a message appears
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Metric Metric
This gauge, located in front of the This gauge shows the engine
shifter, shows the engine oil coolant temperature.
English
temperature. If the gauge pointer moves towards
If the gauge pointer moves into the the H, the engine is too hot.
red area, it means that the engine This reading indicates the same
oil has overheated. If the vehicle thing as the warning message.
has been operated under normal It means that the engine coolant
driving conditions, pull off the road, has overheated. If the vehicle has
stop the vehicle and turn off the been operating under normal driving
engine as soon as possible. conditions, pull off the road, stop
See Engine Oil on page 9‑10 for the vehicle, and turn off the engine
more information. as soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating on page 9‑23 for more
information.
Transmission For information on the DIC

messages see Transmission
Temperature Gauge Messages on page 4‑37.
Notice: If the vehicle is
driven with the transmission
temperature gauge above the
normal operating range, the
transmission can be damaged.
This could lead to costly repairs
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not drive the
vehicle while the transmission
Metric temperature gauge reading is
This gauge, located in front of the above normal. See your dealer
shifter, shows the transmission oil for service.
English
temperature when the ignition is on.
If the gauge is reading in the red
area and/or a message appears
in the DIC, the vehicle must be
stopped and the cause checked.
One possible cause is a low level
in the transmission.
Voltmeter Gauge normal for the voltmeter to fluctuate. Safety Belt Reminders
Readings between the low and high
warning zones indicate the normal Driver Safety Belt Reminder
operating range. Light
Readings in the low warning zone There is a driver safety belt
can occur when a large number of reminder light on the instrument
electrical accessories are operating panel cluster.
in the vehicle and the engine is left
idling for an extended period.
If there is a problem with the battery
charging system, a message
appears in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) and/or the charging
English Shown, Metric Similar system light comes on. See Battery
Voltage and Charging Messages on When the engine is started this
This gauge, located in front of the page 4‑31 and Charging System light and a chime come on and stay
shifter, shows the battery's state of Light on page 4‑20 for more on for several seconds to remind
charge in DC volts. information. drivers to fasten their safety belts.
When the engine is running, but the The light also begins to flash.
However, readings in either warning
ignition is on, this gauge shows the zone can indicate a possible This cycle repeats if the driver
condition of the charging system. problem in the electrical system. remains unbuckled and the vehicle
The vehicle's charging system Have the vehicle serviced as soon is moving.
regulates voltage based on the as possible. If the driver safety belt is already
state of charge of the battery. It is
buckled, neither the light nor chime
come on.
Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt

Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on
if an object is put on the seat such
as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
bag, laptop or other electronic
device. To turn off the warning light
and or chime, remove the object The airbag readiness light comes on
from the seat or buckle the and stays on for several seconds
safety belt when the vehicle is started.
The passenger safety belt reminder Then the light turns off.
light is located on the overhead Airbag Readiness Light
console. This light shows if there is an { WARNING
When the engine is started, this light electrical problem. The system
If the airbag readiness light stays
and the chime come on and stay on check includes the airbag sensor,
the pretensioners, the airbag on after the vehicle is started or
for several seconds to remind the
modules, the wiring, and the crash comes on while driving, it means
passenger to fasten their safety belt.
The light also begins to flash. sensing and diagnostic module. the airbag system might not be
For more information on the airbag working properly. The airbags in
This cycle repeats if the passenger the vehicle might not inflate in a
system, see Airbag System on
remains unbuckled and the vehicle crash, or they could even inflate
page 2‑22.
is moving. without a crash. To help avoid
If the passenger safety belt is injury, have the vehicle serviced
buckled, neither the chime nor the right away.
light comes on.
Passenger Airbag Status When the vehicle is started, the If, after several seconds, both
passenger airbag status indicator status indicator lights remain on,
Indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol or if there are no lights at all, there
The vehicle has a passenger for on and off, for several seconds may be a problem with the lights
sensing system. See Passenger as a system check. If you are using or the passenger sensing system.
Sensing System on page 2‑29 remote start to start your vehicle See your dealer for service.
for important safety information. from a distance, if equipped, you
The overhead console has a
passenger airbag status indicator.
may not see the system check.
Then, after several seconds, the
{ WARNING
status indicator will light either ON If the airbag readiness light ever
or OFF, or either the on or off comes on and stays on, it means
symbol to let you know the status that something may be wrong
of the right front passenger frontal with the airbag system. To help
airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others,
If the word ON or the on symbol is have the vehicle serviced right
United States lit on the passenger airbag status away. See Airbag Readiness
indicator, it means that the right Light on page 4‑18 for more
front passenger frontal airbag is information, including important
enabled (may inflate). safety information.
If the word OFF or the off symbol
is lit on the passenger airbag
status indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
Canada and Mexico turned off the right front passenger
frontal airbag.
Charging System Light When this light comes on, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) also
displays a message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 4‑31.
If a short distance must be driven This light comes on when the
with the light on, be sure to turn off ignition is on, but the engine is not
all accessories, such as the radio running, as a check to show it is
The charging system light comes on
and air conditioner. working. If it does not, have the
briefly when the ignition is turned on
but the engine is not running, as a vehicle serviced by your dealer.
check to show the light is working. Malfunction If the check engine light comes on
It should go out when the engine is Indicator Lamp and stays on, while the engine is
started. running, this indicates that there is
Check Engine Light an OBD II problem and service is
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a A computer system called OBD II required.
problem with the electrical charging (On-Board Diagnostics-Second Malfunctions often are indicated by
system. Have it checked by your Generation) monitors operation of the system before any problem is
dealer. Driving while this light is on the fuel, ignition, and emission apparent. Being aware of the light
could drain the battery. control systems. It ensures that can prevent more serious damage
emissions are at acceptable levels to the vehicle. This system assists
for the life of the vehicle, helping to the service technician in correctly
produce a cleaner environment. diagnosing any malfunction.
Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission
continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has
on, after a while, the emission Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle.
controls might not work as well, has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be
the vehicle's fuel economy might increases vehicle emissions and required.
not be as good, and the engine could damage the emission control An emission system malfunction
might not run as smoothly. This system on the vehicle. Diagnosis might be corrected by:
could lead to costly repairs that and service might be required.
might not be covered by the . Make sure the fuel cap is fully
vehicle warranty. The following can prevent more installed. See Filling the Tank on
serious damage to the vehicle: page 8‑46. The diagnostic
Notice: Modifications made system can determine if the
to the engine, transmission, . Reduce vehicle speed.
fuel cap has been left off or
exhaust, intake, or fuel system . Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or
of the vehicle or the replacement missing fuel cap allows fuel to
of the original tires with other
. Avoid steep uphill grades.
evaporate into the atmosphere.
than those of the same Tire If the light continues to flash, when A few driving trips with the cap
Performance Criteria (TPC) can it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. properly installed should turn the
affect the vehicle's emission Find a safe place to park the light off.
controls and can cause this light vehicle. Turn the engine off, wait at
to come on. Modifications to least 10 seconds, and restart the
. If the vehicle has been driven
these systems could lead to engine. If the light is still flashing, through a deep puddle of water,
costly repairs not covered by follow the previous steps and see the vehicle's electrical system
the vehicle warranty. This could your dealer for service as soon as might be wet. The condition
also result in a failure to possible. is usually corrected when the
pass a required Emission electrical system dries out.
Inspection/Maintenance test. A few driving trips should turn
See Accessories and the light off.
Modifications on page 9‑4.

. Make sure to fuel the vehicle Emissions Inspection and
. The vehicle will not pass
with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality Maintenance Programs this inspection if the OBD II
causes the engine not to run as (on-board diagnostic) system
efficiently as designed and can Some state/provincial and local determines that critical emission
cause: stalling after start-up, governments have or might begin control systems have not been
stalling when the vehicle is programs to inspect the emission completely diagnosed by the
changed into gear, misfiring, control equipment on the vehicle. system. The vehicle would
hesitation on acceleration, Failure to pass this inspection be considered not ready for
or stumbling on acceleration. could prevent getting a vehicle inspection. This can happen if
These conditions might go away registration. the battery has recently been
once the engine is warmed up. Here are some things to know to replaced or if the battery has run
If one or more of these help the vehicle pass an inspection: down. The diagnostic system is
conditions occurs, change the designed to evaluate critical
. The vehicle will not pass this emission control systems during
fuel brand used. It will require at inspection if the check engine
least one full tank of the proper normal driving. This can take
light is on with the engine several days of routine driving.
fuel to turn the light off. running, or if the key is in If this has been done and the
See Gasoline Specifications on ON/RUN and the light is not on. vehicle still does not pass the
page 8‑44. inspection for lack of OBD II
If none of the above have made system readiness, your dealer
the light turn off, your dealer can can prepare the vehicle for
check the vehicle. The dealer inspection.
has the proper test equipment
and diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake

Light system warning light also comes on { WARNING
when parking brake is set. The light
The vehicle brake system stays on if the parking brake does The brake system might not be
consists of two hydraulic circuits. not fully release. If it stays on after working properly if the brake
If one circuit is not working, the the parking brake is fully released, system warning light is on.
remaining circuit can still work to it means the vehicle has a brake Driving with the brake system
stop the vehicle. For normal braking problem. warning light on can lead to a
performance, both circuits need to crash. If the light is still on after
If, while driving, the light comes on
be working the vehicle has been pulled off
and a brake message comes on
the road and carefully stopped,
If the warning light comes on, there the Driver Information Center (DIC),
pull off the road and stop carefully. have the vehicle towed for
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away. The pedal could be harder to push service.
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It could take longer to stop. The Brake message remains on
If the light is still on, have the until the menu button is pressed.
vehicle towed for service. See The brake light remains until the
Antilock Brake System (ABS) problem is fixed. See Brake System
Warning Light on page 4‑24 and Messages on page 4‑32 for more
Towing the Vehicle on page 9‑90. information.
United States Canada
If the vehicle has antilock brakes,

this light should come on when the
key is turned to START. If it does
not come on, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
Antilock Brake System system. If the ABS light stays on, Traction Off Light
or comes on again while driving, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes,
but the antilock brakes are not
functioning. This light comes on when the
This light comes on briefly when the Traction Control System (TCS) has
If both lights are on, the vehicle's
engine is started. been turned off by pressing and
antilock brakes are not functioning
releasing the traction control button.
If the light does not come on, have it and there is a problem with the
fixed so it will be ready to warn if regular brakes. See your dealer for This light also comes on and the
there is a problem. service. system turns off if the there is a
problem with the TCS.
If the ABS light stays on, turn the See Brake System Warning Light
ignition off. on page 4‑23. If the light comes on and stays on
for an extended period of time while
If the light comes on while driving, See Brake System Messages on
the system is turned on, the vehicle
stop as soon as it is safely possible page 4‑32 for all brake related DIC
needs service.
and turn off the vehicle. Then start messages.
the engine again to reset the See Traction Control System (TCS)
on page 8‑34 and StabiliTrak
System on page 8‑35 for more
information.
Traction Control System If the TCS indicator/warning light is off, wheel spin is not limited. If the
comes on and stays on while StabiliTrak system is off, the system
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light driving, the vehicle needs service. does not assist in controlling the
See Competitive Driving Mode on vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the
page 8‑37, Traction Control System StabiliTrak system and the warning
(TCS) on page 8‑34 and StabiliTrak light turns off.
System on page 8‑35 for more For SS models, if this light is on,
information. the vehicle is in Competitive Mode.
A warning also appears in the DIC
The StabiliTrak system or the Traction Control System for StabiliTrak Competitive Mode.
Traction Control System (TCS) (TCS) OFF/StabiliTrak® See Ride Control System Messages
indicator/warning light comes on
briefly while starting the engine.
OFF Light
See Traction Control System (TCS)
If it does not, have the vehicle on page 8‑34 and StabiliTrak
serviced by your dealer. If the System on page 8‑35 for more
system is working normally the information
indicator light will then go off.
The indicator/warning light flashes
while the StabiliTrak or TCS system
is working to control the vehicle on This light comes on when the
a low traction surface. StabiliTrak system is turned off .
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
Then is On Steady maintenance can damage the
This indicates that there may be a engine. The repairs would not be
problem with the Tire Pressure covered by the vehicle warranty.
Monitor System. The light flashes Always follow the maintenance
for about a minute and stays on schedule in this manual for
steady for the remainder of the changing engine oil.
ignition cycle. This sequence
For vehicles with a Tire Pressure repeats with every ignition cycle.
Monitor System, this light comes on See Tire Pressure Monitor
briefly when the engine is started. Operation on page 9‑60 for
It provides information about tire more information.
pressures and the Tire Pressure
Monitor System. Engine Oil Pressure Light The oil pressure light should come
When the Light is On Steady on briefly as the engine is started.
This indicates that one or more { WARNING If it does not come on have the
of the tires are significantly vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Do not keep driving if the oil
underinflated. pressure is low. The engine can If the light comes on and stays on, it
A tire pressure message can become so hot that it catches fire. means that oil is not flowing through
accompany the light. See Tire Someone could be burned. Check the engine properly. The vehicle
Messages on page 4‑36 for more the oil as soon as possible and could be low on oil and might have
information. Stop as soon as some other system problem. See
have the vehicle serviced.
possible, and inflate the tires to your dealer.
the pressure value shown on the
Tire and Loading Information Label.
See Tire Pressure on page 9‑56 for
more information.
Immobilizer Light Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light
The immobilizer light should come The fog lamp light comes on when This light is white when the cruise
on briefly as the engine is started. the fog lamps are in use. control is set and will be green when
If it does not come on have the The light goes out when the fog the system is active.
vehicle serviced by your dealer. lamps are turned off. See Front Fog The light goes out when the cruise
If the system is working normally Lamps on page 5‑5 for more control is turned off. See Cruise
the indicator light turns off. information. Control on page 8‑39 for more
This light comes on when the information.
ignition is turned from LOCK/OFF Taillamp Indicator Light
to ON/RUN and stays on if the
vehicle is immobilized. This
happens when an incorrect key or
an unprogrammed key is used to
start the vehicle.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent This light comes on when the
system. See Immobilizer Operation taillamps are in use.
Information Displays DIC Operation and Displays w x (Thumbwheel): Use the

The DIC has different displays thumbwheel to scroll through the
Driver Information which can be accessed by using items in each menu.
Center (DIC) the DIC buttons located on the turn SET (Set/Clear): Use this button to
signal lever located on the left side set or clear the menu item when it is
The vehicle may have a Driver of the steering wheel. The DIC displayed.
Information Center (DIC). The DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle system
displays information about your information, and warning messages Trip/Fuel Menu Items
vehicle. It also displays warning if a system problem is detected. Press the MENU button on the
messages if a system problem is turn signal lever until Trip/Fuel
The bottom of the DIC display
detected. See Vehicle Messages on Information Menu is displayed.
shows what position the shift lever
page 4‑31 for more information. Use the thumbwheel to scroll
is in (Automatic Transmission Only),
All messages appear in the DIC through the following menu items:
the odometer, and the direction the
display located in the center of the
vehicle is driving. . Digital Speedometer
instrument panel cluster.
The vehicle may also have features DIC Buttons . Trip 1
that can be customized through the . Trip 2
controls on the radio. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 4‑38 for
. Fuel Range
more information. . Average Fuel Economy
. Average Vehicle Speed
. Turn by Turn
MENU: Press this button to get to .
the Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle Blank
Information Menu.
Digital Speedometer Average Fuel Economy Turn by Turn

The speedometer shows how fast The Average Fuel Economy display This display is used for the OnStar
the vehicle is moving in either miles shows the approximate average Turn by Turn guidance. See the
per hour (mph) or kilometers per miles per gallon (mpg) or liters per OnStar owner's guide for more
hour (km/h). The speedometer 100 kilometers (L/100 km). This information.
cannot be reset. number is calculated based on the
number of mpg (L/100 km) recorded Blank Display
Trip 1 and Trip 2 since the last time this menu item This display shows no information.
The Trip display shows the was reset. The fuel economy can be
current distance traveled, in either reset by pressing the SET button Vehicle Information Menu
miles (mi) or kilometers (km), since while the Average Fuel Economy Items
the last reset for the trip odometer. display is showing. Press the MENU button on the turn
The trip odometer can be reset to signal lever until Vehicle Information
zero by pressing the trip reset stem Average Vehicle Speed
Menu is displayed. Use the
or the SET button while the trip The Average Vehicle Speed display thumbwheel to scroll through the
odometer display is showing. shows the average speed of the following menu items:
vehicle in miles per hour (mph) or
Fuel Range kilometers per hour (km/h). This
. Unit
The Fuel Range display shows the average is calculated based on the . Tire Pressure
approximate distance the vehicle various vehicle speeds recorded . Remaining Oil Life
can be driven without refueling. since the last reset of this value.
The fuel range estimate is based The average speed can be reset by . Coolant Temp
on an average of the vehicle's fuel pressing the SET button while the . Battery Voltage
economy over recent driving history Average Vehicle Speed display is
and the amount of fuel remaining in showing.
. Speed Warning
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be
reset.
Unit When the remaining oil life is low, Coolant Temperature

Move the thumbwheel up or down to the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This display shows the temperature
switch between US or Metric when message will appear on the display. of the engine cooling system fluid in
the Unit display is active. Press SET See Engine Oil Messages on either degrees Fahrenheit (°F) or
to confirm the setting. This will page 4‑33. The oil should changed degrees Celsius (°C).
change the displays on the cluster as soon as possible. See Engine Oil
and DIC to either English (US) or on page 9‑10. In addition to the Battery Voltage
metric measurements. engine oil life system monitoring This display, available on some
the oil life, additional maintenance vehicles, shows the current battery
Tire Pressure is recommended in the Maintenance voltage. If the voltage is in the
The display will show a vehicle with Schedule in this manual. See normal range, the value will display.
the approximate pressures of all Scheduled Maintenance on For example, the display may
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed page 10‑2 for more information. read Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts.
in either pounds per square Remember, the Oil Life display The vehicle's charging system
inch (psi) or in kilopascal (kPa). must be reset after each oil change. regulates voltage based on the
See Tire Pressure Monitor System It will not reset itself. Also, be state of the battery. The battery
on page 9‑58 and Tire Pressure careful not to reset the Oil Life voltage can fluctuate while viewing
Monitor Operation on page 9‑60 display accidentally at any time this information on the DIC. This is
for more information. other than when the oil has just normal. See Charging System Light
been changed. It cannot be reset on page 4‑20 for more information.
Remaining Oil Life If there is a problem with the battery
accurately until the next oil change.
This display shows an estimate To reset the engine oil life system charging system, the DIC will
of the oil's remaining useful life. press the SET button while the Oil display a message. See Battery
If Remaining Oil Life 99% is Life display is active. See Engine Voltage and Charging Messages on
displayed, that means 99% of Oil Life System on page 9‑13. page 4‑31.
the current oil life remains.
Speed Warning Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and

Speed Warning allows the driver to
Messages are displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
set a speed that they do not want to
to notify the driver that the status of Battery Saver Active
exceed. To set the Speed Warning
the vehicle has changed and that
press SET when Speed Warning is This message displays when
some action may be needed by
displayed. the vehicle has detected that the
the driver to correct the condition.
Compass Multiple messages may appear one battery voltage is dropping beyond a
after another. reasonable point. The battery saver
The vehicle may have a compass system starts reducing certain
display in the Driver Information Some messages may not require features of the vehicle that you may
Center (DIC). See Compass on immediate action. For those you can be able to notice. At the point that
page 4‑8 for more information. press SET to acknowledge that you features are disabled, this message
received the messages and to clear is displayed. It means that the
them. Some messages cannot be vehicle is trying to save the charge
cleared because they are more in the battery. Turn off unnecessary
urgent. These messages require accessories to allow the battery to
action. You should take any recharge.
messages that appear on the
display seriously and remember Low Battery
that clearing the messages will
This message is displayed when the
only make the messages disappear,
battery voltage is low. See Battery
not correct the problem. Possible
messages that can be displayed
and some information about them,
grouped by subject, are in the
following information.
Service Battery Charging Compass Messages Door Ajar Messages

System
CAL Driver Door Open
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery This message is displayed when the This message will display when the
charging system. Take the vehicle compass needs to be calibrated. driver door is open. Close the door
to your dealer for service. See Compass on page 4‑8. completely.
––– Hood Open
Brake System Messages
Three dashes will be displayed if the This message will display when
Brake Fluid Low compass needs service. See your the hood is open. Close the hood
This message is displayed when the dealer for service. completely.
brake fluid level is low, see Brake Passenger Door Open
Fluid on page 9‑28. Cruise Control Messages
This message will display when the
Release Parking Brake Apply Brake Before Cruise passenger door is open. Close the
This message is displayed as a If this message displays when door completely.
reminder that the parking brake is attempting to activate cruise control, Trunk Open
on. Release it before you attempt apply the brake and then try again.
to drive. This message will display when
Cruise Set to XXX the trunk is open. Close the trunk
This message will display when the completely.
cruise control is set and it will show
the speed it was set to. See Cruise
Control on page 8‑39 for more
information.
Engine Cooling System Engine Overheated — Idle Engine Oil Messages

Messages Engine
Change Engine Oil Soon
This message displays when the
A/C Off Due to High engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the
Engine Temp hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed.
This message displays when idle until it cools down. When you change the engine oil, be
the engine coolant becomes sure to reset the Oil Life System.
Engine Overheated — Stop See Engine Oil Life System on
hotter than the normal operating
temperature. To avoid added Engine page 9‑13 and Driver Information
strain on a hot engine, the air This message displays and a Center (DIC) on page 4‑28 for
conditioning compressor continuous chime sounds if the information on how to reset the
automatically turns off. When engine cooling system reaches system. See Engine Oil on
the coolant temperature returns unsafe temperatures for operation. page 9‑10 and Scheduled
to normal, the air conditioning Stop and turn off the vehicle as Maintenance on page 10‑2
compressor turns back on. You can soon as it is safe to do so to avoid for more information.
continue to drive the vehicle. severe damage. This message Engine Oil Hot, Idle Engine
If this message continues to appear, clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature. This message displays when the
have the system repaired by your engine oil temperature is too hot.
dealer as soon as possible to avoid High Coolant Temperature Stop and allow the vehicle to idle
damage to the engine. until it cools down.
This message displays if the coolant
Coolant Level Low Add temperature is hot; see Engine Engine Oil Low — Add Oil
Coolant Overheating on page 9‑23.
This message displays when the
This message will display if the engine oil level is too low. Check
coolant is low; see Engine Coolant the oil level. See Engine Oil on
on page 9‑18. page 9‑10.
Oil Pressure Low — Stop message stays on, the vehicle Lamp Messages
Engine should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible. Automatic Light Control On
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the This message is displayed when the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
Fuel System Messages automatic light control has been
and do not operate it until the cause turned on. See Automatic Headlamp
Fuel Level Low
of the low oil pressure has been System on page 5‑4.
corrected. Check the oil as soon This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as Automatic Light Control Off
as possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. soon as possible This message is displayed when the
automatic light control has been
Tighten Gas Cap
Engine Power Messages turned off. See Automatic Headlamp
This message displays when the System on page 5‑4.
Engine Power Is Reduced fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
fuel cap. Left Front Turn Indicator
This message displays when the Failure
vehicle's engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages This message is displayed if the
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. turn signal bulb needs to be
Number Of Keys Programmed replaced. See Headlamps, Front
If this message is on, but there
is no reduction in performance, This message displays when Turn Signal and Parking Lamps
proceed to your destination. The programming new keys to the (Base Vehicle) on page 9‑37 or
performance may be reduced the vehicle. Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and
next time the vehicle is driven. The Parking Lamps (Up-Level Vehicle)
Replace Battery In Remote Key on page 9‑38 and Replacement
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but This message displays when the Bulbs on page 9‑41 for more
maximum acceleration and speed battery in the Remote Keyless Entry information.
may be reduced. Anytime this (RKE) transmitter needs to be
replaced.
Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure Right Rear Turn Indicator Service Park Assist
This message is displayed if the Failure This message is displayed if there
turn signal bulb needs to be This message is displayed if the is a problem with the park assist
replaced. See Taillamps, Turn turn signal bulb needs to be system. Take the vehicle to your
Signal, and Stoplamps on replaced. See Taillamps, Turn dealer for service.
page 9‑40 and Replacement Bulbs Signal, and Stoplamps on
on page 9‑41 for more information. page 9‑40 and Replacement Bulbs Ride Control System
on page 9‑41 for more information. Messages
Right Front Turn Indicator
Failure Turn Signal On Stabilitrak Competitive Mode
This message is displayed if the This message is displayed if (V8 Engine Only)
turn signal bulb needs to be the turn signal has been left on.
This message displays when
replaced. See Headlamps, Front Turn off the turn signal.
competitive mode is selected.
Turn Signal and Parking Lamps
See Competitive Driving Mode on
(Base Vehicle) on page 9‑37 or Object Detection System page 8‑37 for more information.
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and
Parking Lamps (Up-Level Vehicle)
Messages
Service Traction Control
on page 9‑38 and Replacement Park Assist Off
Bulbs on page 9‑41 for more This message displays when there
information. This message is displayed when the is a problem with the Traction
park assist system has been turned Control System (TCS). When this
off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist message is displayed, the system
on page 8‑41. will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly. See your dealer
for service.
Service Stabilitrak Safety Belt Messages Service Vehicle Soon

This message displays if there is Buckle Seatbelt This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the StabiliTrak ® a problem with the vehicle. Take the
system. If this message appears, try This message displays as a vehicle to your dealer for service.
to reset the system. Stop; turn off reminder when the safety belt
the engine and remove the key from is not buckled. Tire Messages
the ignition; open and close the
driver door and wait for at least Anti-Theft Alarm System Check XXX Tire Pressure
one minute. During this time you Messages This message displays if the vehicle
should notice the lights on the detects low pressure in one or more
cluster turn off. After a minute has Theft Attempted tires. The tire with the low pressure
passed start the engine again. If this will be shown in the message.
This message displays if the vehicle
message still comes on, it means Check the tire pressures.
detects a tamper condition.
there is a problem. See your dealer
for service. The vehicle is safe to Service Tire Monitor System
drive, however, you do not have the Service Vehicle Messages
This message displays if there is a
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce Service AC System problem with the Tire Pressure
your speed and drive accordingly. Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the air conditioning Pressure Monitor Operation on
Airbag System Messages page 9‑60 for more information.
system. Take the vehicle to your
Service Airbag dealer for service. Tire Learning Active
This message is displayed if there is Service Power Steering This message displays when the
a problem with the airbag system. system is learning new tires. See
Take the vehicle to your dealer for This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the power steering Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
service. page 9‑60 for more information.
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
Tire Pressure System Reset Shift Denied Vehicle Reminder

This message displays when This message displays when Messages
resetting the TPMS. See Tire attempting to use the automatic
Pressure Monitor Operation on transmission manual mode to shift Ice Possible Drive With Care
page 9‑60 for more information. to too low of a gear. See Manual This message is displayed when ice
Mode on page 8‑29 for more conditions are possible.
Transmission Messages information.
Turn Wiper Control to
1 – 4 Shift Shift To Park Intermittent First
This message displays when you This message displays when the This message is displayed when
can only shift from 1 (First) to transmission needs to be shifted attempting to adjust the intermittent
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to park. This may appear when wiper speed without intermittent
to 2 (Second). See Manual attempting to remove the key from selected on the wiper control.
Transmission on page 8‑30 the ignition if the vehicle is not in See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
for more information. P (Park). page 4‑7.
Press Clutch To Start Transmission Hot – Idle
Engine Vehicle Speed Messages
This message displays when
attempting to start a vehicle with This message displays and a chime Driver Selected Speed Limit
a manual transmission without sounds if the transmission fluid in Exceeded
pressing on the clutch pedal. the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
This message is displayed when the
transmission fluid temperature high
Service Transmission vehicle speed is greater than the set
can cause damage to the vehicle.
speed. See “Speed Warning” under
This message displays if there is Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
a problem with the transmission. allow the transmission to cool.
page 4‑28.
See your dealer. This message clears when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
Window Messages Vehicle 3. Press the center of the

MENU / SELECT knob to select
Open, Then Close Driver Personalization the Vehicle Settings menu.
Window The audio system controls are The following list of menu items will
This message is displayed when the used to access the personalization be available:
window needs to be reprogrammed. menus for customizing vehicle . Climate and Air Quality
If the vehicle's battery has been features.
recharged or disconnected, you
. Comfort and Convenience
CONFIG (Configuration): Press
will need to reprogram each front to access the Configuration . Collision/Detection Systems
window for the express up feature Settings Menu.
to work. See Power Windows on
. Language
page 1‑14 for more information. MENU / SELECT Knob: Press . Lighting
the center of this knob to enter
Open, Then Close Passenger the menus and select menu items.
. Power Door Locks
Window Turn the knob to scroll through the . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
This message is displayed when the menus. . Return to Factory Settings
window needs to be reprogrammed. 0 BACK: Press to exit or move
Turn the MENU / SELECT knob to
If the vehicle's battery has been backwards in a menu.
recharged or disconnected, you highlight the menu. Press the knob
will need to reprogram each front Entering the Personalization to select it. Each of the menus is
window for the express up feature Menus detailed in the following information.
to work. See Power Windows on 1. Press the CONFIG button to
page 1‑14 for more information. access the Configuration
Settings menu.
2. Turn the MENU / SELECT knob
to highlight Vehicle Settings.
Climate and Air Quality Chime Volume Park Assist

Select the Climate and Air Quality This allows the selection of the This allows the Ultrasonic Parking
menu and the following will be chime volume level. Assist feature to be turned on or off.
displayed: Press the MENU / SELECT knob Press the MENU / SELECT knob
. Remote Start Heated Seats when Chime Volume is highlighted. when Park Assist is highlighted.
Turn the knob to select Normal or Turn the knob to select On or Off.
Remote Start Heated Seats High. Press the knob to confirm and Press the knob to confirm and go
When on, this feature will turn the go back to the last menu. back to the last menu.
heated seats on when using remote
Personalization by Driver Language
start.
This allows the selection of if the Select the Language menu and the
Press the MENU / SELECT knob
personalization settings are specific following will be displayed:
when Remote Start Heated Seats is
to each driver or the same no matter
highlighted. Turn the knob to select . English
which key was used to enter and
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm . French
start the vehicle.
and go back to the last menu.
Press the MENU / SELECT knob . Spanish
Comfort and Convenience when Personalization by Driver is Turn the MENU / SELECT knob to
Select the Comfort and highlighted. Turn the knob to select select the language. Press the knob
Convenience menu and the On or Off. Press the knob to confirm to confirm and go back to the
following will be displayed: and go back to the last menu. last menu.
. Chime Volume Collision/Detection Systems Lighting
. Personalization by Driver Select the Collision/Detection Select the Lighting menu and the
Systems menu and the following will following will be displayed:
be displayed:
. Exit Lighting
. Park Assist
. Vehicle Locator Lights
Exit Lighting Power Door Locks Auto Door Unlock

This allows the selection of how Select Power Door Locks and the This allows selection of which of the
long the exterior lamps stay on following will be displayed: doors will automatically unlock when
when leaving the vehicle when it is the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
dark outside. (automatic transmission) or when
. Auto Door Unlock the key is removed from the ignition
Press the MENU / SELECT knob
when Exit Lighting is highlighted. . Delayed Door Lock (manual transmission).
Turn the knob to select Off, Press the MENU / SELECT
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. knob when Auto Door Unlock is
Press the knob to confirm and go When on, this feature will keep the highlighted. Turn the knob to select
back to the last menu. driver's door from locking when the All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press
door is open. If off is selected, the the knob to confirm and go back to
Vehicle Locator Lights Delayed Door Lock menu will be the last menu.
This allows the vehicle locator lights available.
to be turned on or off. Delayed Door Lock
Press the MENU / SELECT
Press the MENU / SELECT knob knob when Auto Door Unlock is When on, this feature will delay the
when Vehicle Locator Lights is highlighted. Turn the knob to select locking of the doors. If you want to
highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press the knob to confirm override the delay you can press the
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. power door lock on the driver's door.
and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU / SELECT knob
when Delayed Door Lock is
highlighted. Turn the knob to select
On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
and go back to the last menu.
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Locking Feedback Remote Vehicle Start

Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start This allows selection of what type of This allows the Remote Vehicle
and the following will be displayed: feedback is given when unlocking Start to be turned on or off, if the
the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. vehicle has this feature.
. Unlock Feedback (Lights)
Press the MENU / SELECT Press the MENU / SELECT knob
. Locking Feedback
knob when Locking Feedback is when Remote Vehicle Start is
. Door Unlock Options highlighted. Turn the knob to select highlighted. Turn the knob to select
. Remote Vehicle Start Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Horn On or Off. Press the knob to confirm
Only, or Off. Press the knob to and go back to the last menu.
Unlock Feedback (Lights) confirm and go back to the
last menu. Return to Factory Settings
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle Select Return to Factory
Door Unlock Options
with the RKE transmitter. Settings to return all of the vehicle
This allows selection of which doors personalization to the default
Press the MENU / SELECT knob will unlock when pressing the unlock settings. Turn the knob to select Yes
when Unlock Feedback (Lights) is button on the RKE transmitter. or No. Press the knob to confirm
highlighted. Turn the knob to select and go back to the last menu.
Flash Lights or Off. Press the knob Press the MENU / SELECT knob
to confirm and go back to the when Door Unlock Options is
last menu. highlighted. Turn the knob to select
All Doors or Driver Door Only. Press
the knob to confirm and go back to
the last menu.
OnStar® System How OnStar Service Works 1‐877‐248‐2080, or press Q to

Q: This blue button connects you speak with an OnStar advisor
to a specially trained OnStar advisor 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
to verify your account information For a full description of OnStar
and to answer questions. services and system limitations,
] : Push this red emergency see the OnStar Owner's Guide in
button to get priority help from the glove box.
specially trained OnStar emergency OnStar service is subject to the
OnStar® uses several innovative advisors. OnStar terms and conditions
technologies and live advisors to included in the OnStar Subscriber
provide a wide range of safety,
X : Push this button for hands‐free,
voice‐activated calling and to give Information.
security, navigation, diagnostics,
voice commands for turn‐by‐turn OnStar service cannot work unless
and calling services.
navigation. the vehicle is in a place where
Automatic Crash Response Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle OnStar has an agreement with a
In a crash, built in sensors can Assistance, Vehicle Diagnostics, wireless service provider for service
automatically alert an OnStar Remote Door Unlock, Roadside in that area. OnStar service also
advisor who is immediately Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation cannot work unless the vehicle is in
connected to the vehicle to see and Hands‐Free Calling are a place where the wireless service
if you need help. available on most vehicles. Not all provider OnStar has hired for
OnStar services are available on that area has coverage, network
all vehicles. For more information capacity and reception when the
see the OnStar Owner's Guide service is needed, and technology
or visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) that is compatible with the OnStar
or www.onstar.ca (Canada), service. Not all services are
contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR available everywhere, particularly
(1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY in remote or enclosed areas, or at
all times.
The OnStar system can record and The vehicle must have a working Your Responsibility
transmit vehicle information. This electrical system, including
Increase the volume of the radio if
information is automatically sent to adequate battery power, for the
the OnStar advisor cannot be heard.
an OnStar call center when Q is OnStar equipment to operate. There
are other problems OnStar cannot If the light next to the OnStar
pressed, ] is pressed, or if the buttons is red, the system may
control that may prevent OnStar
airbags or ACR system deploy. from providing OnStar service at not be functioning properly.
This information usually includes
the vehicle's GPS location and,
any particular time or place. Some Press Q and request a vehicle
examples are damage to important diagnostic. If the light appears clear
in the event of a crash, additional parts of the vehicle in a crash, hills,
information regarding the crash that (no light is appearing), your OnStar
tall buildings, tunnels, weather or subscription has expired and all
the vehicle was involved in (e.g. the wireless phone network congestion.
direction from which the vehicle was services have been deactivated.
hit). When the virtual advisor feature OnStar Steering Wheel Press Q to confirm that the OnStar
of OnStar hands-free calling is Controls equipment is active.
used, the vehicle also sends OnStar
the vehicle's GPS location so they This vehicle may have a Talk/Mute
can provide services where it is button that can be used to interact
located. with OnStar hands-free calling.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
Location information about the page 4‑6 for more information.
vehicle is only available if the GPS
satellite signals are unobstructed On some vehicles, the mute button
and available. can be used to dial numbers into
voice mail systems, or to dial phone
extensions. See the OnStar Owner's
Guide for more information.
Universal Remote Universal Remote System This system provides a way to

replace up to three remote control
System Programming transmitters used to activate
devices such as garage door
See Radio Frequency Statement on
openers, security systems, and
page 12‑17 for information
home automation devices.
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) Do not use the Universal Home
rules and Industry Canada Remote with any garage door
Standards RSS-210/220/310. opener that does not have the stop
and reverse feature. This includes
any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
Universal Home Remote. Because
If the vehicle has this feature, you of the steps involved, it may be
will see these buttons with one helpful to have another person
square Light Emitting Diode (LED) available to assist you with
indicator light next to them in the programming the Universal
headliner. Home Remote.
Keep the original hand-held Programming the Universal 2. At the same time, press and
transmitter for use in other vehicles Home Remote System hold both the hand-held
as well as for future Universal Home transmitter button and one
Remote programming. It is also For questions or help programming of the three Universal Home
recommended that upon the sale the Universal Home Remote Remote buttons to be used to
of the vehicle, the programmed System, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 operate the garage door. Do not
Universal Home Remote buttons or go to www.homelink.com. release the Universal Home
should be erased for security Programming a garage door opener Remote button or the hand-held
purposes. See “Erasing Universal involves time-sensitive actions, so transmitter button until the
Home Remote Buttons” later in this read the entire procedure before indicator light changes from a
section. starting. Otherwise, the device will slow to a rapidly flashing light.
When programming a garage door, time out and the procedure will have You now may release both
park outside of the garage. Park to be repeated. buttons.
directly in line with and facing the To program up to three devices: Some entry gates and garage
garage door opener motor-head door openers may require
1. Hold the end of your hand-held
or gate motor-head. Be sure that substitution of Step 2 with the
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
people and objects are clear of the procedure noted in “Gate
(1 to 3 inches) away from the
garage door or gate that is being Operator and Canadian
Universal Home Remote buttons
programmed. Programming” later in this
while keeping the indicator
It is recommended that a new section.
light in view. The hand-held
battery be installed in your transmitter was supplied by
hand-held transmitter for quicker the manufacturer of your
and more accurate transmission garage door opener receiver
of the radio-frequency signal. (motor-head unit).
3. Press and hold for five seconds It may be helpful to have 5. Firmly press and release the
the newly-trained Universal another person to assist “Learn” or “Smart” button. After
Home Remote button (selected with the remaining Steps 4 you press this button, you will
button from Step 2) while through 6. have 30 seconds to complete
observing the indicator light Step 6.
and garage door activation. 6. Immediately return to the
. If the indicator light stays on vehicle. Firmly press and hold
continuously or the garage for two seconds the Universal
door starts to move when Home Remote button, selected
the Universal Home in Step 2 to control the garage
Remote button is pressed door, and then release it. If the
and released, then the garage door does not move or
programming is complete. the lamp on the garage door
There is no need to opener receiver (motor-head
continue programming unit) does not flash, press and
Steps 4 through 6. hold the same button a second
. If the Universal Home “Learn” or “Smart” Buttons time for two seconds, and then
Remote indicator light release it. Again, if the door
4. After Steps 1 through 3 have does not move or the garage
blinks rapidly for been completed, locate the
two seconds, then turns door lamp does not flash, press
“Learn” or “Smart” button inside and hold the same button a third
to a constant light and the the garage on the garage door
garage door does not time for two seconds, and then
opener receiver (motor-head release.
move, continue with the unit). The name and color
programming Steps 4 of the button may vary by The Universal Home Remote should
through 6. manufacturer. now activate the garage door.
To program the remaining two If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System
Universal Home Remote buttons, having difficulty programming a gate
begin with Step 1 of “Programming operator or garage door opener by
Operation
the Universal Home Remote using the “Programming Universal Using Universal Home Remote
System”. Home Remote” procedures,
regardless of where you live, Press and hold the appropriate
Gate Operator and Canadian replace Step 2 under “Programming Universal Home Remote button
Programming Universal Home Remote” with the for at least half of a second.
following: The indicator light will come on
If you have questions or need
while the signal is being transmitted.
help programming the Universal 2. Continue to press and hold
Home Remote System, the Universal Home Remote Erasing Universal Home
call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go button while you press and release Remote Buttons
to www.homelink.com. every two seconds (cycle) the
All programmed buttons should be
Canadian radio-frequency laws hand-held transmitter button
erased when the vehicle is sold or
require transmitter signals to time until the frequency signal has
the lease ends.
out or quit after several seconds been successfully accepted
of transmission. This may not be by the Universal Home Remote. To erase all programmed buttons on
long enough for Universal Home The Universal Home Remote the Universal Home Remote device:
Remote to pick up the signal during indicator light will flash slowly at 1. Press and hold down the
programming. Similarly, some U.S. first and then rapidly. Proceed two outside buttons until the
gate operators are manufactured to with Step 3 under “Programming indicator light begins to flash,
time out in the same manner. Universal Home Remote” to after 10 seconds.
complete.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Home Remote
Button
To reprogram any of the three
Universal Home Remote buttons:
1. Press and hold the desired
Universal Home Remote button.
Do not release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 of the section
“Programming Universal Home
Remote”.
If you have questions or need
help programming the Universal
Home Remote System,
call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to
www.homelink.com. You may also
call the customer assistance phone
number under Customer Assistance
Offices on page 12‑3.
Lighting 5-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting It controls the following systems:

. Headlamps
Exterior Lamp Controls . Sidemarker Lamps
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 5-1
. Parking Lamps
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
. License Plate Lamps
Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 . Fog Lamps
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 5-4 The exterior lamps control has four
Turn and Lane-Change positions:
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 9 (Off): Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control
Interior Lighting The exterior lamps control is located off or on again. When released,
Instrument Panel Illumination on the instrument panel, on the the control returns to the AUTO
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 outboard side of the steering wheel. position.
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Battery Load Management . . . . 5-6
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 5-7
5-2 Lighting
AUTO (Automatic): Turns the A warning chime sounds if the # (Front Fog Lamps): Push the
headlamps on automatically at driver's door is opened when the fog lamps button in to turn the fog
normal brightness, together with ignition switch is off and the parking lamps on or off. The fog lamps
the following: lamps are on. come on together with the following:
. Parking Lamps 2 (Headlamps): Turns the . Parking Lamps
. Taillamps headlamps on together with the . Taillamps
following lamps listed below.
. Sidemarker Lamps . Sidemarker Lamps
. Parking Lamps
. License Plate Lamps . License Plate Lamps
. Taillamps
. Instrument Panel Lights . Instrument Panel Lights
. Sidemarker Lamps
AUTO also controls the Daytime See Front Fog Lamps on
Running Lamps (DRL), see Daytime
. License Plate Lamps page 5‑5.
Running Lamps (DRL) on . Instrument Panel Lights
page 5‑3. A warning chime sounds if the
; (Parking Lamps): Turns the driver's door is opened when the
parking lamps on together with the ignition switch is off and the
following: headlamps are on.
. Taillamps
. Sidemarker Lamps
. License Plate Lamps
. Instrument Panel Lights
Lighting 5-3
Headlamp High/ Daytime Running When the DRL are on, the
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker,
Low-Beam Changer Lamps (DRL) instrument panel and other lamps
2 3 Headlamp High/Low Beam Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can will not be on.
Changer: Push the turn signal/lane make it easier for others to see the The headlamps automatically
change lever away from you to turn front of your vehicle during the day. change from DRL to the regular
the high beams on. Fully functional daytime running headlamps depending on the
Pull the lever towards you to return lamps are required on all vehicles darkness of the surroundings.
to low beams. first sold in Canada. The other lamps that come on with
A light sensor on top of the the headlamps will also come on.
instrument panel makes the DRL When it is bright enough outside,
work, so be sure it is not covered. the headlamps will go off and the
The DRL system will make the DRL will come on.
low‐beam headlamps come on at a To turn the DRL lamps off or on
reduced brightness or for vehicles again, turn the exterior lamps
with High Intensity Discharge (HID) control to the off position and then
This indicator light turns on in the headlamps, the dedicated DRL
instrument panel cluster when the release. For vehicles first sold in
lights will come on when the Canada, the DRL lamps cannot be
high beam headlamps are on. following conditions are met: turned off.
. The ignition is in the ON/RUN
Flash-to-Pass The regular headlamp system
position. should be turned on when needed.
The flash‐to‐pass feature works with
the low‐beams or Daytime Running
. The exterior lamps control is
Lamps (DRL) on or off. in AUTO, or has been briefly
turned to OFF to turn the
To flash the high beams, pull the automatic light control on again.
turn signal/lane change lever all the
way towards you. Then release it.
. The engine is running.
5-4 Lighting
Automatic Headlamp The vehicle has a light sensor If the vehicle is started in a dark
located on the top of the instrument garage, the automatic headlamp
System panel. Do not cover this sensor or system comes on immediately. If it
When it is dark enough outside and the system will come on whenever is light outside when the vehicle
the headlamp switch is in AUTO, the ignition is on. leaves the garage, there will be a
the automatic headlamp system will The system may also turn on the slight delay before the automatic
turn on the headlamps at the normal headlamps when driving through a headlamp system changes to
brightness along with other lamps parking garage, heavy overcast the DRL. During that delay, the
such as the taillamps, sidemarker, weather, or a tunnel. This is normal. instrument panel cluster may not be
parking lamps, license plate lamps, as bright as usual. Make sure the
and the instrument panel lights. There is a delay in the transition instrument panel brightness control
The radio lights will also be dim. between the daytime and nighttime is in the full bright position. See
operation of the Daytime Running Instrument Panel Illumination
To turn off the automatic headlamp Lamps (DRL) and the automatic Control on page 5‑6.
system, turn the exterior lamps headlamp systems so that driving
switch to the off position and then under bridges or bright overhead
release. For vehicles first sold in Hazard Warning Flashers
street lights does not affect the
Canada, the transmission must be system. The DRL and automatic | Hazard Warning Flasher:
in the P (Park) position, before the headlamp system will only be Press this button located on the
automatic headlamp system can be affected when the light sensor sees instrument panel near the audio
turned off. a change in lighting lasting longer system, to make the front and rear
than the delay. turn signal lamps flash on and off.
This warns others that you are
having trouble. Press again to turn
the flashers off.
Lighting 5-5
Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting The fog lamps come on together
position whenever it is released. with the parking and sidemarker
Signals lamps.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or If the high‐beam headlamps are
does not come on, a signal bulb turned on, the fog lamps will turn off.
might be burned out. If the high‐beam headlamps are
Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb turned off, the fog lamps will turn
is not burned out, check the fuse. back on again.
See Electrical System Overload on For vehicles with High Intensity
An arrow on the instrument panel page 9‑41. Discharge (HID) headlamps, the
cluster flashes in the direction of the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
turn or lane change. Front Fog Lamps replace the fog lamps.
Move the lever all the way up or For vehicles with front fog lamps, Some localities have laws that
down to signal a turn. the button is located on the exterior require the headlamps to be on
lamp control, on the outboard side along with the fog lamps.
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane of the steering wheel.
change. Hold it there until the lane The ignition must be turned to
change is completed. If the lever is ON/RUN to turn on the fog lamps.
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps
on or off. An indicator light on the
instrument panel cluster comes on
when the fog lamps are on.
5-6 Lighting
Interior Lighting Lighting Features Battery Load

Management
Instrument Panel Entry Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power
Illumination Control The lamps inside the vehicle Management (EPM) that estimates
This feature controls the brightness come on when any door is opened. the battery's temperature and state
of the instrument panel lights. They stay on about 20 seconds and of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
The thumbwheel is located next when all of the doors have been for best performance and extended
to the exterior lamp control. closed or the ignition is turned to life of the battery.
ON/RUN they gradually fade out. When the battery's state of charge
D (Instrument Panel They also come on when the unlock is low, the voltage is raised slightly
Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel symbol button is pressed on the
up or down to brighten or dim the to quickly bring the charge back up.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) When the state of charge is high,
instrument panel lights. system transmitter. the voltage is lowered slightly to
The lamps inside the vehicle stay on prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
Dome Lamps for about 20 seconds after the key is has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
The dome lamp buttons are located removed from the ignition to provide display on the Driver Information
in the overhead console. light as you exit. Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
To change the settings, press the
Theater Dimming normal. If there is a problem, an
following:
alert will be displayed.
( (Off): Turns the lamp off, even This feature allows for a three to
when a door is open. five second fade out of the courtesy
lamps instead of immediately
1 (Door): The lamp comes on turning off.
automatically when a door is
opened.
' (On): Turns the dome lamp on.
Lighting 5-7
The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in

idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being
high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the
This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action,
(alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the
enough at idle to produce all the driver. If so, a Driver Information
power that is needed for very high Center (DIC) message might be
electrical loads. displayed, such as BATTERY
A high electrical load occurs when SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY
several of the following are on, VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY.
such as: headlamps, high beams, If one of these messages displays,
fog lamps, rear window defogger, it is recommended that the driver
climate control fan at high speed, reduce the electrical loads as much
heated seats, engine cooling fans, as possible. See Driver Information
trailer loads, and loads plugged into Center (DIC) on page 4‑28.
accessory power outlets.
Battery Power Protection
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this This feature shuts off the dome
by balancing the generator's output lamps if they are left on for more
and the vehicle's electrical needs. than 10 minutes when the ignition is
It can increase engine idle speed to in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent
generate more power, whenever the battery from running down.
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
5-8 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 6-1
Infotainment Introduction For more information, see Defensive

Driving on page 8‑3.
System Read the following pages
to become familiar with the
Notice: Contact your dealer
before adding any equipment.
infotainment system features.
Introduction Adding audio or communication
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 { WARNING equipment could interfere with
the operation of the vehicle's
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 6-1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Taking your eyes off the road engine, radio, or other systems,
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 for extended periods could cause and could damage them. Follow
a crash resulting in injury or federal rules covering mobile
Radio death to you or others. Do not radio and telephone equipment.
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 give extended attention to The vehicle has Retained
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 entertainment tasks while driving. Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 the infotainment system can play
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 This system provides access to even after the ignition is turned off.
Satellite Radio Antenna . . . . . . 6-13 many audio and non audio listings. See Retained Accessory Power
Audio Players To minimize taking your eyes off the (RAP) on page 8‑19 for more
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 road while driving, do the following information.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 while the vehicle is parked:
Theft-Deterrent Feature
Phone . Become familiar with the
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 6-21 operation and controls of the The theft-deterrent feature works by
Bluetooth (Infotainment audio system. learning a portion of the Vehicle
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Identification Number (VIN) to
. Set up the tone, speaker the infotainment system. The
Bluetooth (Voice adjustments, and preset radio
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 infotainment system does not
stations. operate if it is stolen or moved
to a different vehicle.
6-2 Infotainment System
Overview C. Buttons 1 ‐ 6
. Radio: Saves and selects
favorite stations.
D. FAV
. Radio: Opens the
favorites list.
E. MENU/SELECT
. Press: Opens the menus
and selects menu items.
. Turn: Highlights menu
items or sets values while
in a menu. Manually
selects radio stations while
listening to the radio.
F. RADIO/BAND
. Changes the band while
A. O /VOL B. INFO listening to the radio.
. Radio: Shows available . Selects the radio when
. Press: Turns the system
information about the listening to a different
on or off.
current station. audio source.
. Turn: Adjusts the volume.
. CD/MP3: Shows available G. Z CD Eject
information about the . Removes CD from slot.
current track.
H. CD/AUX K. CD Slot Operation

. Selects between the CD . Insert a CD.
player or a connected
Controls
external audio source. L. l SEEK The infotainment system is
. Radio: Seeks the next operated by using the pushbuttons,
I. PHONE
station. multifunction knobs, and menus
. Opens the phone that are shown on the display, and
main menu.
. CD: Selects the next track steering wheel controls, if equipped.
or fast forwards within a
. Mutes the audio system. track. Turning the System On or Off
J. g SEEK M. CONFIG O VOL (Power/Volume): Press to
. Radio: Seeks the previous . Opens the settings menu. turn the system on and off.
station. N. TONE Automatic Off
. CD: Selects the previous . Opens the tone menu. If the infotainment system has
track or rewinds within a been turned on after the ignition is
track. O. 0 BACK turned off, the system turns off
. Menu: Moves one automatically after ten minutes.
level back.
. Character Input: Deletes
the last character.
Volume Control MENU/SELECT: Press to: Selecting a Menu Option

O VOL (Power/Volume): Turn to . Enter the menu system.
adjust the volume. . Select or activate the highlighted
PHONE: For vehicles with menu option.
OnStar®, press and hold PHONE . Confirm a set value.
to mute the infotainment system.
Press and hold PHONE again,
. Switch a system setting on
or off.
or turn the O VOL to cancel mute. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
® Turn to: move the highlighted bar.
For vehicles without OnStar , press
PHONE to mute the infotainment . Highlight a menu option. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
system. Press PHONE again, to select the highlighted option.
. Select a value.
or turn the O VOL to cancel mute. Submenus
0 BACK: Press to:
Menu System . Exit a menu.
Controls . Return from a submenu screen
The MENU/SELECT knob and to the previous menu screen.
the 0 BACK button are used to . Delete the last character in a
navigate the menu system. sequence.
An arrow on the right‐hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a
submenu with other options.
Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off Press the 0 BACK button to delete
the last character or press and hold
0 BACK to delete the entire
character sequence.
Audio Settings
The audio settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to player source.
highlight the setting. highlight the function.
To adjust the audio setting, press
2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob the TONE button and select the
to activate the setting. to turn the function on or off.
audio setting. Press the 0 BACK
Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence button to go back to the Tone
Settings menu.
To quickly reset an audio setting
value to 0:
1. Highlight the option.
2. Press and hold the MENU/
SELECT knob until the value
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to changes to 0.
change the current value of the highlight the character.
setting. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select the character.
to confirm the setting.
Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) 3. Select Radio Favorites.
and Bass For vehicles that have an equalizer: 4. Select the number of available
favorite pages.
5. Press the 0 BACK button
to go back to the System
Configuration menu.
Auto Volume
1. Select Treble, Midrange, 1. Select EQ. The auto volume feature
or Bass. automatically adjusts the radio
2. Select the setting. volume to compensate for road and
2. Select the value.
System Settings wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
Adjusting the Fader and Balance or slows down, so that the volume
Configuring the Number of level is consistent
Favorite Pages The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the auto volume
feature can be turned off.
1. Select Fader or Balance.

2. Select the value.
To configure the number of available
favorite pages:
2. Select Radio Settings.
Maximum Startup Volume Radio

The maximum volume played when
the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio
be set.
Control Buttons
1. Press the CONFIG button. The buttons used to control the
radio are:
2. Select Radio Settings.
RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
3. Select Auto Volume. radio on and choose between AM,
4. Select the setting FM, and XM™, if equipped.
1. Press the CONFIG button. g SEEK/ l SEEK: Press to
to go back to the System 2. Select Radio Settings. search for stations.
Configuration menu. 3. Select Maximum Startup FAV: Press to open the
Volume. favorites list.
4. Select the setting 1‐6: Press to select preset stations.
MENU/SELECT: Turn to manually
search for stations.
to go back to the System
Configuration menu.
RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band Manual Tuning

The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the RADIO/BAND button Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
feature is available for use only on to choose AM, FM, or XM™, select the frequency on the display.
FM stations that broadcast RDS if equipped. The last station that
Favorites List
information. This feature only works was playing starts playing again.
when the information from the radio 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
station is available. In rare cases, Selecting a Station
2. Select Favorites List.
a radio station could broadcast Seek Tuning
incorrect information that causes the 3. Select the station.
radio features to work improperly. Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK Station Lists
If this happens, contact the radio to automatically search for the next
station. available station. If a station is not 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
found, the radio switches to a more 2. Select AM or FM Station List.
While the radio is tuned to an
sensitive search level. If a station All receivable stations in the
FM-RDS station, the station name
still is not found, the frequency that current reception area are
or call letters display.
was last active begins to play. displayed. If no station list has
Radio Menus been created an automatic
Press and hold g SEEK or
station search is done.
Radio menus are available for AM, l SEEK until the station on the
FM and XM, if equipped. display is reached, then release 3. Select the station.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob to the button.
open the main radio menu for that
frequency.
Updating Station & Category Lists To search for a programing type Storing a Station as a Favorite
If stations stored in the station list determined by station: To store the station to a position in
can no longer be received. 1. Select FM category list. A list of the list, press the corresponding
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. all programing types available numeric button 1‐6 until the station
displays. can be heard again.
2. Select Update AM or FM Station
List, if the stations stored in 2. Select the programing type. Retrieving Stations
the station list are no longer A list of stations that transmit
programming of the selected Press the FAV button to open a
received. A station search will be favorite page or to switch to another
completed and the first station in type displays.
favorite page. Briefly press one of
the updated list will play. 3. Select the station. the 1‐6 buttons to retrieve the
To cancel the station search, press The category lists are updated when station.
the MENU/SELECT knob. the corresponding station lists are
updated. Satellite Radio
Category Lists
Storing and Retrieving Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite
Most stations that broadcast an Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite
RDS PTY code specify the type of Favorites
Radio subscription can receive XM
programming transmitted. Some Stations from all bands can be programming.
stations change the PTY code stored in the favorite lists in any
depending on the content. The order.
system stores the RDS stations,
sorted by program type, in the FM Up to six stations can be stored in
category list. each favorite page and the number
of available favorite pages can
be set.
XM Satellite Radio Service Control Buttons Removing or Adding Categories

XM is a satellite radio service The buttons used to control the XM 1. Press the CONFIG button.
that is based in the 48 contiguous radio are: 2. Select XM Categories.
United States and 10 Canadian RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the
provinces. XM Satellite Radio 3. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
radio on and choose between AM, highlight the category.
has a wide variety of programming FM, and XM™, if equipped.
and commercial-free music, 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality g SEEK / l SEEK: Press to to remove or add the category.
sound. During your trial or when you search for stations.
subscribe, you will get unlimited FAV: Press to open the
Selecting an XM Station
access to XM Radio Online for favorites list. XM stations can be selected by
when you are not in the vehicle.
1‐6: Press to select preset stations. using g SEEK, l SEEK, the
A service fee is required to receive
the XM service. For more MENU/SELECT knob, or the menu
MENU/SELECT: Turn to search for system.
information, contact XM at stations.
www.xmradio.com or call To select an XM station using
1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. Selecting the XM Band g SEEK or l SEEK, do one of
and www.xmradio.ca or call Press the RADIO/BAND button to the following:
1-877-438-9677 in Canada. choose between the AM, FM, and . Press and release g SEEK or
XM bands. The last station played in
that band begins to play when that
l SEEK to go to the previous
or next station.
band is selected.
. Press and hold g SEEK or
XM Categories
l SEEK to scroll through the
XM stations are organized in previous or next stations until
categories. the station is reached.
To select an XM station using the Storing and Retrieving XM Messages

MENU/SELECT knob: Favorites XL (Explicit Language
1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Stations from all bands can be Channels): These channels, or any
highlight an XM station. stored in any order in the favorite others, can be blocked by request,
2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob pages. by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).
to select the station, or leave the Up to six stations can be stored in XM Updating: The encryption code
station highlighted. each favorite page and the number is being updated, no action is
To select a station using the menu: of available favorite pages can required.
be set. Loading XM: The audio system is
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
Storing a Station as a Favorite acquiring and processing audio and
2. Select XM Stations List. text data, no action is needed.
To store the station to a position
3. Select the station. Channel Off Air: This channel is
in the list, press and hold the
Selecting a Station by Category corresponding 1‐6 button until not currently in service.
the station can be heard again. Channel Unauth: This channel is
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
Retrieving stations blocked or cannot be received with
2. Select XM Category List. A list of the XM Subscription package.
all programing types available Press the FAV button to open a
displays. favorite page or to switch to another Channel Unavail: This previously
favorite page. Briefly press one of assigned channel is no longer
3. Select the programing type. assigned.
the 1‐6 buttons to retrieve the
4. Select the station. station. No Artist Info: No artist
information is available.
No Title Info: No song title
information is available.
No CAT Info: No category Unknown: If this message is FM

information is available. received when tuned to channel 0,
FM signals only reach about 16 to
No Information: No text or there could be a receiver fault.
65 km (10 to 40 miles). Although the
informational messages are Consult with your dealer.
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
available. Check XM Receivr: If this that automatically works to reduce
No XM Signal: The vehicle may be message does not clear within a interference, some static can occur,
in a location that where the XM short period of time, the receiver especially around tall buildings or
signal is being blocked. When the could have a fault. Consult with your hills, causing the sound to fade in
vehicle is moved, the signal should dealer. and out.
return. XM Not Available: If this message AM
CAT Not Found: There are no does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a The range for most AM stations is
channels available for the selected greater than for FM, especially at
category. fault. Consult with your dealer.
night. The longer range can cause
XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver Radio Reception station frequencies to interfere with
in the vehicle may have been in each other. For better radio
another vehicle. XM receivers Frequency interference and static reception, most AM radio stations
cannot be swapped between can occur during normal radio boost the power levels during the
vehicles. If this message is received reception if items such as cell phone day, and then reduce these levels
after having the vehicle serviced, chargers, vehicle convenience during the night. Static can also
check with your dealer. accessories, and external electronic occur when things like storms and
devices are plugged into the power lines interfere with radio
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, accessory power outlet. If there is reception. When this happens, try
this message alternates with the XM interference or static, unplug the reducing the treble on the radio.
Radio 8 digit radio ID label. This item from the accessory power
label is needed to activate the outlet.
service.
XM™ Satellite Radio Service Backglass Antenna Notice: Using a razor blade or
sharp object to clear the inside
XM Satellite Radio Service gives The AM-FM antenna is integrated rear window can damage the rear
digital radio reception from with the rear window defogger, window antenna and/or the rear
coast-to-coast in the 48 contiguous located in the rear window. Make window defogger. Repairs would
United States, and in Canada. Just sure that the inside surface of the not be covered by the vehicle
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can rear window is not scratched and warranty. Do not clear the inside
interfere with satellite radio signals, that the lines on the glass are not rear window with sharp objects.
causing the sound to fade in and damaged. If the inside surface is
out. In addition, traveling or standing damaged, it could interfere with Notice: Do not apply aftermarket
under heavy foliage, bridges, radio reception. For proper radio glass tinting with metallic film.
garages, or tunnels may cause loss reception, the antenna connector The metallic film in some tinting
of the XM signal for a period of time. needs to be properly attached to materials will interfere with or
the post on the glass. distort the incoming radio
Cellular Phone Usage reception. Any damage caused to
If a cellular telephone antenna your backglass antenna due to
Cellular phone usage may cause
needs to be attached to the glass, metallic tinting materials will not
interference with the vehicle's radio.
make sure that the grid lines for the be covered by the vehicle
This interference may occur when
AM-FM antenna are not damaged. warranty.
making or receiving phone calls,
There is enough space between
charging the phone's battery,
the grid lines to attach a cellular Satellite Radio Antenna
or simply having the phone on.
telephone antenna without
This interference can cause an For vehicles with XM™ Satellite
interfering with radio reception.
increased level of static while Radio Service, the antenna is
listening to the radio. If static is located on the decklid of the
received while listening to the vehicle. Keep the antenna clear
radio, unplug the cellular phone of obstructions for clear radio
and turn it off. reception.
Audio Players mild neutral detergent solution Control Buttons

mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe
The buttons used to control the CD
the disc from the center to the
CD Player outer edge.
player are:
The CD player can play audio CDs CD/AUX: Press to choose between
Care of the CD Player the CD and AUX player.
and MP3 CDs.
Do not add a label to a disc, as it g SEEK / l SEEK: Press to
The CD player will not play 8 cm could get caught in the CD player.
(3 inches) CDs. select tracks or to fast forward or
If a label is needed, label the top rewind within a track.
Care of CDs of the recorded disc with a
marking pen. MENU/SELECT: Turn to select
Sound quality can be reduced due tracks.
to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners
quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the INFO: Press to display additional
how the disc has been handled. lens of the disc optics and damage information about the CD that may
Handle discs carefully and store the CD player. be available.
them in their original cases or other Notice: If a label is added to a Z (Eject): Press to remove
protective cases away from direct CD, or more than one CD is the CD.
sunlight and dust. If the bottom inserted into the slot at a time,
surface of a disc is damaged, the Inserting a CD
or an attempt is made to play
disc may not play properly or at all. scratched or damaged CDs, the With the printed side facing up,
Do not touch the bottom surface of CD player could be damaged. insert a disc into the CD slot until it
a disc while handling it; this could While using the CD player, use is drawn in.
damage the surface. Pick up discs only CDs in good condition
by grasping the outer edges or the without any label, load one CD at
edge of the hole and the outer edge. a time, and keep the CD player
If the bottom surface of a disc is and the loading slot free of
dirty, take a soft lint free cloth, foreign materials, liquids, and
or dampen a clean soft cloth in a debris.
Removing a CD Using the CD Menu: Using the CD Menu:

Press the Z button. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
The disc is pushed out of the 2. Select Tracks list. 2. Select Playlists / Folders.
CD slot. 3. Select the track. 3. Select the play list or folder.
If the disc is not removed after it is Playing Tracks in Random Order 4. Select the track.
ejected, it is pulled back in after a
few seconds. Press the MENU/SELECT knob and Searching for MP3 Tracks
then set Shuffle Songs to On. It is normal for the search feature
Playing a CD or MP3 CD to take some time to display the
Fast Forward and Rewind
Press the CD/AUX button if there information after reading the disc
is a disc in the player, it begins Press and hold l SEEK or due to the amount of information
playing. g SEEK to fast forward or rewind stored on the disc. The infotainment
within the current track. system automatically switches to
Information about the disc and
Selecting an MP3 Track FM while the disc is being read.
current track is shown on the
display depending on the data Using the control buttons: Tracks can be searched by:
stored. . Playlists
Press g SEEK or l SEEK to
Selecting a CD Track . Artists
select the previous or next track.
Using the control buttons: . Albums
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob
Press g SEEK or l SEEK to counterclockwise or clockwise to . Song Titles
select the previous or next track. select the previous or next track. . Genres
Turn the MENU/SELECT knob . Folder View
counterclockwise or clockwise to
select the previous or next track.
To search for tracks: Adjusting the Volume

1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. Turn the VOL O knob to adjust the
2. Select Search. volume of the Infotainment system
after the volume level has been set
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, on the portable audio device.
Song Titles, Genres,
or Folder View. USB Port
4. Select the track. For vehicles with a USB port, the
following devices may be connected
Auxiliary Devices and controlled by the infotainment
system.
The AUX Input allows portable
devices to connect to the vehicle The AUX input is located in the . iPod's
using the 3.5mm (1/8 in) input center console. . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD)
jack, the USB port, if equipped,
or Bluetooth® wireless technology, 3.5mm Jack . USB Drives
if equipped. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to . Zune's
Portable devices are controlled by the auxiliary input jack to use a
portable audio player. Connecting and Controlling
using the menu system described in
an iPod™
Operation on page 6‑3. Playback of an audio device that is
connected to the 3.5mm jack can Not all iPod's can be controlled by
only be controlled using the controls the Infotainment System.
on the device. Connecting an iPod
Connect the iPod to the USB port
using the cable that came with the
device.
Searching For a Track Shuffle Connecting and Controlling a

Tracks can be searched for by: Press the MENU/SELECT knob and PlaysForSure Device (PFD)
set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Zune™
. Playlists
or Off, then press the 0 BACK Connecting a PFD or Zune
. Artists button to return the main screen.
. Albums Connect the PFD or Zune to the
On: Plays tracks in the current USB port using the cable that came
. Song Titles folder in random order. with the device.
. Podcasts Off: Plays tracks in the current Searching For a Track
. Genres folder in sequential order.
Tracks can be searched for by:
. Audiobooks Repeat . Playlists
. Composers Press the MENU/SELECT knob and
set Repeat to On or Off, then press
. Artists
To search for tracks: . Albums
the 0 BACK button to return the
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. main screen. . Song Titles
2. Select Search. On: Repeats the current track. . Podcasts
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Off: Playback starts from the . Genres
Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, beginning of the current track after
Audiobooks, or Composers. To search for tracks:
the last track finishes.
4. Select the track. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
2. Select Search.
3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
Song Titles, Podcasts,
or Genres
4. Select the track.
Shuffle Functionality Connecting and Controlling a Files that do not have any meta
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and USB Drive data stored in the ID3 tag display
set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On as Unknown.
The infotainment system can only
or Off. play back .mp3 and .wma files from Tracks can be searched for by:
On: Plays current tracks in random a USB drive. . Playlists*
order. Only the first 2,500 songs are . Artists
Off: Plays current tracks in recognized on the device. . Albums
sequential order. When a device is not supported, the
message “No supported data found.
. Song Titles
Repeat Functionality
You can safely disconnect the . Genres
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and device” appears.
set Repeat to On or Off.
. Folder View
Connecting a USB Drive *This only displays if a playlist is
Repeat On: Repeats the current
track. Connect the USB drive to the USB found on the device.
port using the cable that came with To search for tracks:
Repeat Off: Playback starts from the device.
the beginning of the current track 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
after the last track finishes. Searching For a Track
2. Select Search.
It is normal for the search feature
to take some time to display the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums,
information after reading the disc Song Titles, Genres,
due to the amount of information or Folder View.
stored on the disc. 4. Select the track.
Shuffle Functionality system. Before pairing the Bluetooth Bluetooth Setup Menu
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and device, become familiar with its The Bluetooth Setup menu can be
set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On user guide for Bluetooth functions. accessed with or without a device
or Off. The system only connects to attached to the USB port.
Bluetooth devices that support
On: Plays current tracks in random A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution To select the Bluetooth Setup menu
order. Profile) version 1.2. when a device is attached to the
Off: Plays current tracks in USB port and active:
Pairing Information:
sequential order. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
. Up to five devices can be paired while in the iPod, Zune, PFD,
Repeat Functionality to the system. or USB device main menu.
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and . The pairing process is disabled 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup.
set Repeat to On or Off. when the vehicle is moving.
To select the Bluetooth Music Setup
Repeat On: Repeats the current . The infotainment system menu when a device is not attached
track. automatically links with the first to the USB port, or when a device is
Repeat Off: Playback starts from available paired device in the attached to the USB port but not
the beginning of the current track order the device was paired. active:
after the last track finishes. . Only one paired device can be 1. Press the CD/AUX button until
® connected to the infotainment AUX is the active source.
Connecting a Bluetooth system at a time.
Device 2. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
. Pairing should only need to be
Before a Bluetooth device can be completed once, unless changes 3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup.
connected to the infotainment to the pairing information have
system, it must first be paired to the been made or the device is
system. Not all Bluetooth devices deleted.
can be paired to the infotainment
To select the Bluetooth Music Setup 4. Some devices may require a To connect a paired device when
menu when a Bluetooth device is PIN number in order to complete another device is connected to the
connected and active: the pairing process. Locate the Infotainment System:
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob. device named “GMusicConnect” 1. Select the Select Device option
in the list on the Bluetooth from the Bluetooth Music
2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. device and follow the Setup menu.
Pairing a Device instructions on the device to
enter the four digit PIN number 2. Select the new device.
1. Select Connect To New Device provided by the Infotainment 3. The active device is
from the Bluetooth Music System. disconnected from the system
Setup menu. and the new device is
Connecting to a Device
2. The system asks a series of connected.
Yes/No questions to determine Once a device is paired to the
what type of device is being Infotainment System, it can be Removing a Device
paired. connected to the Infotainment 1. Select Remove Device from the
System. Bluetooth Music Setup menu.
3. After the system determines
what type of Bluetooth device To connect a paired device when no 2. Select the device.
is being paired, the Bluetooth other device is connected to the
Infotainment System: 3. The device is removed from the
device will need to be put into system.
discovery mode. 1. Select the Select Device option
from the Bluetooth Music Before connecting to the removed
Setup menu. device again, it will need to paired
to the Infotainment System.
2. Select the new device.
Changing the Default PIN Controlling a Bluetooth® Phone

To change the default PIN: Device
1. Select Change Default PIN Bluetooth devices that support Bluetooth (Overview)
from the Bluetooth Music AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
Setup menu. Control Profile) version 1.0 may
can use a Bluetooth capable cell
be able to be controlled by the
2. Select one of the pre‐defined phone with a Hands Free Profile
Infotainment System.
PIN numbers, or select Other to to make and receive phone calls.
create a PIN. Press and release g SEEK / The infotainment system and voice
To create a PIN: l SEEK to skip tracks. Press and recognition are used to control
hold g SEEK / l SEEK to fast the system. The system can be
1. Select the length of the PIN used while in ON/RUN or ACC/
forward or fast reverse within a
number. ACCESSORY. The range of the
track.
2. Enter the character sequence. Bluetooth system can be up to
Other Information 9.1 m (30 ft.). Not all phones
Messages support all functions and not all
The Bluetooth® word mark and phones work with the Bluetooth
The following messages may logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
appear on the infotainment screen. system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks for more information about
Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality: by General Motors is under license. compatible phones.
This message displays when the Other trademarks and trade names
Bluetooth signal strength is low. are those of their respective owners. Bluetooth Controls
This Feature is Unavailable While See Radio Frequency Statement on Use the buttons located on the
Vehicle is Moving: This message page 12‑17 for FCC information. infotainment system and the
displays when an action is not steering wheel to operate the
allowed while the vehicle is moving. Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls Voice Recognition Other Information

b / g (Push To Talk): Press to The voice recognition system is The Bluetooth® word mark and
answer incoming calls, to confirm used to interpret commands that logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
system information, and to start control the system and dial phone SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
voice recognition. numbers. by General Motors is under license.
c / $ (End Call / Mute): Press to Noise: The system may not Other trademarks and trade names
end a call, reject a call, or to cancel recognize voice commands if there are those of their respective owners.
an operation. is too much background noise. See Radio Frequency Statement on
When to Speak: A tone sounds to page 12‑17 for FCC information.
Infotainment System Controls
indicate that the system is ready for
MENU/SELECT: Press and turn Bluetooth (Infotainment
a voice command. Wait for the tone
to navigate the menu screens.
See Operation on page 6‑3 for
and then speak. Controls)
more information. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a Pairing
calm and natural voice.
PHONE: Press to enter the Phone A Bluetooth enabled cell phone
main menu. Audio System must be paired to the Bluetooth
CONFIG: Press to enter the When using the Bluetooth system, system first and then connected to
System Configuration menu. sound comes through the vehicle's the vehicle before it can be used.
front audio system speakers See the cell phone manufacturer
and overrides the audio system. user guide for Bluetooth functions
Use the audio system volume knob, before pairing the cell phone. If a
during a call, to change the volume Bluetooth phone is not connected,
level. The adjusted volume level calls will be made using OnStar®
remains in memory for later calls. Hands‐Free Calling, if available.
The system maintains a minimum Refer to the OnStar owner's guide
volume level. for more information.
A Bluetooth phone with MP3 To link to a different paired phone, 5. Start the Pairing process on the
capability can not be connected to see Linking to a Different Phone cell phone that will be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an MP3 later in this section. the vehicle. Reference the cell
player at the same time. phone manufacturer user guide
Pairing a Phone for information on this process.
The pairing process can be started
by using the voice recognition 1. Press the CONFIG button. Locate the device named
system or the controls on the 2. Select Phone Settings. “General Motors” in the list on
infotainment system. 3. Select Bluetooth. the cell phone and follow the
Pairing Information: instructions on the cell phone to
4. Select Pair Device (Phone). enter the four digit PIN number
. Up to five cell phones can be A four digit PIN number appears that appears on the infotainment
paired to the Bluetooth system. on the display. display.
. The pairing process is disabled If the “Add new GPS device” 6. The system prompts for a name
when the vehicle is moving. option is selected, the system for the phone. Use a name
. The Bluetooth system will start a search for Bluetooth that best describes the phone.
automatically links with the first “Handsfree” profile devices just This name will be used to
available paired cell phone in like if “Add new Phone” was indicate which phone is
the order the phone was paired. selected. The additional GPS connected. The system then
location feature which would confirms the name provided.
. Only one paired cell phone can provide the vehicle's GPS
be connected to the Bluetooth location through the Bluetooth 7. The system responds “<Phone
system at a time. Serial Port Profile is not name> has been successfully
available. paired” after the pairing process
. Pairing should only need to be is complete.
completed once, unless changes
to the pairing information have 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for
been made or the phone is additional phones to be paired.
deleted.
Listing All Paired and Connected Making a Call Call Waiting

Phones
1. Press the PHONE button twice. Call waiting must be supported on
1. Press the CONFIG button. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
2. Select Enter number.
2. Select Phone Settings. the wireless service carrier to work.
3. Enter the character sequence.
3. Select the Bluetooth submenu. See “Entering a Character Accepting a Call
4. Select Device List submenu. Sequence” in the Operation on Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
page 6‑3 for more information. “Answer” and press the MENU/
Deleting a Paired Phone SELECT knob to accept the
4. Select Call to start dialing the
1. Press the CONFIG button. number. incoming call.
2. Select Phone Settings. Accepting or Declining an Declining a Call
3. Select the Bluetooth submenu. Incoming Call Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
“Decline” and press the MENU/
4. Select Device List submenu. When an incoming call is received,
SELECT knob to decline the
5. Select the phone to be deleted the infotainment system mutes and
incoming call.
and then follow the on screen a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
prompts. Switching Between Calls
Accepting a Call
To switch between calls:
Linking to a Different Phone Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
“Answer” and press the MENU/ 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob.
SELECT knob to accept the 2. Select Switch Call from
2. Select Phone Settings. incoming call. the menu.
3. Select the Bluetooth submenu. Declining a Call
4. Select Device List submenu. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to
5. Select the new phone and then “Decline” and press the MENU/
follow the on screen prompts. SELECT knob to decline the
incoming call.
Conference Calling Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice

Conference calling must be Press the MENU/SELECT knob and Recognition)
supported on the Bluetooth phone select Hang Up.
and enabled by the wireless service Pairing
carrier to work. Muting a Call
A Bluetooth cell phone must be
To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call paired to the Bluetooth system and
current call: then connected to the vehicle before
Press the MENU/SELECT knob and
it can be used. See the cell phone
1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob select Mute Call.
manufacturer user guide for
and select Enter Number. To Cancel Mute Bluetooth functions before pairing
2. Enter the character sequence Press the MENU/SELECT knob and the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone
then select call. See “Entering a deselect Mute Call. is not connected, calls will be made
Character Sequence” in the using OnStar® Hands‐Free Calling,
Operation on page 6‑3 for Dual Tone Multi-Frequency if available. Refer to the OnStar
more information. (DTMF) Tones owner's guide for more information.
3. After the call has been placed, The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can The pairing process can be started
press the MENU/SELECT knob send numbers during a call. This is by using the voice recognition
and choose Merge Calls. used when calling a menu driven system or the controls on the
phone system. infotainment system.
4. To add more callers to the
conference call, repeat steps 1 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob
through 3. The number of callers and select Enter Number.
that can be added are limited by
your wireless service carrier. 2. Enter the character sequence.
See “Entering a Character
Sequence” in the Operation on
Pairing Information: Pairing a Phone 5. The system prompts for a name

for the phone. This name will be
Up to five cell phones can be 1. Press b g. The system
.
paired to the Bluetooth system. used to indicate which phone is

responds “Ready” followed by connected. The system confirms
. The pairing process is disabled a tone. the name.
when the vehicle is moving. 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system 6. The system responds “<Phone
. The Bluetooth system links with responds “Bluetooth ready” name> has been successfully
the first available paired cell followed by a tone. paired” after the pairing process
phone in the order the phone 3. Say “Pair”. The system responds is complete.
was paired. with instructions and a four‐digit 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for
. Only one paired cell phone can PIN number. The PIN number additional phones to be paired.
be connected to the Bluetooth will be used in Step 4.
system at a time. Listing All Paired and Connected
4. Start the Pairing process on the Phones
. Pairing should only need to be cell phone that will be paired to
completed once, unless changes the vehicle. Reference the cell 1. Press b g. The system
to the pairing information have phone manufacturer user guide responds “Ready” followed by
been made or the phone is for information on this process. a tone.
deleted. Locate the device named 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system
To link to a different paired phone, “General Motors” in the list on responds “Bluetooth ready”
see Linking to a Different Phone the cell phone and follow the followed by a tone.
later in this section. instructions on the cell phone to
enter the four‐digit PIN number 3. Say “List”. The system lists all
that was provided in Step 3. the paired Bluetooth devices.
The system will respond
“is connected” if a phone is
connected to the vehicle.
Deleting a Paired Phone Linking to a Different Phone Storing Name Tags

1. Press b g. The system 1. Press b g. The system The system can store up to thirty
responds “Ready” followed by responds “Ready” followed by phone numbers as name tags that
a tone. a tone. are shared between the Bluetooth
and OnStar systems.
2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system
responds “Bluetooth ready” responds “Bluetooth ready” The system uses the following
followed by a tone. followed by a tone. commands to store and retrieve
phone numbers:
3. Say “Delete”. The system asks 3. Say “Change phone”. The
which phone to delete followed system responds “Please wait . Store
by a tone. while I search for other phones”. . Digit Store
4. Say the name of the phone . If another phone is found, . Directory
to be deleted. If the phone the response will be
name is unknown, use the “List” “<Phone name> is now Using the Store Command
command for a list of all paired connected”. The store command allows a
phones. The system responds . If another phone is not phone number to be stored without
“Would you like to delete <phone found, the original phone entering the digits individually.
name>? Yes or No” followed by remains connected.
a tone. 1. Press b g. The system
responds “Ready” followed by
5. Say “Yes” to delete the phone.
a tone.
The system responds “OK,
deleting <phone name>”. 2. Say “Store”. The system
responds “Store, number please”
followed by a tone.
3. Say the complete phone number 5. Say a name tag for the phone 3. Say the first digit to be stored.
to be stored at once with no number. The name tag is The system will repeat back the
pauses. recorded and the system digit it heard followed by a tone.
. If the system recognizes responds “About to store <name Continue entering digits until the
the number the response is tag>. Does that sound OK?”. number to be stored is complete.
“OK, Storing”. . If the name tag does not . If an unwanted number is
. If the system does not sound correct, say “No” and recognized by the system,
recognizes the phone repeat Step 5. say “Clear” at any time to
number, the response is . If the name tag sounds clear the last number.
“Store <Phone number>”. correct, say “Yes” and the . To hear all of the numbers
“Please say yes or no”. name tag is stored. After recognized by the system,
If the number is correct, the number is stored the say “Verify” at any time.
say “Yes”. If the number system returns to the 4. After the complete number
is not correct, say “No”. main menu. has been entered, say “Store”.
The system will ask for The system responds “Please
the number again. Using the Digit Store Command
say the name tag” followed by
4. After the system stores the The digit store command allows a a tone.
phone number, it responds phone number to be stored by
“Please say the name tag” entering the digits individually.
followed by a tone. 1. Press b g. The system
a tone.
2. Say “Digit Store”. The system
responds “Please say the first
digit to store” followed by a tone.
5. Say a name tag for the phone Using the Directory Command Using the Delete Command
number. The name tag is The directory command lists all of The delete command is used to
recorded and the system the name tags stored by the system. delete specific name tags.
responds “About to store <name To use the directory command:
tag>. Does that sound OK?”. To delete name tags:
. If the name tag does not 1. Press b g. The system 1. Say “Delete”. The system
sound correct, say “No” and responds “Ready” followed by responds “Delete, please say
repeat Step 5. a tone. the name tag” followed by
2. Say “Directory”. The system a tone.
. If the name tag sounds
correct, say “Yes” and the responds “Directory” and lists all 2. Say the name tag to be deleted.
name tag is stored. After stored name tags. The system The system responds “Would
the number is stored the returns to the main menu when you like to delete, <name tag>?
system returns to the the list is complete. Please say yes or no”.
main menu. Deleting Name Tags . If the name tag is correct,
say “Yes” to delete the
The system uses the following
name tag. The system
commands to delete name tags:
responds “OK, deleting
. Delete <name tag>, returning to
. Delete all name tags the main menu.”
. If the name tag is incorrect,
say “No”. The system
responds “No. OK, let's try
again, please say the
name tag.”
Using the Delete All Name Tags Making a Call 3. Say the entire number without
Command pausing.
Calls can be made using the
The delete all name tags command following commands: . If the system recognizes
deletes all stored phone book name the number, it responds
. Dial
tags and route name tags for “OK, Dialing” and dials the
OnStar if stored. . Digit Dial number.
To delete all name tags: . Call . If the system does not
. Re‐dial recognize the number, it
1. Press b g. The system confirms the numbers
responds “Ready” followed Using the Dial Command followed by a tone. If the
by a tone. number is correct, say
1. Press b g. The system “Yes”. The system responds
2. Say “Delete all name tags”.
responds “Ready” followed “OK, Dialing” and dials the
The system responds “You are
by a tone. number. If the number is
about to delete all name tags
stored in your phone directory 2. Say “Dial”. The system responds not correct, say “No”.
and your route destination “Dial using <phone name>. The system will ask for
directory. Are you sure you “Number please” followed by the number again.
want to do this? Please say a tone.
yes or no.”
. Say “Yes” to delete all
name tags.
. Say “No” to cancel the
function and return to the
main menu.
Using the Digit Dial Command Using the Call Command Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
1. Press b g. The system 1. Press b g. The system speakers.
responds “Ready” followed by responds “Ready” followed
a tone. by a tone. Using the Re‐dial Command
2. Say “Digit Dial”. The system 2. Say “Call”. The system responds 1. Press b g. The system
responds “Digit dial using “Call using <phone name>. responds “Ready” followed by
<phone name>, please say the Please say the name tag” a tone.
first digit to dial” followed by followed by a tone.
a tone. 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial”.
3. Say the name tag of the person The system responds “Re‐dial
3. Say the digits to be dialed one to call. using <phone name>” and dials
at a time. The system repeats . If the system recognizes the last number called from the
back the digit it heard followed the name tag it responds connected Bluetooth phone.
by a tone. “OK, calling, <name tag>” Once connected, the person called
4. Continue entering digits until the and dials the number. will be heard through the audio
number to be dialed is complete. . If the system does not speakers.
After the whole number has recognize the name tag,
been entered, say “Dial”. The Receiving a Call
it confirms the name tag
system responds “OK, Dialing” followed by a tone. If the When an incoming call is received,
and dials the number. name tag is correct, say the audio system mutes and a ring
. If an unwanted number is “Yes”. The system responds tone is heard in the vehicle.
recognized by the system, “OK, calling, <name tag>”
say “Clear” at any time to and dials the number. If the
. Press b g to answer the call.
clear the last number. name tag is not correct, say . Press c $ to ignore a call.
. To hear all of the numbers “No”. The system will ask
recognized by the system, for the name tag again.
say “Verify” at any time.
Call Waiting Three‐Way Calling Muting a Call

Call waiting must be supported on Three‐Way Calling must be During a call, all sounds from inside
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by supported on the Bluetooth phone the vehicle can be muted so that the
the wireless service carrier to work. and enabled by the wireless service person on the other end of the call
carrier to work. cannot hear them.
. Press b g to answer an
incoming call when another call 1. While on a call press b g. To Mute a call
is active. The original call is The system responds “Ready”
1. Press b g. The system
placed on hold. followed by a tone.
. Press b g again to return to the 2. Say “Three‐way call”. The a tone.
original call. system responds “Three‐way
call, please say dial or call”. 2. Say “Mute Call”. The system
. To ignore the incoming call, no responds “Call muted”.
action is required. 3. Use the dial or call command to
dial the number of the third party To Cancel Mute
. Press c $ to disconnect the to be called. 1. Press b g. The system
current call and switch to the call 4. Once the call is connected, responds “Ready” followed by
on hold. a tone.
press b g to link all the callers
together. 2. After the tone, say “Mute Call”.
The system responds
Ending a Call “Resuming call”.
Press c $ to end a call.
Transferring a Call To Transfer Audio to the In-Vehicle To access contacts stored in the cell
Bluetooth System phone:
Audio can be transferred between
the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system and The cell phone must be paired 1. Press b g. The system
the cell phone. and connected with the Bluetooth responds “Ready” followed by
system before a call can be a tone.
To Transfer Audio to the Cell transferred. The connection process
Phone can take up to two minutes after 2. Say “Bluetooth”. The system
During a call with the audio in the the key is turned to ON/RUN or responds “Bluetooth ready”
vehicle: ACC/ACCESSORY. followed by a tone.
During a call with the audio on the 3. Say “Voice”. The system
1. Press b g. The system responds “OK, accessing
responds “Ready” followed by cell phone, press b g. The audio
<phone name>”.
a tone. transfers to the vehicle.
. The cell phone's normal
2. Say “Transfer Call.” The system Voice Pass-Thru prompt messages will go
responds “Transferring call” and through its cycle according
the audio transfers to the cell Voice Pass‐Thru allows access to
the voice recognition commands on to the phone's operating
phone. instructions.
the cell phone. See the cell phone
manufacturer user guide to see if Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
the cell phone supports this feature.
(DTMF) Tones
The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers and the numbers
stored as name tags during a call.
Use this feature when calling a
menu driven phone system. Account
numbers can also be stored for use.
Sending a Number During a Call Sending a Stored Name Tag Clearing the System
During a Call
1. Press b g. The system Unless information is deleted out
responds “Ready” followed by 1. Press b g. The system of the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system,
a tone. responds “Ready” followed it will be retained indefinitely.
by a tone. This includes all saved name tags in
2. Say “Dial”. The system responds the phonebook and phone pairing
“Say a number to send tones” 2. Say “Send name tag.” The information. For information on how
followed by a tone. system responds “Say a name to delete this information, see the
3. Say the number to send. tag to send tones” followed by above sections on Deleting a Paired
a tone. Phone and Deleting Name Tags.
. If the system recognizes
the number it responds 3. Say the name tag to send.
“OK, Sending Number” and . If the system recognizes
the dial tones are sent and the number it responds
the call continues. “OK, Sending <name tag>”
. If the system does not and the dial tones are sent
recognize the number it and the call continues.
responds “Dial Number, . If the system does not
please say yes or no?” recognize the name tag it
followed by a tone. If the responds “Dial <name tag>,
number is correct, say please say yes or no?”
“Yes”. The system responds followed by a tone. If the
“OK, Sending Number” and name tag is correct, say
the dial tones are sent and “Yes”. The system responds
the call continues. “OK, Sending <name tag>”
and the dial tones are sent
and the call continues.
Climate Controls 7-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can be
Climate Control Systems controlled with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 7-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
A. Fan Control 9 (Fan Control): Turn to increase

B. Heated Seats or decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob to O to turn the fan off.
C. Temperature Control
Temperature Control: Turn
D. Air Delivery Mode Controls to increase or decrease the
E. Air Conditioning temperature inside the vehicle.
Maximum cooling occurs when
F. Defrost the temperature knob is turned to
G. Rear Window Defogger MAX # and the air conditioning
H. Recirculation system is turned on.
7-2 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control: To Air Conditioning Rear Window Defogger

change the current mode, select
one of the following:
# (Air Conditioning): Press to < (Rear Defogger): Press to
turn the air conditioning on or off. turn the rear window defogger on
F (Vent): Air is directed to the An indicator light turns on. If the or off. The rear window defogger
instrument panel outlets. fan is turned off or the outside turns off automatically after about
* (Bi-Level): Air is directed to the temperature falls below freezing, 12 minutes. It can also be turned
instrument panel outlets and the the air conditioning will not work. off by turning the ignition to
floor outlets. The air conditioning might ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
If turned on again it runs for about
7 (Floor): Air is directed to the automatically come on when 0 is 6 minutes before turning off. At
floor outlets. selected. higher vehicle speeds, the rear
W (Defog): Clears the windows of ) (Recirculation): Press to turn defogger can stay on continuously.
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the on the recirculation. An indicator Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windshield and floor outlets. light comes on. Air is recirculated windows are clear.
inside the vehicle. It helps to quickly
0 (Defrost): Clears the cool the air inside the vehicle or Notice: Do not use a razor blade
windshield of fog or frost more or sharp object to clear the inside
prevent outside air and odors from
quickly. Air is directed to the rear window. Do not adhere
windshield and side window entering.
anything to the defogger grid
outlets. Operation in the recirculation lines in the rear glass. These
mode while the air conditioner is actions may damage the rear
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before off increases humidity and may defogger. Repairs would not be
defrosting. cause the windows to fog. covered by your warranty.
Recirculation is not available in the L / M (Heated Seats): Press to
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
defrost or defog modes. turn on or off. See Heated Front
windows are clear.
Seats on page 2‑6.
Climate Controls 7-3
Passenger Compartment Air

. Keep the path under the front
Air Vents seats clear of objects to help
Filter
Use the air outlets located in the circulate the air inside of the
The passenger compartment air center and on the side of the vehicle more effectively.
filter removes most of the pollen instrument panel to direct the
and dust from the air that enters
. Use of non‐GM approved hood
airflow. Use the thumbwheels deflectors can adversely affect
the vehicle. The filter will need near the center air outlets to direct
to be replaced periodically. the performance of the system.
airflow to the left or right. Check with your dealer before
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 10‑2. Operation Tips adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Using the climate control system . In defog or defrost mode, warm
without an air filter installed is not air flows from the some air
recommended. Water or other outlets. To improve side window
debris could enter the system and defogging or defrosting, direct
result in leaks or noises. Always side air outlets towards the side
install a new filter when removing windows.
the old filter. . Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
7-4 Climate Controls
2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 8-1
Driving and Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 8-17
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 8-30
Operating Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
8-18
Brakes
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Antilock Brake
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Driving Information Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
Driving for Better Fuel Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Shifting Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Ride Control Systems
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 Traction Control
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Parking Over Things System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 StabiliTrak System . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Active Fuel Competitive Driving Mode . . . 8-37
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Management™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . 8-38
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Engine Exhaust
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Cruise Control
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Running the Vehicle While
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 Object Detection Systems
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 8-9
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 8-41
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Automatic Transmission
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . 8-12 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 8-26
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8-2 Driving and Operating
Fuel
. When road and weather
Driving Information conditions are appropriate,
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 8-44 use cruise control, if equipped.
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 8-44 Driving for Better Fuel . Always follow posted speed
California Fuel Economy limits or drive more slowly when
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45 Driving habits can affect fuel conditions require.
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 8-45 mileage. Here are some driving
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45
. Keep vehicle tires properly
tips to get the best fuel economy inflated.
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46
possible.
Filling a Portable Fuel . Combine several trips into a
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48 . Avoid fast starts and accelerate single trip.
smoothly.
Towing . Replace the vehicle's tires with
General Towing
. Brake gradually and avoid the same TPC Spec number
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48 abrupt stops. molded into the tire's sidewall
Driving Characteristics and . Avoid idling the engine for long near the size.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-49 periods of time. . Follow recommended scheduled
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53 maintenance.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55
Defensive Driving Drunk Driving Police records show that

almost 40 percent of all motor
Defensive driving means “always vehicle-related deaths involve
expect the unexpected.” The first { WARNING alcohol. In most cases, these
step in driving defensively is to wear deaths are the result of someone
your safety belt, see Safety Belts on Drinking and then driving is
who was drinking and driving.
page 2‑7. very dangerous. Your reflexes,
In recent years, more than
perceptions, attentiveness, and
17,000 annual motor vehicle-related
{ WARNING judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
deaths have been associated with
the use of alcohol, with about
Assume that other road users can have a serious — or even 250,000 people injured.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking. Do not drink and drive or For persons under 21, it is against
drivers) are going to be careless
ride with a driver who has been the law in every U.S. state to drink
and make mistakes. Anticipate alcohol. There are good medical,
what they might do and be ready. drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
psychological, and developmental
In addition: you are with a group, designate a
reasons for these laws.
.
driver who will not drink.
Allow enough following The obvious way to eliminate the
distance between you and Death and injury associated with leading highway safety problem is
the driver in front of you. drinking and driving is a global for people never to drink alcohol
. Focus on the task of driving. tragedy. and then drive.
Driver distraction can cause Alcohol affects four things that
collisions resulting in injury or anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
possible death. These simple judgment, muscular coordination,
defensive driving techniques vision, and attentiveness.
could save your life.
Medical research shows that Braking And, of course, actual stopping

alcohol in a person's system distances vary greatly with the
can make crash injuries worse, See Brake System Warning Light surface of the road, whether it is
especially injuries to the brain, on page 4‑23. pavement or gravel; the condition
spinal cord, or heart. This means Braking action involves perception of the road, whether it is wet, dry,
that when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding or icy; tire tread; the condition of the
drinking — driver or passenger — is to push the brake pedal is brakes; the weight of the vehicle;
in a crash, that person's chance of perception time. Actually doing and the amount of brake force
being killed or permanently disabled it is reaction time. applied.
is higher than if the person had not Avoid needless heavy
been drinking. Average reaction time is about
three‐fourths of a second. But that braking. Some people drive in
is only an average. It might be less spurts — heavy acceleration
Control of a Vehicle with one driver and as long as followed by heavy braking — rather
The following three systems two or three seconds or more with than keeping pace with traffic.
help to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, This is a mistake. The brakes
driving — brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and might not have time to cool between
accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do hard stops. The brakes will wear
driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But out much faster with a lot of heavy
ask more of those control systems even in three‐fourths of a second, braking. Keeping pace with the
than the tires and road can provide. a vehicle moving at 100 km/h traffic and allowing realistic following
Meaning, you can lose control of the (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft). distances eliminates a lot of
vehicle. See StabiliTrak System on That could be a lot of distance unnecessary braking. That means
page 8‑35. in an emergency, so keeping better braking and longer brake life.
enough space between the
Adding non‐dealer/non‐retailer
vehicle and others is important.
accessories can affect vehicle
performance. See Accessories and
Modifications on page 9‑4.
If the engine ever stops while the Steering Tips Steering in Emergencies
vehicle is being driven, brake
It is important to take curves at a There are times when steering
normally but do not pump the
reasonable speed. can be more effective than braking.
brakes. If the brakes are pumped,
Traction in a curve depends on the For example, you come over a hill
the pedal could get harder to push
condition of the tires and the road and find a truck stopped in your
down. If the engine stops, there will
surface, the angle at which the lane, or a car suddenly pulls out
still be some power brake assist but
curve is banked, and vehicle speed. from nowhere, or a child darts out
it will be used when the brake is
While in a curve, speed is the one from between parked cars and stops
applied. Once the power assist is
factor that can be controlled. right in front of you. These problems
used up, it can take longer to stop
can be avoided by braking — if you
and the brake pedal will be harder If there is a need to reduce speed, can stop in time. But sometimes you
to push. do it before entering the curve, while cannot stop in time because there
Adding non‐dealer accessories can the front wheels are straight. is no room. That is the time for
affect vehicle performance. See Try to adjust the speed so you can evasive action — steering around
Accessories and Modifications on drive through the curve. Maintain a the problem.
page 9‑4. reasonable, steady speed. Wait to The vehicle can perform very
accelerate until out of the curve, well in emergencies like these.
Steering and then accelerate gently into the First apply the brakes. See Braking
straightaway. on page 8‑4. It is better to remove
Power Steering
as much speed as possible from
If power steering assist is lost a collision. Then steer around
because the engine stops or the the problem, to the left or right
power steering system is not depending on the space available.
functioning, the vehicle can be
steered but it will take more effort.
Off-Road Recovery if there is nothing in the way, steer

so that the vehicle straddles the
The vehicle's right wheels can drop edge of the pavement. Turn the
off the edge of a road onto the steering wheel 8 to 13 cm (3 to
shoulder while driving. 5 inches), about one-eighth turn,
until the right front tire contacts the
pavement edge. Then turn the
steering wheel to go straight down
the roadway.
Loss of Control
Let us review what driving experts
An emergency like this requires say about what happens when the
close attention and a quick decision. three control systems — brakes,
If holding the steering wheel at the steering, and acceleration — do not
recommended 9 and 3 o'clock have enough friction where the tires
positions, it can be turned a full meet the road to do what the driver
180 degrees very quickly without has asked.
removing either hand. But you have If the level of the shoulder is only
to act fast, steer quickly, and just as slightly below the pavement, In any emergency, do not give up.
quickly straighten the wheel once recovery should be fairly easy. Keep trying to steer and constantly
you have avoided the object. Ease off the accelerator and then, seek an escape route or area of
less danger.
The fact that such emergency
situations are always possible is a
good reason to practice defensive
driving at all times and wear safety
belts properly.
Skidding Of course, traction is reduced when Competitive Driving

water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
In a skid, a driver can lose control of Competitive driving may affect the
material is on the road. For safety,
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid vehicle warranty. See the warranty
slow down and adjust your driving to
most skids by taking reasonable book before using the vehicle for
these conditions. It is important to
care suited to existing conditions, racing or other competitive driving.
slow down on slippery surfaces
and by not overdriving those
because stopping distance is longer The new vehicle break‐in must be
conditions. But skids are always
and vehicle control more limited. performed before the vehicle is
possible.
While driving on a surface with used for competitive driving. See
The three types of skids correspond New Vehicle Break-In on page 8‑17.
reduced traction, try to avoid
to the vehicle's three control
sudden steering, acceleration, Notice: If you use your vehicle
systems. In the braking skid,
or braking, including reducing for competitive driving, the
the wheels are not rolling. In the
vehicle speed by shifting to a lower engine may use more oil than it
steering or cornering skid, too much
gear. Any sudden changes could would with normal use. Low oil
speed or steering in a curve causes
cause the tires to slide. You might levels can damage the engine.
tires to slip and lose cornering force.
not realize the surface is slippery Be sure to check the oil level
And in the acceleration skid, too
until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to often during competitive driving
much throttle causes the driving
recognize warning clues — such as and keep the level at or near the
wheels to spin.
enough water, ice, or packed snow upper mark that shows the proper
If the vehicle starts to slide, ease on the road to make a mirrored operating range on the engine oil
your foot off the accelerator pedal surface — and slow down when dipstick. For information on how
and quickly steer the way you you have any doubt. to add oil, see Engine Oil on
want the vehicle to go. If you start page 9‑10.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
steering quickly enough, the vehicle
avoid only the braking skid. For competitive driving, it is
may straighten out. Always be ready
for a second skid if it occurs. recommended that the brake fluid
be replaced with a high performance
brake fluid that has a dry boiling
point greater than 279°C (534°F).
After conversion to the high Driving on Wet Roads WARNING (Continued)

performance brake fluid,
follow the brake fluid service Rain and wet roads can reduce
recommendations outlined by the vehicle traction and affect your Flowing or rushing water creates
fluid manufacturer. Do not use ability to stop and accelerate. strong forces. Driving through
silicone or DOT‐5 brake fluids. Always drive slower in these types flowing water could cause your
of driving conditions and avoid vehicle to be carried away. If this
If the vehicle is used for racing, driving through large puddles and
competitive driving, sustained high happens, you and other vehicle
deep‐standing or flowing water. occupants could drown. Do not
speed , or events that generate
excessive wheel slip, the rear axle ignore police warnings and be
fluid temperatures will be higher { WARNING very cautious about trying to drive
than would occur in normal driving. through flowing water.
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
We recommend that the rear axle
They might not work as well in Hydroplaning
fluid be drained and refilled with
a quick stop and could cause
new fluid after every six hours Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
of racing or competitive driving. pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle. can build up under your vehicle's
See Recommended Fluids and tires so they actually ride on the
Lubricants on page 10‑8 for what After driving through a large water. This can happen if the road is
fluid to use. puddle of water or a car/vehicle wet enough and you are going fast
Regularly inspect the driveshaft/ wash, lightly apply the brake enough. When your vehicle is
propshaft couplings and halfshaft pedal until the brakes work hydroplaning, it has little or no
boots for cracking or grease normally. contact with the road.
leakage. It is not recommended that (Continued) There is no hard and fast rule about
the vehicle be used for ongoing race hydroplaning. The best advice is to
track/competitive driving. slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips

. Keep your eyes moving — scan
the road ahead and to the sides. WARNING (Continued)
Besides slowing down, other wet .
weather driving tips include: Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could
vehicle instruments often.
. Allow extra following distance. crash. Shift down to let the engine
assist the brakes on a steep
. Pass with caution. Hill and Mountain Roads downhill slope.
. Keep windshield wiping Driving on steep hills or through
equipment in good shape. mountains is different than driving
. Keep the windshield washer fluid on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for { WARNING
reservoir filled. driving in these conditions include:
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
. Have good tires with proper
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape. or with the ignition off is
tread depth. See Tires on dangerous. The brakes will have
page 9‑49. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, to do all the work of slowing down
. Turn off cruise control. tires, cooling system, and and they could get so hot that
transmission. they would not work well. You
Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going would then have poor braking
down steep or long hills. or even none going down a hill.
Always be alert and pay attention
You could crash. Always have the
to your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find { WARNING engine running and the vehicle in
a safe place to park your vehicle gear when going downhill.
If you do not shift down, the
and rest.
brakes could get so hot that they . Stay in your own lane. Do not
Other driving tips include: would not work well. You would swing wide or cut across the
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated. then have poor braking or even center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in
. Keep interior temperature cool. (Continued)
your own lane.

. Top of hills: Be alert — Try not to break the fragile traction. Blizzard Conditions
something could be in your If you accelerate too fast, the drive
lane (stalled car, accident). Being stuck in snow can be in a
wheels will spin and polish the
serious situation. Stay with the
. Pay attention to special road surface under the tires even more.
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
signs (falling rocks area, winding The Antilock Brake System (ABS) If possible, use the Roadside
roads, long grades, passing or on page 8‑31 improves vehicle Assistance Program on page 12‑6.
no-passing zones) and take stability during hard stops on To get help and keep everyone in
appropriate action. slippery roads, but apply the brakes the vehicle safe:
sooner than when on dry pavement.
Winter Driving
. Turn on the hazard warning
Allow greater following distance on flashers.
Driving on Snow or Ice any slippery road and watch for . Tie a red cloth to an outside
slippery spots. Icy patches can
Drive carefully when there is snow mirror.
occur on otherwise clear roads in
or ice between the tires and the shaded areas. The surface of a
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
curve or an overpass can remain { WARNING
icy when the surrounding roads
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to are clear. Avoid sudden steering Snow can trap engine exhaust
fall, resulting in even less traction. maneuvers and braking while under the vehicle. This may
Avoid driving on wet ice or in on ice. cause exhaust gases to get
freezing rain until roads can be inside. Engine exhaust contains
treated with salt or sand. Turn off cruise control, if equipped, Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
on slippery surfaces. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so cause unconsciousness and even
traction is not lost. Accelerating too death.
quickly causes the wheels to spin (Continued)
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
To save fuel, run the engine for only

WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about off and close the window most of
. Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine the way to save heat. Repeat this
the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 8‑25. until help arrives but only when you
especially any that is blocking Snow can trap exhaust gases feel really uncomfortable from the
the exhaust pipe. under your vehicle. This can cold. Moving about to keep warm
cause deadly CO (Carbon also helps.
. Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO If it takes some time for help to
not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. arrive, now and then when you run
You cannot see it or smell it, so the engine, push the accelerator
. Open a window about 5 cm
you might not know it is in your pedal slightly so the engine runs
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle. Clear away snow from faster than the idle speed. This
vehicle that is away from the
around the base of your vehicle, keeps the battery charged to restart
wind to bring in fresh air.
especially any that is blocking the the vehicle and to signal for help
. Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. with the headlamps. Do this as little
or under the instrument as possible to save fuel.
panel. Run the engine for short periods
. Adjust the climate control only as needed to keep warm, but
system to a setting that be careful.
circulates the air inside
the vehicle and set the fan
speed to the highest setting.
See Climate Control System
in the Index.
(Continued)
If the Vehicle is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know how
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction vehicle capacity weight and
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a forward includes the weight of all
traction system off and use the occupants, cargo and all
gear, or with a manual transmission,
rocking method. nonfactory‐installed options.
between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and
R (Reverse), spinning the wheels Two labels on the vehicle
{ WARNING as little as possible. To prevent show how much weight it may
transmission wear, wait until the properly carry, the Tire and
If the vehicle's tires spin at high wheels stop spinning before shifting Loading Information label
speed, they can explode, and gears. Release the accelerator
you or others could be injured.
and the Certification label.
pedal while shifting, and press
The vehicle can overheat, lightly on the accelerator pedal
causing an engine compartment when the transmission is in gear. { WARNING
fire or other damage. Spin the Slowly spinning the wheels in the
wheels as little as possible and
Do not load the vehicle any
forward and reverse directions
avoid going above 55 km/h causes a rocking motion that could
heavier than the Gross
(35 mph) as shown on the free the vehicle. If that does not Vehicle Weight Rating
speedometer. get the vehicle out after a few tries, (GVWR), or either the
it might need to be towed out. If the maximum front or rear Gross
For information about using tire vehicle does need to be towed out, Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
chains on the vehicle, see Tire see Towing the Vehicle on If you do, parts on the vehicle
Chains on page 9‑71. page 9‑90. can break, and it can change
(Continued)
pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's Rating (GAWR) for the front and
WARNING (Continued) door open, you will find the label rear axle. See “Certification
the way the vehicle handles. attached below the door lock Label” later in this section.
These could cause you to post. The Tire and Loading
Steps for Determining Correct
lose control and crash. Also, Information label shows the
Load Limit
overloading can shorten the number of occupant seating
positions (A), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement
life of the vehicle.
vehicle capacity weight (B) in “The combined weight of
Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should
Label The Tire and Loading never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
Information label also shows
placard.
the tire size of the original
equipment tires (C) and the 2. Determine the combined
recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (D). For more passengers that will be
information on tires and inflation riding in your vehicle.
see Tires on page 9‑49 and 3. Subtract the combined
Tire Pressure on page 9‑56. weight of the driver and
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg
information on the Certification or XXX lbs.
label. It tells you the Gross
Label Example Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
A vehicle specific Tire and and the Gross Axle Weight
Loading Information label is
attached to the vehicle's center
4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing

the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your
and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to
For example, if the “XXX” your vehicle. Consult this
amount equals 1400 lbs and manual to determine how this
there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo
passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of
the amount of available cargo your vehicle.
and luggage load capacity See Trailer Towing on page 8‑53
is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 for important information on
(5 x 150) = 650 lbs). towing a trailer, towing safety
5. Determine the combined rules and trailering tips. Example 1
weight of luggage and cargo A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
being loaded on the vehicle. Example 1 = 453 kg
That weight may not safely (1,000 lbs).
exceed the available cargo
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
and luggage load capacity
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
calculated in Step 4.
136 kg (300 lbs).
C. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
seating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = Label Example
340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). A vehicle specific Certification
C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the rear
113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). edge of the driver door
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and above the latch mechanism.
Loading Information label for The label tells the gross weight
specific information about the capacity of the vehicle, called
vehicle's capacity weight and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, fuel, and cargo. WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
Never exceed the GVWR for lose control and crash. Also, far forward as you can.
the vehicle, or the Gross Axle overloading can shorten the Try to spread the weight
Weight Rating (GAWR) for either life of the vehicle. evenly.
the front or rear axle.
If you put things inside the
. Never stack heavier
And, if there is a heavy load, things, like suitcases,
it should be spread out. See vehicle — like suitcases,
tools, packages, or anything inside the vehicle so that
“Steps for Determining Correct some of them are above
Load Limit” earlier in this else — they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to the tops of the seats.
section.
stop or turn quickly, or if there is . Do not leave an
{ WARNING a crash, they will keep going. unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
Do not load the vehicle any { WARNING . When you carry something
heavier than the Gross inside the vehicle, secure
Vehicle Weight Rating Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure it whenever you can.
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross people in a sudden stop or . Do not leave a seat folded
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). turn, or in a crash. down unless you need to.
If you do, parts on the vehicle . Put things in the cargo
can break, and it can change area of the vehicle. In the
the way the vehicle handles. cargo area, put them as
These could cause you to (Continued)
(Continued)

. Avoid downshifting to brake . To break in new tires, drive at
Starting and or slow the vehicle when the moderate speeds and avoid
Operating engine speed will exceed hard cornering for the first
4000 RPM. 322 km/200 miles. New tires
New Vehicle Break-In . Do not let the engine labor. do not have maximum
Never lug the engine in high traction and may tend to slip.
Notice: Follow these
gear at low speeds. With a . New brake linings also need
recommended guidelines during
manual transmission, shift to a break‐in period. Avoid
the first 2 414 km/1,500 miles of
the next lower gear. This rule making hard stops during
driving this vehicle. Parts have a
applies at all times, not just the first 322 km/200 miles.
break‐in period and performance
during the break‐in period. This is recommended every
will be better in the long run.
. Do not participate in racing time brake linings are
. For the first 2 414 km/ replaced.
events, sport driving
1,500 miles: .
schools, or similar activities Should the vehicle be used
. Avoid full throttle starts and during this break‐in period. for racing or competitive
abrupt stops. driving (after break‐in), the
. Check engine oil with
. Do not exceed every refueling and add rear axle lubricant must be
4,000 engine rpm. if necessary. Oil and fuel replaced before hand.
. Avoid driving at any one consumption may be higher
constant speed, fast or slow. than normal during the first
2 414 km/1,500 miles.
. Do not drive above 160 km/h
(100 mph).
Ignition Positions A (LOCK/OFF): This is the only C (ON/RUN): The ignition switch
position from which the key can be stays in this position when the
removed. This locks the steering engine is running. This position can
wheel, ignition and automatic be used to operate the electrical
transmission. accessories, including the
On vehicles with an automatic ventilation fan and 12 volt power
transmission, the shift lever must be outlet, as well as to display some
in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch warning and indicator lights.
to the LOCK/OFF position. The battery could be drained if the
The ignition switch can bind in the key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY
LOCK/OFF position with the wheels or ON/RUN position with the engine
turned off center. If this happens, off. The vehicle might not start if the
move the steering wheel from right battery is allowed to drain for an
to left while turning the key to ACC/ extended period of time.
The ignition switch has four different ACCESSORY. If this does not work, D (START) : This position starts
positions. then the vehicle needs service. the engine. When the engine starts,
Notice: Using a tool to force the B (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This release the key. The ignition switch
key to turn in the ignition could position provides power to some of will return to ON/RUN for normal
cause damage to the switch or the electrical accessories. It unlocks driving.
break the key. Use the correct the steering wheel and ignition. A warning tone sounds when the
key, make sure it is all the way in, The transmission is also unlocked driver door is opened if the ignition
and turn it only with your hand. in this position on automatic is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
If the key cannot be turned by transmission vehicles. To move key is in the ignition.
hand, see your dealer. the key from ACC/ACCESSORY
To shift out of P (Park), turn the to LOCK/OFF, push in the key and
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the then turn it to LOCK/OFF.
brake pedal.
Key Lock Release If charging or jump starting the Starting the Engine
battery does not work, remove the
plug covering the hole below the Place the transmission in the
ignition lock. Insert a screwdriver proper gear.
into the opening as far as it will go Automatic Transmission
and remove the key from the
ignition. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
Retained Accessory in any other position. To restart the
vehicle when it is already moving,
Power (RAP) use N (Neutral) only.
These vehicle accessories may be Notice: Do not try to shift to
used for up to 10 minutes after the P (Park) if the vehicle is moving.
engine is turned off: If you do, you could damage the
This vehicle is equipped with an . Audio System transmission. Shift to P (Park)
electronic key lock release system. only when the vehicle is stopped.
. Power Windows
The key lock release is designed to Manual Transmission
prevent ignition key removal unless The power windows will continue to
the shift lever is in P (Park). work for up to 10 minutes or until The shift lever should be in
any door is opened. The radio will N (Neutral) and the parking brake
The key lock release is always work when the key is in ON/RUN or engaged. Hold the clutch pedal
functional except in the case of an ACC/ACCESSORY. Once the key is down to the floor and start the
uncharged or low voltage (less than turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, engine. The vehicle will not start
9 volt) battery. If the vehicle has an the radio will continue to work for if the clutch pedal is not all the
uncharged battery or a battery with 10 minutes, or until the driver door is way down.
low voltage, try charging or jump opened or the key is removed from
starting the battery. See Jump the ignition.
Starting on page 9‑86.
Starting Procedure cranking stops after 15 seconds you hold the key in START for a
1. With your foot off the accelerator to prevent cranking motor maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at
pedal, turn the ignition key to damage. To prevent gear least 15 seconds between each
START. When the engine starts, damage, this system also try, to allow the cranking motor
let go of the key. The idle speed prevents cranking if the engine to cool. When the engine starts,
will go down as the engine is already running. Engine let go of the key and accelerator.
warms. Do not race the engine cranking can be stopped by If the vehicle starts briefly but
immediately after starting it. turning the ignition switch then stops again, repeat the
Allow the oil to warm up and to ACC/ACCESSORY or procedure. This clears the extra
lubricate all moving parts. LOCK/OFF. gasoline from the engine. Do not
Notice: Cranking the engine for race the engine immediately
The vehicle has a after starting it. Operate the
Computer-Controlled Cranking long periods of time, by returning
the key to the START position engine and transmission gently
System. This feature assists in until the oil warms up and
starting the engine and protects immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage lubricates all moving parts.
components. If the ignition key is
turned to the START position, the cranking motor, and drain the Notice: The engine is designed to
and then released when the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds work with the electronics in the
engine begins cranking, the between each try, to let the vehicle. If you add electrical parts
engine will continue cranking cranking motor cool down. or accessories, you could change
for a few seconds or until the 2. If the engine does not start after the way the engine operates.
vehicle starts. If the engine does 5‐10 seconds, especially in very Before adding electrical
not start and the key is held cold weather (below 0°F or equipment, check with your
in START for many seconds, −18°C), it could be flooded with dealer. If you do not, the engine
too much gasoline. Push the might not perform properly. Any
accelerator pedal all the way to resulting damage would not be
the floor and holding it there as covered by the vehicle warranty.
Engine Heater WARNING (Continued)

The engine coolant heater,
if available, can help in cold weather overheat and cause a fire. You
conditions at or below 0°F (−18°C) could be seriously injured. Plug
for easier starting and better fuel the cord into a properly grounded
economy during engine warm-up. three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
Plug in the coolant heater at least If the cord will not reach, use a
four hours before starting the heavy-duty three-prong extension
vehicle. An internal thermostat in cord rated for at least 15 amps.
the plug-end of the cord will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at 4. Before starting the engine, be
temperatures above 0°F (−18°C). sure to unplug and store the
The electrical cord is located on
cord as it was before to keep
To Use The Engine Coolant the passenger side of the engine
it away from moving engine
Heater compartment, in front of the
parts. If you do not it could be
underhood fuse block for
1. Turn off the engine. damaged.
V6 models.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the The length of time the heater should
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
electrical cord. remain plugged in depends on
110-volt AC outlet.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
{ WARNING vehicle for the best advice on this.
Plugging the cord into an
ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could
(Continued)
Shifting Into Park 2. Hold the button on the shift lever Release the button and check that
and push the lever toward the the shift lever cannot be moved out
front of the vehicle into P (Park). of P (Park).
{ WARNING 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Torque Lock
It can be dangerous to get out of
4. Remove the key. Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking Leaving the Vehicle With the the vehicle puts too much force
on the parking pawl in the
brake firmly set. The vehicle can Engine Running transmission. This happens when
roll. If you have left the engine
parking on a hill and shifting the
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
{ WARNING transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
injured. To be sure the vehicle will It can be dangerous to leave the to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
not move, even when you are on vehicle with the engine running. torque lock, set the parking brake
fairly level ground, use the steps The vehicle could move suddenly and then shift into P (Park). To find
that follow. If you are pulling a if the shift lever is not fully in out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
trailer, see Driving Characteristics P (Park) with the parking brake listed previously.
and Towing Tips on page 8‑49. firmly set. And, if you leave the
If torque lock does occur, the
vehicle with the engine running, it
Use this procedure to shift into vehicle may need to be pushed
could overheat and even catch uphill by another vehicle to relieve
P (Park): fire. You or others could be the parking pawl pressure, so you
1. Hold the brake pedal down and injured. Do not leave the vehicle can shift out of P (Park).
set the parking brake. with the engine running.
See Parking Brake on If you have to leave the vehicle
page 8‑32 for more information. with the engine running, the vehicle
must be in P (Park) and the parking
brake set.
Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P (Park): gear selector can be moved from
1. Apply the brake pedal. the P (Park) position. If the battery
This vehicle is equipped with has lost power, the selector cannot
an electronic shift lock release 2. Press the shift lever button. be moved from P (Park) unless
system. The shift lock release is the shift lock manual release is
designed to: 3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position. disengaged manually.
. Prevent ignition key removal To access the shift lock manual
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
unless the shift lever is in release:
P (Park) with the shift lever 1. Fully release the shift lever
button fully released. button. 1. Apply the park brake.
. Prevent movement of the shift 2. Hold the brake pedal down and
lever out of P (Park), unless press the shift lever button
the ignition is in ON/RUN or again.
ACC/ACCESSORY and the 3. Move the shift lever to the
brake pedal is applied. desired position.
The shift lock release is always If the shift lever still cannot be
functional except in the case of an moved from P (Park), see Shift Lock
uncharged or low voltage (less than Manual Release.
9 volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged Shift Lock Manual Release
battery or a battery with low voltage, The transmission has an electric
try charging or jump starting the park lock called a shift lock manual
battery. See Jump Starting on release. The key must be in the 2. Pull the passenger side console
page 9‑86. ON/RUN position, and the brake trim away from the front half of
pedal pressed so the transmission the console to expose the shifter
mechanism.
7. After the vehicle has been has been placed into R (Reverse)
moved, align the shift lock with the clutch pedal pressed in,
manual release cover plate turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
and install the retainer so the remove the key and release the
automatic transmission can clutch.
operate properly. If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle
8. Place the console trim panel in is pulling a trailer, see Driving
the original position, aligning the Characteristics and Towing Tips on
fasteners on the trim panel with page 8‑49.
the slots in the console. Press
in the side trim until it clicks in Parking Over Things
place.
3. Remove the retainer and the That Burn
The transmission selector locks
shift lock manual release cover.
4. Push and hold the manual
if it is moved back to the P (Park)
position.
{ WARNING
release lever toward the rear Things that can burn could touch
of the vehicle. Parking hot exhaust parts under the
5. Press the select button and If the vehicle has a manual vehicle and ignite. Do not park
move the transmission gear transmission, before getting out of over papers, leaves, dry grass,
selector to the N (Neutral) the vehicle, move the shift lever into or other things that can burn.
position. R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
6. Release the lever. parking brake. Once the shift lever
Active Fuel Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

Management™
Vehicles with V8 engines and an { WARNING . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
automatic transmission have Active
Engine exhaust contains Carbon damage or after-market
Fuel Management™. This system
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
allows the engine to operate on
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
either all or half of its cylinders,
depending on the driving conditions. can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
When less power is required, such
as cruising at a constant vehicle Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
speed, the system will operate in . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
the half cylinder mode, allowing with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
the vehicle to achieve better fuel garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
economy. When greater power that may block underbody immediately.
demands are required, such as airflow or tail pipes).
accelerating from a stop, passing, Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or
or merging onto a freeway, the engine running in an enclosed
system will maintain full-cylinder sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
operation. . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicle’s exhaust system
has been modified, damaged
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic

While Parked
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out
Transmission
It is better not to park with the The automatic transmission has a
engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic
transmission shift lever is not fully shift lever located on the console
to, here are some things to know. between the seats.
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
{ WARNING Do not leave the vehicle when
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed the engine is running unless you
area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the
dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the
which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when
It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground,
and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and
engine in an enclosed area move the shift lever to P (Park).
that has no fresh air ventilation.
For more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be sure
the vehicle will not move. See P (Park): This position locks the
Exhaust on page 8‑25.
Shifting Into Park on page 8‑22. rear wheels. It is the best position
If parking on a hill and pulling a to use when starting the engine
trailer, see Driving Characteristics because the vehicle cannot move
and Towing Tips on page 8‑49. easily.
system. The regular brake must be N (Neutral): In this position, the

{ WARNING fully applied first and then the shift engine does not connect with the
lever button pressed before shifting wheels. To restart the engine when
It is dangerous to get out of the from P (Park) when the ignition key the vehicle is already moving,
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out use N (Neutral) only. Also, use
in P (Park) with the parking brake of P (Park), ease pressure on the N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. shift lever, then push the shift lever being towed.
Do not leave the vehicle when all the way into P (Park) as you
the engine is running unless maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and
{ WARNING
you have to. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can move the shift lever into another Shifting into a drive gear while the
move suddenly. You or others gear. See Shifting Out of Park on engine is running at high speed is
page 8‑23. dangerous. Unless your foot is
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when R (Reverse): Use this gear to firmly on the brake pedal, the
you are on fairly level ground, back up. vehicle could move very rapidly.
always set the parking brake and You could lose control and hit
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
move the shift lever to P (Park). people or objects. Do not shift
while the vehicle is moving
See Shifting Into Park on forward could damage the into a drive gear while the engine
page 8‑22. If you are pulling a transmission. The repairs would is running at high speed.
trailer, see Driving Characteristics not be covered by the vehicle
and Towing Tips on page 8‑49. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)
after the vehicle is stopped. or N (Neutral) with the engine
Make sure the shift lever is fully in running at high speed may
To rock the vehicle back and forth to damage the transmission. The
P (Park) before starting the engine.
get out of snow, ice or sand without repairs would not be covered by
The vehicle has an automatic
damaging the transmission, see If the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
transmission shift lock control
the Vehicle is Stuck on page 8‑12. engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive): This position is for If the brake is released for some Notice: If the vehicle seems to
normal driving. It provides the time, the transmission will upshift a accelerate slowly or not shift
best fuel economy. If more power gear. If the road levels out and the gears when you go faster, and
is needed for passing, and the accelerator pedal is pressed, the you continue to drive the vehicle
vehicle is: transmission will upshift until the that way, you could damage the
. Going less than 35 mph appropriate gear is reached. transmission. Have the vehicle
(56 km/h), push the accelerator serviced right away.
4 (Fourth) Gear Hold (V6 Engine)
pedal about halfway down. M (Manual Mode): This position
If, during highway driving, you allows the driver to select the range
. Going about 35 mph (56 km/h) or wish to pass another vehicle, but
more, push the accelerator all of gears appropriate for current
then change your mind (quickly driving conditions.
the way down. pushing the accelerator pedal
all the way to the floor and then In M (Manual Mode) the
Powertrain Braking (V8 and transmission will shift as an
V6 Engines) immediately releasing the pedal),
the transmission will shift to a lower automatic until the Tap Shift controls
When driving on steep descents in gear and then upshift to 4 (Fourth). are used. Tap Shift activates driver
D (Drive) or M (Manual Mode) where This leaves the transmission manual gear selection.
frequent braking is required, the prepared with increased While driving in M (Manual Mode),
transmission will shift down a gear responsiveness for additional driver if Tap Shift has not been activated,
to help hold vehicle speed and input. The passing maneuver can the transmission determines when
reduce brake wear. If the driver then be resumed from 4 (Fourth) the vehicle is being driven in a
continues to press the brake, the gear, or 4 (Fourth) gear hold can be competitive manner and will select
transmission will downshift until canceled by lightly pressing on the and hold the transmission in lower
3 (Third) gear is reached. accelerator pedal. gears and have more noticeable
upshifts for sportier vehicle
performance.
See Manual Mode on page 8‑29 for
more information.
Manual Mode Information Center (DIC) message When coasting to a stop, the
indicates the gear the vehicle is in. V6 transmission will automatically
Tap Shift See Driver Information Center (DIC) downshift to 1 (First) gear, and the
on page 4‑28. V8 transmission will automatically
While using the Tap Shift feature, downshift to 2 (Second) gear.
the vehicle will have firmer, quicker A 1 (First) gear start can be selected
shifting for increased performance. using the Tap Shift controls on
You can use this for sport driving or V8 models When accelerating from
when climbing or descending hills, a stop the transmissions will hold
to stay in gear longer, or to down these gears until the driver manually
shift for more power or engine selects higher gears using the Tap
braking. The transmission will Shift controls.
only allow you to shift into gears When accelerating the vehicle from
appropriate for the vehicle speed a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
and engine Revolutions Per Minute you may want to shift into second
Back of steering wheel (RPM). The transmission will not gear. A higher gear ratio allows you
automatically shift to the next higher to gain more traction on slippery
Tap Shift allows the driver to gear if the engine RPM is too high. surfaces.
manually control the automatic If shifting is prevented for any
transmission. To use Tap Shift, the reason, the message Shift Denied
shift lever must be in M (Manual will appear in the DIC, indicating
Mode). Vehicles with this feature that the transmission has not
have indicators on the steering shifted gears. While in the Tap Shift
wheel. The controls are on the mode, the transmission will not
back of the steering wheel. Tap the automatically downshift on hard
left control to downshift, and the acceleration.
right control to upshift. A Driver
Manual Transmission Shift Pattern (V6 Engine) and let up on the clutch. Press the
clutch pedal back down. Then shift
Shift Pattern (V8 Engines) into 1 (First).
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
as you let up on the accelerator
pedal and shift into 2 (Second).
Then, slowly let up on the clutch
pedal as you press the accelerator
pedal.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the
same way you do for 2 (Second).
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
These are the shift patterns for the
you press the accelerator pedal.
six-speed manual transmissions.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
To operate the transmission:
pedal and press the brake pedal.
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press
and shift into 1 (First). Then slowly the clutch pedal and the brake
let up on the clutch pedal as you pedal, and shift to Neutral.
press the accelerator pedal.
Neutral: Use this position
You can shift into 1 (First) when when you start or idle the engine.
you are going less than 64 km/h The shift lever is in Neutral when it
(40 mph). If you come to a complete is centered in the shift pattern, not in
stop and it is hard to shift into any gear.
1 (First), put the shift lever in Neutral
R (Reverse): To back up, press 2 (Second). The message will be Brakes

down the clutch pedal and shift displayed in the Driver Information
into R (Reverse). On V8 models, Center.
apply pressure to get the lever Antilock Brake
You must complete the shift into
past 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) into 4 (Fourth) to turn off this feature.
System (ABS)
R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch This helps you get the best possible This vehicle has the Antilock
pedal slowly while pressing the fuel economy. Brake System (ABS), an advanced
accelerator pedal.
After shifting to 4 (Fourth), you may electronic braking system that helps
One to Four Shift Light downshift to a lower gear if you prevent a braking skid.
Message (V8 Only) prefer. When the engine is started and the
Notice: Forcing the shift lever vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
into any gear except 4 (Fourth) checks itself. A momentary motor or
when the 1 TO 4 SHIFT message clicking noise might be heard while
comes on may damage the this test is going on, and it might
transmission. Shift only from even be noticed that the brake
1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) when the pedal moves a little. This is normal.
message comes on.
This message will come on when:
. The engine coolant temperature
is higher than 76°C (169°F),
. The vehicle is going 24 to
Driver Information Center 31 km/h (15 to 19 mph) and If there is a problem with ABS, this
When this message comes on, . The vehicle is at 21 percent warning light stays on. See Antilock
you can only shift from 1 (First) to throttle or less. Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to on page 4‑24.
If driving safely on a wet road stopping distance. If you get too Parking Brake
and it becomes necessary to slam close to the vehicle in front of you,
on the brakes and continue braking there will not be enough time to
to avoid a sudden obstacle, a apply the brakes if that vehicle
computer senses that the wheels suddenly slows or stops. Always
are slowing down. If one of the leave enough room up ahead to
wheels is about to stop rolling, stop, even with ABS.
the computer will separately work
the brakes at each wheel. Using ABS
ABS can change the brake pressure Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
to each wheel, as required, faster the brake pedal down firmly and let
than any driver could. This can help ABS work. You might hear the ABS
the driver steer around the obstacle pump or motor operating and feel
while braking hard. the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
As the brakes are applied, the To apply the parking brake, pull up
computer keeps receiving updates Braking in Emergencies on the parking brake handle. It is
on wheel speed and controls ABS allows the driver to steer and not necessary to push in on the
braking pressure accordingly. brake at the same time. In many release button while applying the
Remember: ABS does not change emergencies, steering can help parking brake. If the ignition is in
the time needed to get a foot up to more than even the very best the ON/RUN position, the brake
the brake pedal or always decrease braking. system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light
on page 4‑23.
To release the parking brake: Driving with the parking brake control module to supplement
1. Hold the brake pedal down. applied will cause a warning chime the power brake system under
to sound and the Park Brake conditions where the driver has
2. Pull the parking brake handle up message to appear in the DIC. quickly and forcefully applied the
until you can press the release The message will remain on until: brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
button. stop or slow down the vehicle.
. the parking brake is released
3. Hold the release button in as The stability system hydraulic brake
you move the brake handle all
. the vehicle comes to a stop. control module increases brake
the way down. If you are towing a trailer and you pressure at each corner of the
are parking on a hill, see Driving vehicle until the ABS activates.
Notice: Driving with the parking Minor brake pedal pulsation or
brake on can overheat the brake Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 8‑49. pedal movement during this time
system and cause premature is normal and the driver should
wear or damage to brake system continue to apply the brake pedal
parts. Make sure that the parking Brake Assist as the driving situation dictates.
brake is fully released and the This vehicle has a brake assist The brake assist feature will
brake warning light is off before feature designed to assist the automatically disengage when
driving. driver in stopping or decreasing the brake pedal is released or
vehicle speed in emergency driving brake pedal pressure is quickly
conditions. This feature uses the decreased.
stability system hydraulic brake
Ride Control Systems should always be left on, but it may

be necessary to turn the system off
if the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud
Traction Control or snow and rocking the vehicle is
System (TCS) required. Also, turn TCS off while
in deep snow or on loose gravel,
The vehicle has a Traction Control
The TCS/StabiliTrak warning light to assist vehicle motion at lower
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin.
flashes when the traction control speeds. See If the Vehicle is Stuck
The system utilizes engine and
system is limiting wheel spin. on page 8‑12 for more information.
braking controls to control wheel
See also Winter Driving on
spin during acceleration at all The StabiliTrak/TCS warning light
page 8‑10 for information on using
driving speeds for maximum driver comes on solid if there is a problem
TCS when driving in snowy or icy
control regardless of conditions. with the traction control system.
conditions.
When the system senses impending See Traction Control System (TCS)/
wheel slip during acceleration, it StabiliTrak® Light on page 4‑25 for
signals the throttle control to reduce more information. If the light stays
drive wheel torque. Under extreme on, see your dealer for service.
situations, such as going from When the TCS/StabiliTrak warning
pavement to ice during acceleration, light is on, the system will not limit
the system will selectively apply wheel spin. Adjust your driving
the brakes to maintain control. accordingly.
The system may be heard or felt To turn the system off, press and
TCS automatically comes on release the StabiliTrak/TCS button
while it is working, but this is whenever the vehicle is started.
normal. located on the console in front of the
To limit wheel spin, especially in shift lever.
slippery road conditions, the system
StabiliTrak System
The vehicle has an electronic
stability control system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that
Press and release the StabiliTrak/ assists with directional control of the The StabiliTrak/TCS button is
TCS button and the traction control vehicle in difficult driving conditions. located in front of the shift lever.
system turns off and the TCS StabiliTrak activates when the
warning light comes on. Press and computer senses a discrepancy
release the button again to turn the between the intended path and the
system back on. For information on direction the vehicle is actually
turning StabiliTrak off and on, see traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
StabiliTrak System following. applies braking pressure at any
one of the vehicle's brakes to help
steer the vehicle in the direction When the system activates, the
which you are steering. StabiliTrak/Traction Control System
(TCS) warning light flashes on the
If cruise control is being used when
instrument panel cluster. You may
StabiliTrak activates, the cruise
also hear a noise or feel vibration
control will automatically disengage.
in the brake pedal. This is normal.
Press the cruise control button to
Continue to steer the vehicle in the
reengage when road conditions
intended direction.
allow. See Cruise Control on
StabiliTrak Off light come on the

instrument panel cluster. If the
system has been turned off, press
and release the StabiliTrak/TCS
button to turn the system back on.
If there is a problem detected with Engine Drag Control (EDC)

StabiliTrak, a Service StabiliTrak EDC improves vehicle stability by
message displays on the DIC and sensing if there is difference in
the StabiliTrak/TCS warning light on speed between the free rolling front
the instrument panel cluster comes wheels and the rear drive wheels
on. When this message and warning that often occurs when the driver
light displays, the system is not StabiliTrak comes on automatically takes their foot off the accelerator
operational. Driving should be whenever the vehicle is started. pedal on slippery surfaces (snow,
adjusted accordingly. See Ride The system should be left on to help ice, etc.). When this is detected,
Control System Messages on assist with directional control of the EDC sends more torque to the rear
page 4‑35 and Traction Control vehicle. If StabiliTrak needs to be wheels to make sure all four wheels
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on turned off, press and hold the are spinning at similar speeds,
page 4‑25 for more information. StabiliTrak/TCS button until the making the vehicle more stable.
Traction Control Off light and the
Competitive Driving Mode Notice: Do not attempt to shift

when the drive wheels are
Competitive Driving Mode and spinning and do not have
Launch Control are systems traction. This may cause damage
designed to allow increased to the transmission. Damage
performance while accelerating caused by misuse of the vehicle
and/or cornering. This is is not covered by the vehicle This light is on when the vehicle is
accomplished by regulating and warranty. See the warranty book in the Competitive Driving Mode.
optimizing engine and brake for additional information.
performance. These modes are On vehicles with a V8 engine, this
for use at a closed course race Competitive Driving Mode optional handling mode can be
track and are not intended for selected by pressing the StabiliTrak/
In Competitive Driving Mode, the TCS button on the console quickly
use on public roads. They will StabiliTrak System helps maintain
not compensate for a driver’s two times. “StabiliTrak Competitive
directional control of the vehicle Mode” displays in the Driver
inexperience or lack of familiarity by selective brake application
with the race track. Drivers who Information Center (DIC). See Ride
and controlling engine torque. Control System Messages on
prefer to allow the system to have The Traction Control System (TCS)
more control of the engine and page 4‑35.
helps control wheel spin and
brake systems are advised to turn Launch Control is available. Adjust When the StabiliTrak button is
StabiliTrak on. See Competitive your driving style to account for the pressed again, or the vehicle is
Driving on page 8‑7 for more available engine power. See Launch restarted, the StabiliTrak and TCS
information. Control later in this section. systems are on.
Launch Control (V8 with Launch Control is only available After the vehicle is launched,
Manual Transmission when the following criteria are met: the system continues in
Models Only) 1. Competitive Driving Mode is Competitive Mode.
A Launch Control feature is selected. Competitive Driving Mode and
available, within Competitive 2. The vehicle is not moving. Launch Control are systems
Driving Mode on vehicles with a designed for a closed course race
manual transmission to allow the 3. The steering wheel is pointing track and not intended for use on
driver to achieve high levels of straight. public roads. The systems are not
vehicle acceleration in a straight 4. The clutch is pressed and the intended to compensate for lack of
line. Launch Control is a form of vehicle is in first gear. driver experience or familiarity with
traction control that manages tire the race track.
5. The accelerator pedal is rapidly
spin while launching the vehicle. applied to wide open throttle.
This feature is intended for use Limited-Slip Rear Axle
during closed course race events The Launch Control feature will
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear
where consistent zero to sixty initially limit engine speed as the
axle can give more traction on
and quarter mile times are driver rapidly applies the accelerator
snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel.
desirable. pedal to wide open throttle.
When traction is low, this feature
A smooth, quick release of the
allows the drive wheel with the
clutch, while maintaining the fully
most traction to move the vehicle.
pressed accelerator pedal, will
The limited-slip rear axle also gives
manage wheel slip. Complete
the driver enhanced control when
shifts as described in Manual
cornering hard or completing a
Transmission on page 8‑30.
maneuver, such as a lane change.
Cruise Control Setting Cruise Control RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the

thumbwheel up to make the vehicle
With cruise control, the vehicle can resume to a previously set speed,
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h or to accelerate to a higher speed.
(25 mph) or more without keeping
SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
thumbwheel down to set a speed or
control does not work at speeds
to decrease the speed.
below 40 km/h (25 mph).
Setting Cruise Control
{ WARNING If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get bumped and go into
Cruise control can be dangerous cruise when not desired. Keep the
where you cannot drive safely at cruise control switch off when cruise
a steady speed. So, do not use is not being used.
the cruise control on winding The cruise control buttons are
roads or in heavy traffic. located on the outboard side of the 1. Press 5 to turn cruise
steering wheel. control on.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads, 5 (On/Off): Turns the system on 2. Get to the speed desired.
fast changes in tire traction can or off. The indicator light is on when 3. Press the thumbwheel toward
cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control is on and turns off SET/− and release it.
you could lose control. Do not use when cruise control is off.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
cruise control on slippery roads. \ (Cancel): Press to disengage pedal.
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory. When the brakes are applied, the
cruise control shuts off.
Resuming a Set Speed Increasing Speed While Using

. To slow down in small amounts,
Cruise Control push the thumbwheel toward
If the cruise control is set at a SET/− briefly. Each time this is
desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise control system is done, the vehicle goes about
are applied, the cruise control is already activated, 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
disengaged without erasing the . Press the thumbwheel up toward
set speed from memory. Passing Another Vehicle While
RES/+ and hold it until the
Using Cruise Control
Once the vehicle speed reaches vehicle accelerates to the
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, desired speed, and then Use the accelerator pedal to
press the thumbwheel up toward release the switch. increase the vehicle speed. When
RES/+ briefly. The vehicle returns you take your foot off the pedal,
. To increase the speed in small
to the previous set speed and stays the vehicle will slow down to the
amounts, press the thumbwheel
there. previous set cruise speed.
up toward RES/+ briefly and
This accelerates the vehicle to the then release it. Each time this is Using Cruise Control on Hills
previously selected speed. done, the vehicle goes about
How well the cruise control works
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
on hills depends upon the vehicle's
Reducing Speed While Using speed, load, and the steepness of
Cruise Control the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
If the cruise control system is
accelerator pedal to maintain
already activated,
the vehicle speed. When going
. Push the thumbwheel toward downhill, you might have to brake
SET/− and hold until the desired or shift to a lower gear to maintain
lower speed is reached, then the vehicle speed. When the brakes
release it. are applied the cruise control is
disengaged.
Ending Cruise Control Object Detection

There are three ways to end the
{ WARNING
cruise control:
Systems The Ultrasonic Rear Parking
. To disengage cruise control; Assist (URPA) system does not
Ultrasonic Parking Assist replace driver vision. It cannot
Step lightly on the brake pedal
or clutch. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect:
Rear Parking Assist (URPA)
. Press \ to disengage the
. Objects that are below the
system, it assists the driver with
cruise control. bumper, underneath the
parking and avoiding objects while
vehicle, or too close or far
. To turn off the cruise control, in R (Reverse). URPA operates at
from the vehicle
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph),
press 5 on the steering wheel. . Children, pedestrians,
and the sensors on the rear bumper
Erasing Speed Memory detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) bicyclists, or pets.
behind the vehicle, and at least If you do not use proper care
The cruise control set speed is 20 cm (8 in) off the ground.
erased from memory by pressing before and while backing, vehicle
the 5 button or if the ignition is damage, injury, or death could
turned off. occur. Even with URPA, always
check behind the vehicle before
backing up. While backing, be
sure to look for objects and check
the vehicle's mirrors.
How the System Works bumper. The distance objects can When the System Does Not
be detected may be less during Seem to Work Properly
URPA comes on automatically
warmer or humid weather.
when the shift lever is moved into If the URPA system does not
R (Reverse). A single tone sounds PARK ASSIST OFF displays on activate due to a temporary
to indicate the system is working. the Driver Information Center (DIC) condition, the message PARK
to indicate that URPA is off. ASSIST OFF displays on the DIC,
URPA operates only at speeds less
The message disappears after see Driver Information Center (DIC)
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
a short period of time. on page 4‑28 for more information.
An obstacle is indicated by audible This can occur under the following
See Object Detection System
beeps. The interval between the conditions:
Messages on page 4‑35 for other
beeps becomes shorter as the
URPA messages. . The driver has disabled the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than Turning the System On and Off system.
30 cm (12 in) the beeping is . The ultrasonic sensors are not
continuous for five seconds. The URPA system can be turned
clean. Keep the vehicle's rear
on and off using the infotainment
To be detected, objects must be at bumper free of mud, dirt, snow,
system controls. See Vehicle
least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and ice and slush. For cleaning
Personalization on page 4‑38 for
below trunk level. Objects must also instructions, see Exterior Care
more information.
be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear on page 9‑90.
URPA defaults to the on setting . The park assist sensors are
each time the vehicle is started.
covered by frost or ice, which
can occur after washing the
vehicle in cold weather, keep
the sensors free of frost or ice.

. A trailer was attached to the
vehicle, or an object was Fuel
hanging out of the trunk during Use of the recommended fuel
the last drive cycle. Once the is an important part of the proper
object is removed, URPA will maintenance of this vehicle. To help
return to normal operation. keep the engine clean and maintain
. The vehicle's bumper is optimum vehicle performance, we
damaged. Take the vehicle to recommend the use of gasoline
your dealer to repair the system. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline.
. Other conditions may affect
system performance, such as Look for the TOP TIER label on the
vibrations from a jackhammer or fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
the compression of air brakes on enhanced detergency standards
a very large truck. developed by auto companies. A list
of marketers providing TOP TIER
If the system is still disabled, after Detergent Gasoline can be found at
driving forward at least 40 km/h www.toptiergas.com.
(25 mph), take the vehicle to your
dealer.
The 8th digit of the Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN) shows
the code letter or number that
identifies the vehicle's engine.
The VIN is at the top left of the If the vehicle has the 6.2L V8 engine Otherwise, you could damage the
instrument panel. See Vehicle (VIN Code W) or the 6.2L V8 engine engine. If heavy knocking is heard
Identification Number (VIN) on (VIN Code J), use premium when using gasoline rated at
page 11‑1. unleaded gasoline with a posted 87 octane or higher, the engine
octane rating of 91 or higher. needs service.
Recommended Fuel For best performance, use premium
If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 engine
unleaded gasoline with a posted Gasoline Specifications
octane rating of 93. You can also
(VIN Code V), use regular unleaded use regular unleaded gasoline At a minimum, gasoline should
gasoline with a posted octane rated at 87 octane or higher, but meet ASTM specification D 4814
rating of 87 or higher. If the octane the vehicle's acceleration could be in the United States or
rating is less than 87, an audible slightly reduced, and a slight audible CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada.
knocking noise, commonly referred knocking noise, commonly referred Some gasolines contain an
to as spark knock, might be heard to as spark knock, might be heard. octane-enhancing additive called
when driving. If this occurs, use If the octane rating is less than 87, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
a gasoline rated at 87 octane or a heavy knocking noise might be tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
higher as soon as possible. If heavy heard when driving. If this occurs, against the use of gasolines
knocking is heard when using use a gasoline rated at 87 octane containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
gasoline rated at 87 octane or or higher as soon as possible. on page 8‑45 for additional
higher, the engine needs service. information.
California Fuel Fuels in Foreign only the minimum amount of

additive required to meet U.S.
Requirements Countries Environmental Protection Agency
If the vehicle is certified to meet If you plan on driving in another regulations. To help keep fuel
California Emissions Standards, country outside the United States injectors and intake valves clean,
it is designed to operate on fuels or Canada, the proper fuel might or if the vehicle experiences
that meet California specifications. be hard to find. Never use leaded problems due to dirty injectors or
See the underhood emission control gasoline or any other fuel not valves, look for gasoline that is
label. If this fuel is not available in recommended in the previous text advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
states adopting California emissions on fuel. Costly repairs caused by Gasoline. Look for the TOP TIER
standards, the vehicle will operate use of improper fuel would not be label on the fuel pump to ensure
satisfactorily on fuels meeting covered by the vehicle warranty. gasoline meets enhanced
federal specifications, but emission detergency standards developed
To check the fuel availability, ask an
control system performance might by the auto companies. A list of
auto club, or contact a major oil
be affected. The malfunction marketers providing TOP TIER
company that does business in the
indicator lamp could turn on and the Detergent Gasoline can be found
country where you will be driving.
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. at www.toptiergas.com.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 4‑20. If this occurs, return to Fuel Additives For customers who do not use
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline
your authorized dealer for diagnosis. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel
If it is determined that the condition in the United States are now System Treatment PLUS, added to
is caused by the type of fuel used, required to contain additives that the fuel tank at every engine oil
repairs might not be covered by the help prevent engine and fuel system change, can help clean deposits
vehicle warranty. deposits from forming, allowing the from fuel injectors and intake
emission control system to work valves. GM Fuel System Treatment
properly. In most cases, nothing PLUS is the only gasoline additive
should have to be added to the fuel. recommended by General Motors.
However, some gasolines contain It is available at your dealer.
Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend

such as ethers and ethanol, against the use of such gasolines. WARNING (Continued)
and reformulated gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce
might be available in your area. the life of spark plugs and the when refueling the vehicle. This is
We recommend that you use these performance of the emission against the law in some places.
gasolines, if they comply with the control system could be affected. Do not re-enter the vehicle while
specifications described earlier. The malfunction indicator lamp pumping fuel. Keep children away
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and might turn on. If this occurs, return from the fuel pump; never let
other fuels containing more than to your dealer for service. children pump fuel.
10% ethanol must not be used in
vehicles that were not designed for Filling the Tank
those fuels.
Notice: This vehicle was not { WARNING
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel Fuel vapor burns violently and a
containing methanol. It can fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
corrode metal parts in the fuel To help avoid injuries to you and
system and also damage plastic others, read and follow all the
and rubber parts. That damage instructions on the fuel pump
would not be covered under the island. Turn off the engine when
vehicle warranty. refueling. Do not smoke near
Some gasolines that are fuel or when refueling the vehicle.
not reformulated for low Do not use cellular phones. Keep The fuel cap is located behind a
emissions can contain an sparks, flames, and smoking hinged fuel door on the passenger
octane-enhancing additive called materials away from fuel. Do not side of the vehicle.
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese leave the fuel pump unattended
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant (Continued)
where you buy gasoline whether the
To open the fuel door, push the Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
rearward center edge in and release top off or overfill the tank and wait a { WARNING
and it will open. few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the If a fire starts while you are
When reinstalling the cap, turn it refueling, do not remove the
clockwise until it clicks, otherwise nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel
the Malfunction Indicator Lamp may by shutting off the pump or by
turn on. See Malfunction Indicator See Exterior Care on page 9‑90.
notifying the station attendant.
Lamp on page 4‑20. When replacing the fuel cap, Leave the area immediately.
turn it clockwise until it clicks.
{ WARNING Make sure the cap is fully installed.
The diagnostic system can
Notice: If a new fuel cap is
needed, be sure to get the right
Fuel can spray out on you if you determine if the fuel cap has been type of cap from your dealer.
open the fuel cap too quickly. left off or improperly installed. This The wrong type fuel cap might
If you spill fuel and then would allow fuel to evaporate into not fit properly, might cause the
something ignites it, you could the atmosphere. See Malfunction malfunction indicator lamp to
be badly burned. This spray can Indicator Lamp on page 4‑20. light, and could damage the fuel
happen if the tank is nearly full, tank and emissions system.
and is more likely in hot weather. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Open the fuel cap slowly and on page 4‑20.
wait for any hiss noise to stop.
Then unscrew the cap all the way.
Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing

Container
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing
{ WARNING with the inside of the fill Information
opening before operating the
Never fill a portable fuel container Only use towing equipment that
nozzle. Contact should be has been designed for the vehicle.
while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is
electricity discharge from the Contact your dealer or trailering
complete. dealer for assistance with preparing
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
. Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer.
and the vehicle damaged if this pumping fuel. See the following trailer towing
occurs. To help avoid injury to . Do not use a cellular phone information in this section:
you and others: while pumping fuel. . For information on driving
. Dispense fuel only into while towing a trailer, see
approved containers. “Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips.”
. Do not fill a container while
it is inside a vehicle, in a . For maximum vehicle and trailer
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, weights, see “Trailer Towing.”
or on any surface other than . For information on equipment
the ground. to tow a trailer, see “Towing
(Continued) Equipment.”
For information on towing a disabled The following information has

vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on WARNING (Continued) important trailering tips and rules
page 9‑90. For information on for your safety and that of your
towing the vehicle behind another only if all the steps in this section passengers. Read this section
vehicle such as a motorhome, see have been followed. Ask your carefully before pulling a trailer.
Recreational Vehicle Towing on dealer for advice and information
page 9‑90. about towing a trailer with the Pulling A Trailer
vehicle. Here are some important points:
Driving Characteristics . There are many laws, including
and Towing Tips The vehicle can tow a trailer if it is
speed limit restrictions that apply
equipped with the proper trailer
to trailering. Check for legal
towing equipment. To identify the
{ WARNING trailering capacity of the vehicle,
requirements with state or
provincial police.
see Trailer Towing on page 8‑53.
The driver can lose control when Trailering changes handling, . Do not tow a trailer at all during
pulling a trailer if the correct acceleration, braking, durability the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles)
equipment is not used or the and fuel economy. With the added the new vehicle is driven. The
vehicle is not driven properly. weight, the engine, transmission, engine, axle or other parts could
For example, if the trailer is too wheel assemblies and tires are be damaged.
heavy, the brakes may not work forced to work harder and under . During the first 800 km
well — or even at all. The driver greater loads. The trailer also adds (500 miles) that a trailer is
and passengers could be wind resistance, increasing the towed, do not drive over 80 km/h
seriously injured. The vehicle may pulling requirements. For safe (50 mph) and do not make starts
also be damaged; the resulting trailering, correctly use the proper at full throttle. This reduces wear
repairs would not be covered by trailering equipment. on the vehicle.
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
(Continued)

. Vehicles with automatic Driving with a Trailer Towing with a Stability Control
transmissions can tow in System
D (Drive) but M (Manual Towing a trailer requires experience.
Mode) is recommended. Get familiar with handling and When towing, the sound of the
See “Manual Mode” in Automatic braking with the added trailer stability control system might be
Transmission on page 8‑26 for weight. The vehicle is now longer heard. The system is reacting to the
more information. Use a lower and not as responsive as the vehicle movement caused by the
gear if the transmission shifts vehicle is by itself. trailer, which mainly occurs during
too often. For vehicles with a Check all trailer hitch parts and cornering. This is normal when
manual transmission, it is better attachments, safety chains, towing heavier trailers.
not to use the highest gear. electrical connectors, lamps, tires Following Distance
. Use the cruise control when and mirror adjustments. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start the vehicle Stay at least twice as far behind the
towing.
and trailer moving and then apply vehicle ahead as you would when
. Obey speed limit restrictions. the trailer brake controller by hand driving the vehicle without a trailer.
Do not drive faster than the to be sure the brakes are working. This can help to avoid situations
maximum posted speed for that require heavy braking and
trailers, or no more than 90 km/h During the trip, check regularly to be sudden turns.
(55 mph), to reduce wear on the sure that the load is secure, and the
vehicle. lamps and trailer brakes are working Passing
properly. More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before returning to the lane.
Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a Driving On Grades

Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer Reduce speed and shift to a
wheel with one hand. Then, to The arrows on the instrument panel lower gear before starting down
move the trailer to the left, move flash whenever signaling a turn or a long or steep downgrade. If the
that hand to the left. To move the lane change. Properly hooked up, transmission is not shifted down,
trailer to the right, move your hand the trailer lamps also flash, telling the brakes might have to be used
to the right. Always back up slowly other drivers the vehicle is turning, so much that they would get hot
and, if possible, have someone changing lanes or stopping. and no longer work well.
guide you. Vehicles with automatic
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
Making Turns the instrument panel flash for turns transmissions can tow in
even if the bulbs on the trailer are D (Drive) but M (Manual Mode) is
Notice: Making very sharp turns burned out. For this reason you recommended. See “Manual Mode”
while trailering could cause the may think other drivers are seeing in Automatic Transmission on
trailer to come in contact with the the signal when they are not. It is page 8‑26 for more information.
vehicle. The vehicle could be important to check occasionally to Use a lower gear if the transmission
damaged. Avoid making very be sure the trailer bulbs are still shifts too often. For vehicles with a
sharp turns while trailering. working. manual transmission, it is better not
When turning with a trailer, to use the highest gear.
make wider turns than normal.
Do this so the trailer won't strike
soft shoulders, curbs, road signs,
trees or other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
When towing at high altitude on Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in
steep uphill grades, consider the place, release the brake pedal
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
{ WARNING until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
altitudes. If the engine is turned off Parking the vehicle on a hill apply the parking brake and shift
immediately after towing at high with the trailer attached can be into P (Park) for vehicles with an
altitude on steep uphill grades, the dangerous. If something goes automatic transmission or into
vehicle may show signs similar to wrong, the rig could start to move. gear for vehicles with a manual
engine overheating. To avoid this, People can be injured, and both transmission.
let the engine run while parked,
the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Release the brake pedal.
preferably on level ground, with the
damaged. When possible, always
automatic transmission in P (Park)
park the rig on a flat surface. Leaving After Parking on a Hill
for a few minutes before turning the
engine off. For vehicles with manual 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
If parking the rig on a hill:
transmissions, let the engine run while you:
while parked, preferably on level 1. Press the brake pedal, but do . start the engine,
ground, with the transmission out of not shift into P (Park) yet for
gear and the parking brake applied, vehicles with an automatic . shift into a gear, and
for a few minutes before turning the transmission, or into gear . release the parking brake.
engine off. If the overheat warning for vehicles with a manual
comes on, see Engine Overheating transmission. Turn the wheels 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
on page 9‑23. into the curb if facing downhill 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
or into traffic if facing uphill. clear of the chocks.
2. Have someone place chocks 4. Stop and have someone pick up
under the trailer wheels. and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing a trailer are all important. It can
Towing depend on any special equipment
Before pulling a trailer, there are on the vehicle, and the amount of
The vehicle needs service more three important considerations that tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
often when pulling a trailer. See this have to do with weight: See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
manual's Maintenance Schedule or later in this section for more
. The weight of the trailer.
Index for more information. Things information.
that are especially important in . The weight of the trailer tongue.
trailer operation are automatic .
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
The total weight on your assuming only the driver is in
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle vehicle's tires.
lubricant, belts, cooling system and the tow vehicle and it has all the
brake system. It is a good idea to Weight of the Trailer required trailering equipment.
inspect these before and during The weight of additional optional
How heavy can a trailer safely be? equipment, passengers and cargo in
the trip.
It should never weigh more than the tow vehicle must be subtracted
Check periodically to see that all from the maximum trailer weight.
454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
can be too heavy. Ask your dealer for our trailering
Engine Cooling When Trailer It depends on how the rig is used. information or advice, or you can
Towing For example, speed, altitude, road write us at our Customer Assistance
The cooling system may temporarily grades, outside temperature and Offices. See Customer Assistance
overheat during severe operating how much the vehicle is used to pull Offices on page 12‑3 for more
conditions. See Engine Overheating information.
on page 9‑23.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue Total Weight on Your Vehicle's

The tongue load (A) of any trailer is Tires
an important weight to measure Be sure the vehicle's tires are
because it affects the total gross inflated to the upper limit for cold
weight of the vehicle. The Gross tires. These numbers can be found
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes on the Tire-Loading Information
the curb weight of the vehicle, any label. See Vehicle Load Limits on
cargo carried in it, and the people page 8‑12. Make sure not to go
who will be riding in the vehicle. over the GVW limit for the vehicle,
If there are a lot of options, including the weight of the trailer
equipment, passengers or cargo in tongue.
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which The trailer tongue (A) should weigh
will also reduce the trailer weight the 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, trailer weight (B).
the tongue load must be added to After loading the trailer, weigh
the GVW because the vehicle will the trailer and then the tongue,
be carrying that weight, too. See separately, to see if the weights are
Vehicle Load Limits on page 8‑12 proper. If they aren't, adjustments
for more information about the might be made by moving some
vehicle's maximum load capacity. items around in the trailer.
Towing Equipment Safety Chains Conversions and

Hitches Always attach chains between the Add-Ons
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
Use the correct hitch equipment. safety chains under the tongue
See your dealer or a hitch dealer for of the trailer to help prevent the Add-On Electrical
assistance. tongue from contacting the road if it Equipment
. The rear bumper on the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch.
Notice: Do not add anything
is not intended for hitches. Leave enough slack so the rig can
electrical to the vehicle unless
Do not attach rental hitches or turn. Never allow safety chains to
you check with your dealer first.
other bumper-type hitches to it. drag on the ground.
Some electrical equipment can
Use only a frame-mounted hitch Trailer Brakes damage the vehicle and the
that does not attach to the damage would not be covered
bumper. Does the trailer have its own by the vehicle's warranty. Some
.
brakes? Be sure to read and follow add-on electrical equipment can
Will any holes be made in the the instructions for the trailer brakes
body of the vehicle when the keep other components from
so they are installed, adjusted, and working as they should.
trailer hitch is installed? If there maintained properly.
are, seal the holes when the Add-on equipment can drain the
hitch is removed. If the holes Because the vehicle has antilock vehicle battery, even if the vehicle is
are not sealed, dirt, water, and brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's not operating.
deadly carbon monoxide (CO) brake system. If this is done, both
from the exhaust can get into the brake systems will not work well, The vehicle has an airbag system.
vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on or at all. Before attempting to add anything
page 8‑25. electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 2‑34 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 2‑34.
2 NOTES
Vehicle Care 9-1
Vehicle Care Manual Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . 9-15 Bulb Replacement
General Information Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
California Proposition Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . 9-23 High Intensity Discharge (HID)
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . 9-25 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
California Perchlorate Materials Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27 and Parking Lamps (Base
Accessories and Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal
Vehicle Checks Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 and Parking Lamps
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . 9-31 (Up-Level Vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
Doing Your Own
Automatic Transmission Shift Daytime Running
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Lock Control System Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Engine Compartment
Ignition Transmission Lock Taillamps, Turn Signal, and
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Park Brake and P (Park) License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 9-13
Automatic Transmission Wiper Blade Replacement . . . 9-32
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9-2 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Tire Pressure for High-Speed If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71
Electrical System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 Tire Sealant and
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41 Tire Pressure Monitor Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-73
Fuses and Circuit System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58 Storing the Tire Sealant and
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42 Tire Pressure Monitor Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-79
Engine Compartment Fuse Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-79
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . 9-85
Instrument Panel Fuse Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45 When It Is Time for New Jump Starting
Rear Compartment Fuse Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-86
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65 Towing
Different Size Tires and Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-90
Wheels and Tires Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49 Recreational Vehicle
Uniform Tire Quality Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-90
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . 9-50 Wheel Alignment and Tire Appearance Care
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-90
Tire Terminology and Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . 9-69 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-95
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Vehicle Care 9-3
General Information California Proposition California Perchlorate

For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Materials Requirements
your dealer. You will receive Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag
and supported service people. known to the State of California to initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
Genuine GM parts have one of cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained
these marks: other reproductive harm. Engine in remote keyless transmitters,
exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials.
many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary.
wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see
emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
9-4 Vehicle Care
Accessories and covered under the terms of the Vehicle Checks

vehicle warranty and may affect
Modifications remaining warranty coverage for
Adding non‐dealer accessories affected parts. Doing Your Own
to the vehicle can affect vehicle GM Accessories are designed to
Service Work
performance and safety, including complement and function with other
such things as airbags, braking,
stability, ride and handling,
systems on the vehicle. Your GM { WARNING
dealer can accessorize the vehicle
emissions systems, aerodynamics, using genuine GM Accessories. You can be injured and the
durability, and electronic systems When you go to your GM dealer vehicle could be damaged if you
like antilock brakes, traction control, and ask for GM Accessories, you try to do service work on a vehicle
and stability control. Some of these will know that GM-trained and without knowing enough about it.
accessories could even cause supported service technicians will
malfunction or damage not covered
. Be sure you have sufficient
perform the work using genuine GM knowledge, experience,
by the vehicle warranty. Accessories. the proper replacement
Damage to vehicle components Also, see Adding Equipment to the parts, and tools before
resulting from the installation or use Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on attempting any vehicle
of non‐GM certified parts, including page 2‑34. maintenance task.
control module modifications, is not
. Be sure to use the proper
nuts, bolts, and other
fasteners. English and metric
fasteners can be easily
confused. If the wrong
fasteners are used, parts
can later break or fall off.
You could be hurt.
Vehicle Care 9-5
If doing some of your own service Hood

work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more To open the hood:
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information on
page 12‑13.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 2‑34. 2. Pull up on the secondary hood
release. The lever is located
Keep a record with all parts receipts
near the middle of the hood.
and list the mileage and the date
of any service work performed. 1. Pull the release handle that is 3. Lift the hood.
See Maintenance Records on located below the instrument Before closing the hood, be sure
page 10‑12. panel to the left of the steering all the filler caps are on properly.
wheel. Then lift the hood to relieve
pressure. Pull the hood down on
the passenger side to close it firmly.
9-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
3.6 L V6 Engine
Vehicle Care 9-7
A. Underhood Electrical Center. H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of

See Engine Compartment Fuse View). See Engine Oil on
Block on page 9‑42. page 9‑10.
B. Engine Coolant Recovery Bottle I. Brake Master Cylinder and
and Cap. See Engine Coolant Hydraulic Clutch (if equipped
on page 9‑18. with manual transmission)
C. Engine Cover on page 9‑9. Reservoir. See Brakes on
page 9‑27 or Hydraulic Clutch
D. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of on page 9‑15.
View). See Cooling System on
page 9‑17. J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Battery on page 9‑29.
E. Radiator Fill Cap (Out of View).
See Engine Coolant on K. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 9‑18. page 9‑15.
F. Power Steering Reservoir and L. Windshield Washer Fluid

Cap (Out of View). See Power Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
Steering Fluid on page 9‑25. page 9‑26.
G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine

Oil on page 9‑10.
9-8 Vehicle Care
6.2 L V8 Engine (L99 Engine shown LS3 similar)

Vehicle Care 9-9
A. Underhood Electrical Center. H. Brake Master Cylinder and Engine Cover

See Engine Compartment Fuse Hydraulic Clutch (if equipped
Block on page 9‑42. with manual transmission) 3.6 L V6 Engine Cover
B. Engine Coolant Recovery Bottle Reservoir. See Brakes on
and Cap. See Engine Coolant page 9‑27 or Hydraulic Clutch
on page 9‑18. on page 9‑15.
C. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine I. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.

Oil on page 9‑10. See Battery on page 9‑29.
D. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out of J. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on

View). See Engine Oil on page 9‑15.
page 9‑10. K. Windshield Washer Fluid
E. Engine Cover on page 9‑9. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 9‑26.
F. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System on L. Radiator Fill Cap. See Engine
page 9‑17. Coolant on page 9‑18.
To remove:
G. Power Steering Reservoir and 1. Remove the engine oil
Cap (Under Engine Cover). fill cap (B).
See Power Steering Fluid on
page 9‑25. 2. Lift the engine cover (A) to
disengage one front attachment
point.
3. Pull engine cover forward to
disengage from two rear tabs.
4. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to
reinstall engine cover.
9-10 Vehicle Care
6.2 L V8 Engine Cover (L99 Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil
Engine shown LS3 similar) If the oil is below the cross-hatched
Checking Engine Oil
area at the tip of the dipstick,
It is a good idea to check the engine add at least one liter/quart of the
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to recommended oil. This section
get an accurate reading, the oil explains what kind of oil to use.
must be warm and the vehicle For engine oil crankcase capacity,
must be on level ground. see Capacities and Specifications
The engine oil dipstick handle on page 11‑2.
is a yellow loop. See Engine Notice: Do not add too much
Compartment Overview on oil. If the engine has so much oil
page 9‑6 for the location of that the oil level gets above the
the engine oil dipstick. cross-hatched area that shows
1. Turn off the engine and give the the proper operating range, the
oil several minutes to drain back engine could be damaged.
To remove:
into the oil pan. If this is not
1. Remove the engine oil done, the oil dipstick might not
fill cap (A). show the actual level.
2. Lift the engine cover (B) to 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean
disengage two front attachment it with a paper towel or cloth,
points. then push it back in all the way.
3. Pull engine cover forward to Remove it again, keeping the tip See Engine Compartment Overview
disengage from horizontal rear down, and check the level. on page 9‑6 for the location of the
attachments. engine oil fill cap.
4. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to
reinstall engine cover.
Vehicle Care 9-11
Add enough oil to put the level Cold Temperature Operation

somewhere in the proper operating If in an area of extreme cold,
range. Push the dipstick all the way where the temperature falls
back in when through. below −29°C (−20°F), use either
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use an SAE 5W-30 synthetic oil or an
(V6 Engine) SAE 0W-30 engine oil. Both provide
Oils meeting these requirements easier cold starting for the engine at
Look for three things: should have the starburst extremely low temperatures. Always
symbol on the container. use an oil that meets the required
. GM6094M This symbol indicates that specification, GM6094M.
Use only an oil that meets GM the oil has been certified by
Standard GM6094M. the American Petroleum
. SAE 5W-30 Institute (API).
SAE 5W-30 is best for the Notice: Use only engine oil
vehicle. These numbers on identified as meeting GM
an oil container show its Standard GM6094M and showing
viscosity, or thickness. Do not the American Petroleum Institute
use other viscosity oils such Certified For Gasoline Engines
as SAE 20W-50. starburst symbol. Failure to use
the recommended oil can result
. American Petroleum Institute in engine damage not covered by
(API) starburst symbol the vehicle warranty.
9-12 Vehicle Care
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use

. American Petroleum Institute might not be available. You can add
(V8 Engines) (API) starburst symbol substitute oil designated SAE 5W-30
with the starburst symbol at all
Look for three things: temperatures. Substitute oil not
. GM4718M meeting GM Standard GM4718M
should not be used for an oil
This vehicle's engine requires a
change.
special oil meeting GM Standard
GM4718M. Oils meeting this Engine Oil Additives / Engine
standard may be identified as Oils meeting these requirements Oil Flushes
synthetic. However, not all should have the starburst
synthetic oils will meet this GM Do not add anything to the oil.
symbol on the container. This The recommended oils with the
standard. Use only an oil that symbol indicates that the oil has
meets GM Standard GM4718M. starburst symbol that meet GM
been certified by the American standards are all that is needed
Notice: Using oils that do not Petroleum Institute (API). for good performance and engine
have the GM4718M Standard This vehicle's engine was filled at protection.
designation can cause engine the factory with a Mobil 1® synthetic
damage not covered by the Engine oil system flushes are not
oil meeting all requirements for this recommended and could cause
vehicle warranty. vehicle. engine damage not covered by the
. SAE 5W-30 Substitute Engine Oil: When adding vehicle warranty.
SAE 5W-30 is best for the oil to maintain engine oil level, oil
vehicle. These numbers on meeting GM Standard GM4718M
an oil container show its
viscosity, or thickness. Do not
use other viscosity oils such
as SAE 20W-50.
Vehicle Care 9-13
Engine Oil Life System 1 000 km (600 miles). It is possible How to Reset the Engine Oil
that, if driving under the best Life System
When to Change Engine Oil conditions, the oil life system might
not indicate that an oil change is Reset the system whenever the
This vehicle has a computer system engine oil is changed so that the
that indicates when to change the necessary for over a year. However,
the engine oil and filter must be system can calculate the next
engine oil and filter. This is based engine oil change. To reset the
on engine revolutions and engine changed at least once a year and at
this time the system must be reset. system:
temperature, and not on mileage.
Based on driving conditions, the Your dealer has trained service 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
mileage at which an oil change is people who will perform this work the engine off.
indicated can vary considerably. using genuine parts and reset the
2. Fully press and release the
For the oil life system to work system. It is also important to check
accelerator pedal three times
properly, the system must be reset the oil regularly and keep it at the
within five seconds.
every time the oil is changed. proper level.
The system is reset when the
When the system has calculated If the system is ever reset
“Change Engine Oil Soon” message
that oil life has been diminished, accidentally, the oil must be
goes off.
it indicates that an oil change is changed at 5 000 km (3,000 miles)
necessary. A “Change Engine since the last oil change.
Oil Soon” message comes on. Remember to reset the oil life
See Engine Oil Messages on system whenever the oil is changed.
page 4‑33. Change the oil as
soon as possible within the next
9-14 Vehicle Care
What to Do with Used Oil Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Scheduled
Used engine oil contains elements Fluid Maintenance on page 10‑2, and
that can be unhealthy for your
How to Check Automatic be sure to use the fluid listed in
skin and could even cause cancer.
Transmission Fluid Recommended Fluids and
Do not let used oil stay on your skin.
Lubricants on page 10‑8.
Clean your skin and nails with soap It is not necessary to check
and water, or a good hand cleaner. the transmission fluid level.
Wash or properly dispose of clothing Manual Transmission
A transmission fluid leak is the
or rags. See the manufacturer's only reason for fluid loss. If a leak Fluid
warnings about the use and occurs, take the vehicle to your It is not necessary to check the
disposal of oil products. dealer service department and have manual transmission fluid level.
Used oil can be a threat to the it repaired as soon as possible. A transmission fluid leak is the
environment. If you change your There is a special procedure only reason for fluid loss. If a leak
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil for checking and changing the occurs, take the vehicle to your
from the filter before disposal. Never transmission fluid. Because this dealer service department and
dispose of oil by putting it in the procedure is difficult, you should have it repaired as soon as
trash, pouring it on the ground, into have this done at your dealer possible. See Recommended Fluids
sewers, or into streams or bodies of service department. Contact your and Lubricants on page 10‑8 for
water. Recycle it by taking it to a dealer for additional information the proper fluid to use.
place that collects used oil. or the procedure can be found in
the service manual. To purchase
a service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information on
page 12‑13.
Vehicle Care 9-15
Hydraulic Clutch How to Check and Add Fluid See “Schedule Maintenance” in
Service and Maintenance for more
It is not necessary to regularly Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
information. If driving in dusty/dirty
check brake/clutch fluid unless reservoir to make sure the fluid level
conditions, inspect the filter at each
you suspect there is a leak in the is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
engine oil change.
system. Adding fluid will not correct side of the reservoir. The brake/
a leak. A fluid loss in this system hydraulic clutch fluid system should How to Inspect the Engine Air
could indicate a problem. Have the be closed and sealed. Cleaner/Filter
system inspected and repaired. Do not remove the cap to check To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
When to Check and What the fluid level or to top‐off the fluid remove the filter from the vehicle
level. Remove the cap only when and lightly shake the filter to release
to Use necessary to add the proper fluid loose dust and dirt. If the filter
until the level reaches the MIN line. remains caked with dirt, a new filter
is required.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect or replace the engine air
See Engine Compartment Overview cleaner/filter:
on page 9‑6 for the location of the
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
engine air cleaner/filter. page 9‑5.
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
reservoir cap has this symbol on it. When to Inspect the Engine Air 2. Locate the air filter housing
The common hydraulic clutch and Cleaner/Filter on the front of the driver side
brake master cylinder fluid reservoir of the engine compartment.
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as See Engine Compartment
Maintenance II intervals and replace
indicated on the reservoir cap. See Overview on page 9‑6.
it at the first oil change after each
Engine Compartment Overview on
50,000 mile (80 000 km) interval.
page 9‑6 for reservoir location.
9-16 Vehicle Care
3. Loosen the clamp at the duct of

the air cleaner/filter housing. { WARNING
4. Unlatch the retaining clips on the Operating the engine with the air
air cleaner/filter housing. cleaner/filter off can cause you
5. Lift cover at retaining clip or others to be burned. The air
location high enough to clear cleaner not only cleans the air; it
retaining clips and pull cover helps to stop flames if the engine
outward to remove cover from backfires. Use caution when
the air cleaner/filter housing working on the engine and do not
hinges. drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
6. Pull straight up on cover, while
holding the cover remove the air Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
filter. off, dirt can easily get into the
engine, which could damage it.
7. Inspect or replace the air filter. Always have the air cleaner/filter
See Maintenance Replacement in place when you are driving.
Parts on page 10‑11.
8. Reverse steps 6 to 1 to install
cover.
3.6 L V6 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

Housing shown (6.2 L V8 Engines
similar)
Vehicle Care 9-17
Cooling System
{ WARNING
When it is safe to lift the hood:
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant

recovery bottle is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
6.2 L V8 Engines The vehicle should be parked on a
(L99 shown LS3 similar) level surface.
A. Coolant Recovery Bottle
3.6 L V6 Engine
B. Electric Cooling Fans
A. Coolant Recovery Bottle
C. Radiator Cap
B. Electric Cooling Fans
C. Radiator Cap (under engine
cover)
9-18 Vehicle Care
The coolant level should be Notice: Using coolant other What to Use
between the MIN and MAX lines. than DEX-COOL® can cause
If it is not, you may have a leak at
the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
{ WARNING
radiator, water pump, or somewhere the engine coolant could require Adding only plain water to
else in the cooling system. changing sooner, at 50 000 km the cooling system can be
(30,000 miles) or 24 months, dangerous. Plain water, or some
{ WARNING whichever occurs first. Any
repairs would not be covered
other liquid such as alcohol, can
boil before the proper coolant
Heater and radiator hoses, and by the vehicle warranty. Always mixture will. The vehicle's coolant
other engine parts, can be very use DEX-COOL® (silicate-free)
warning system is set for the
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, coolant in the vehicle.
proper coolant mixture. With plain
you can be burned. water or the wrong mixture, the
Do not run the engine if there is
Engine Coolant engine could get too hot but you
a leak. If you run the engine, it The cooling system in the vehicle would not get the overheat
could lose all coolant. That could is filled with DEX-COOL® engine warning. The engine could catch
cause an engine fire, and you coolant. This coolant is designed to fire and you or others could be
could be burned. Get any leak remain in the vehicle for five years burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of
fixed before you drive the vehicle. or 240 000 km (150,000 miles), clean, drinkable water and
whichever occurs first. DEX-COOL® coolant.
If there seems to be no leak, The following explains the cooling
with the engine on, check to see system and how to check and add
if the electric engine cooling fans coolant when it is low. If there is a
are running. If the engine is problem with engine overheating,
overheating, the fans should be see Engine Overheating on
running. If it is not, your vehicle page 9‑23.
needs service. Turn off the engine.
Vehicle Care 9-19
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Checking Coolant

drinkable water and DEX-COOL®
The vehicle must be on a level
coolant. If using this mixture,
surface when checking the coolant
nothing else needs to be added.
level.
This mixture:
Check coolant as follows:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F), outside 1. Turn the ignition OFF.
temperature. 2. Locate the coolant recovery
. Gives boiling protection up bottle. See Engine Compartment
to 129°C (265°F), engine Overview on page 9‑6.
temperature.
. Protects against rust and 4. There are maximum and
corrosion. minimum markings on the
. Will not damage aluminum parts. dipstick. When the engine is
cold, the coolant level should be
. Helps keep the proper engine at or above the MIN mark on the
temperature. dipstick. After the vehicle has
3. Turn the coolant dipstick cap been driven and the engine is at
Notice: If an improper coolant counterclockwise and slowly pull
mixture is used, the engine could normal operating temperature,
out the dipstick. the level should be somewhere
overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost would not be between half full and the
covered by the vehicle warranty. maximum mark.
Too much water in the mixture 5. If the coolant level is correct,
can freeze and crack the engine, replace the dipstick and turn the
radiator, heater core, and other cap clockwise to secure.
parts.
9-20 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the Notice: If an improper coolant How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Recovery Bottle mixture is used, the engine could Radiator
overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost would not be
{ WARNING covered by the vehicle warranty.
{ WARNING
You can be burned if you spill Too much water in the mixture You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts. can freeze and crack the engine, coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol radiator, heater core, and other Coolant contains ethylene glycol
parts.
and it will burn if the engine parts and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill Add coolant as follows: are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine. 1. Turn the coolant overflow bottle coolant on a hot engine.
dipstick cap counterclockwise
Notice: This vehicle has a and slowly pull out the dipstick. Notice: This vehicle has a
specific coolant fill procedure. specific coolant fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure 2. Pour the coolant into the coolant Failure to follow this procedure
could cause the engine to recovery bottle. could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely 3. When the level is correct, overheat and be severely
damaged. replace the dipstick and turn damaged.
the cap clockwise to secure.
Vehicle Care 9-21
If coolant is needed, add the proper 4. If there is no coolant visible or

{ WARNING mixture directly to the radiator, but the level is low, slowly fill the
be sure the cooling system is cool system through the radiator cap
An electric engine cooling fan before this is done. opening with a 50/50 mixture
under the hood can start up even of DEX-COOL® and clean
when the engine is not running If no coolant is visible in the coolant
overflow bottle, add coolant as drinkable water.
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away follows: Wait 30 seconds for coolant to
from any underhood electric fan. settle and continue filling if the
3.6 L V6 Engine Fill Procedure level drops.
1. Locate the radiator cap. See Do not spill coolant on the
Engine Compartment Overview
{ WARNING on page 9‑6.
accessory drive belts.
If a spill occurs, rinse the belt
Steam and scalding liquids from a 2. Remove engine cover to access with fresh water.
hot cooling system can blow out the radiator cap. See Engine
and burn you badly. They are Cover on page 9‑9. 5. Start the engine.
under pressure, and if you turn 6. With the engine idling, continue
the surge tank pressure to add coolant through the
cap — even a little — they can radiator cap opening until full.
come out at high speed. Never Wait 30 seconds for the coolant
turn the cap when the cooling to settle and top off, if the level
system, including the surge tank drops.
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
3. Cover the radiator cap with a 7. Once the system is full, put the
cooling system and surge tank
thick cloth and turn it slowly radiator cap back on by turning
pressure cap to cool if you ever
counterclockwise and remove. clockwise.
have to turn the pressure cap.
9-22 Vehicle Care
8. With the engine still running, 6.2 L V8 Engine Fill Procedure

raise the engine to 2500 RPM 1. Locate the radiator cap. See
for 30–40 seconds. Engine Compartment Overview
9. Turn the engine OFF. on page 9‑6.
10. Repeat steps 2–7 then turn the
engine off.
11. Allow engine to cool for
45 minutes. Top off coolant
through the radiator cap
opening and re-install the
radiator cap. 2. Cover the radiator cap with a
12. Re-install the engine cover. 13. Check the coolant level in the thick cloth and turn it slowly
See Engine Cover on coolant recovery bottle and fill counterclockwise and remove.
page 9‑9. it until the level is at the top
symbol on the dipstick.
Vehicle Care 9-23
3. If there is no coolant visible or 7. Turn the engine OFF. Engine Overheating

the level is low, slowly fill the
system through the radiator cap The vehicle has an indicator to warn
opening with a 50/50 mixture of of engine overheating.
clean, drinkable water and a There is an engine coolant
DEX-COOL® coolant until full. temperature warning light on
Wait 30 seconds for coolant to your vehicle's instrument panel.
settle and top off if the level See Engine Coolant Temperature
drops. Gauge on page 4‑15.
Do not spill coolant on the You may decide not to lift the hood
accessory drive belts. when this warning appears, but
instead get service help right away.
If a spill occurs, rinse the belt See Roadside Assistance Program
with fresh water. on page 12‑6.
4. Start the engine. 8. Check the coolant level in the
coolant recovery bottle and fill it If you do decide to lift the hood,
5. With the engine idling, top off the until the level is at the top mark make sure the vehicle is parked on
coolant through the radiator cap on the dipstick. a level surface.
opening until full.
Notice: If the pressure cap is not
Wait 30 seconds for the coolant tightly installed, coolant loss and
to settle and top off, if the level possible engine damage may
drops. occur. Be sure the cap is properly
6. Once the system is full, put the and tightly secured.
radiator cap back on by turning
clockwise.
9-24 Vehicle Care
Then check to see if the engine If Steam Is Coming From The If No Steam Is Coming From
cooling fans are running. If the Engine Compartment The Engine Compartment
engine is overheating, both fans
should be running. If they are not, If an engine overheat warning is
do not continue to run the engine
{ WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen
and have the vehicle serviced. or heard, the problem may not be
Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
Notice: Engine damage from can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the
running the engine without just open the hood. Stay away vehicle:
coolant is not covered by the from the engine if you see or hear .
warranty. steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
Notice: If the engine catches off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving.
fire because of being driven the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
with no coolant, your vehicle can Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you
. Tows a trailer.
be badly damaged. The costly
repairs would not be covered by open the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed
the vehicle warranty. with no sign of steam:
If you keep driving when your
engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air off.
in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
could be badly burned. Stop your temperature and to the highest
engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as
of the vehicle until the engine necessary.
is cool.
3. In heavy traffic, let the engine
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
Vehicle Care 9-25
If the temperature overheat gauge Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering
is no longer in the overheat zone Fluid
or an overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven. Check the level after the vehicle
Continue to drive the vehicle slow has been driven for at least
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe twenty minutes so the fluid is warm.
vehicle distance from the car in front To check the power steering fluid:
of you. If the warning does not come
1. Turn the ignition key to
back on, continue to drive normally. The power steering fluid reservoir LOCK/OFF and let the engine
If the warning continues, pull over, is located under the engine cover compartment cool down.
stop, and park the vehicle on the driver side toward the front
2. Remove the engine cover. Refer
right away. of the engine compartment. See
to Engine Cover on page 9‑9.
Engine Compartment Overview on
If there is no sign of steam, idle
page 9‑6. 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
the engine for three minutes while
reservoir clean.
parked. If the warning is still When to Check Power Steering
displayed, turn off the engine Fluid 4. Turn the cap counterclockwise
until it cools down. and pull it straight up.
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless 5. Wipe the dipstick with a
you suspect there is a leak in the clean rag.
system or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
9-26 Vehicle Care
6. Replace the cap and completely Washer Fluid Notice:

tighten it. . When using concentrated
7. Remove the cap again and look
What to Use washer fluid, follow the
at the fluid level on the dipstick. When windshield washer fluid manufacturer's instructions
is needed, be sure to read the for adding water.
manufacturer's instructions before . Do not mix water with
use. If operating vehicle in an area
ready-to-use washer fluid.
where the temperature can fall
Water can cause the solution
below freezing, use a fluid that to freeze and damage the
has sufficient protection against washer fluid tank and other
freezing.
When the engine is hot, the level parts of the washer system.
should be at the hot MAX level. Adding Washer Fluid Also, water does not clean as
When the engine is cold, the well as washer fluid.
fluid level should be between . Fill the washer fluid tank only
MIN and MAX on the dipstick. three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for
What to Use fluid expansion if freezing
To determine what kind of fluid to occurs, which could
use, see Recommended Fluids and damage the tank if it is
Lubricants on page 10‑8. Always Open the cap with the washer completely full.
use the proper fluid. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the reservoir is full. See Engine
. Do not use engine coolant
Compartment Overview on (antifreeze) in the windshield
page 9‑6 for reservoir location. washer. It can damage the
vehicle's windshield washer
system and paint.
Vehicle Care 9-27
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment

can cause a brake squeal when the
This vehicle has disc brakes. Every time the brakes are applied,
brakes are first applied or lightly
Disc brake pads have built-in wear with or without the vehicle moving,
applied. This does not mean
indicators that make a high-pitched the brakes adjust for wear.
something is wrong with the brakes.
warning sound when the brake pads Replacing Brake System Parts
are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are
The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is
heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be
moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together
brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good
proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed
specifications in Capacities and
{ WARNING Specifications on page 11‑2.
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get
means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts.
not work well. That could lead to If this is not done, the brakes might
a crash. When the brake wear
Brake Pedal Travel not work properly. For example,
warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are
does not return to normal height, wrong for the vehicle, can change
vehicle serviced.
or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and
Notice: Continuing to drive with pedal travel. This could be a sign rear brakes — for the worse. The
worn-out brake pads could result that brake service might be braking performance expected can
in costly brake repair. required. change in many other ways if the
wrong replacement brake parts are
installed.
9-28 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
Brake Fluid hydraulic system can also cause
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to
a low level, the brake warning light
a low fluid level. Have the brake/ comes on. See Brake System
clutch hydraulic system fixed, Warning Light on page 4‑23.
since a leak means that sooner
or later the brakes and/or clutch What to Add
will not work well. Use only new DOT 3 brake
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. fluid from a sealed container.
The brake/clutch master cylinder Adding fluid does not correct a leak. See Recommended Fluids and
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake If fluid is added when the linings Lubricants on page 10‑8.
fluid as indicated on the reservoir are worn, there will be too much Always clean the brake/clutch
cap. See Engine Compartment fluid when new brake linings are fluid reservoir cap and the area
Overview on page 9‑6 for the installed. Add or remove brake fluid, around the cap before removing it.
location of the reservoir. as necessary, only when work is This helps keep dirt from entering
done on the brake/clutch hydraulic the reservoir.
There are only two reasons why system.
the fluid level in the reservoir might
go down:
{ WARNING { WARNING
. The fluid level goes down With the wrong kind of fluid in the
because of normal brake lining If too much brake fluid is added, it brake/clutch hydraulic system,
wear. When new linings are can spill on the engine and burn, the brakes might not work well.
installed, the fluid level goes if the engine is hot enough. You This could cause a crash. Always
back up. or others could be burned, and use the proper brake/clutch fluid.
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work
is done on the brake/clutch
hydraulic system.
Vehicle Care 9-29
Notice: Battery WARNING (Continued)

. Using the wrong fluid can Refer to the replacement number
badly damage brake/clutch shown on the original battery label page 9‑86 for tips on working
hydraulic system parts. when a new battery is needed. around a battery without
For example, just a few See Engine Compartment Overview getting hurt.
drops of mineral-based oil, on page 9‑6 for battery location.
such as engine oil, in the Infrequent Usage: Remove the
brake hydraulic system can
damage brake hydraulic { DANGER black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
system parts so badly that Battery posts, terminals, and running down.
they will have to be replaced.
related accessories contain lead Extended Storage: Remove the
Do not let someone put in
and lead compounds, chemicals black, negative (−) cable from the
the wrong kind of fluid.
known to the State of California battery or use a battery trickle
. If brake fluid is spilled to cause cancer and reproductive charger.
on the vehicle's painted harm. Wash hands after handling.
surfaces, the paint finish Rear Axle
can be damaged. Be careful Vehicle Storage
not to spill brake fluid on the When to Check Lubricant
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately. { WARNING It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless you
Batteries have acid that can burn suspect there is a leak or you
you and gas that can explode. hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss
You can be badly hurt if you are could indicate a problem. Have it
not careful. See Jump Starting on inspected and repaired.
(Continued)
9-30 Vehicle Care
How to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom For 195 mm RDM V6 automatic:
of the filler plug hole, add some To add lubricant when the level
lubricant. Add enough lubricant to is low, use 75W-90 gear Oil
raise the level to the bottom of the (GM Part No. US 89021677, in
filler plug hole. Canada Part No. 89021678)
What to Use meeting GM Specification 9986115.
To completely refill after draining,
For 218 mm rear drive module see Recommended Fluids and
(RDM) V6 manual, V8 automatic Lubricants on page 10‑8. Then fill
and V8 manual: to the bottom of the filler plug hole
To add lubricant when the level with the Synthetic Gear Lubricant.
is low, use 75W-90 LS gear oil
(GM Part No. US 89021677
V6 Automatic Transmission and 1052358, in Canada
shown, V6 Manual Transmission, Part No. 89021678 and 992694)
V8 Automatic and Manual meeting GM Specification 9986226.
To completely refill after draining,
transmission similar
see Recommended Fluids and
A. Fill Plug Hole Lubricants on page 10‑8. Then fill
B. Drain Plug Hole to the bottom of the filler plug hole
with the Synthetic Gear Lubricant.
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
Vehicle Care 9-31
Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission

vehicles, try to start the engine
in each gear. The vehicle
Shift Lock Control
{ WARNING should start only in P (Park) or System Check
When you are doing this N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
inspection, the vehicle could
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
move suddenly. If the vehicle
For manual transmission When you are doing this
moves, you or others could be
vehicles, put the shift lever in inspection, the vehicle could
injured.
Neutral, push the clutch pedal move suddenly. If the vehicle
1. Before starting this check, be down halfway, and try to start moves, you or others could be
sure there is enough room the engine. The vehicle should injured.
around the vehicle. start only when the clutch pedal
is pushed down all the way to 1. Before starting this check, be
2. Firmly apply both the parking sure there is enough room
the floor. If the vehicle starts
brake and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should
when the clutch pedal is not
See Parking Brake on be parked on a level surface.
pushed all the way down,
page 8‑32.
contact your dealer for service. 2. Firmly apply the parking
Do not use the accelerator brake. See Parking Brake on
pedal, and be ready to turn off page 8‑32.
the engine immediately if it
starts. Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
9-32 Vehicle Care

. To check the P (Park)
3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) mechanism's holding ability:
ignition to ON/RUN, but do
not start the engine. Without
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift
applying the regular brake, try to P (Park). Then release the
to move the shift lever out of { WARNING parking brake followed by the
P (Park) with normal effort. If the regular brake.
shift lever moves out of P (Park), When you are doing this check,
Contact your dealer if service is
contact your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. required.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
While parked, and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
brake set, try to turn the ignition brake at once should the vehicle See Scheduled Maintenance on
to LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. page 10‑2 for more information.
position. Replacement blades come in
. The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different types and are removed
LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping in different ways. For proper type
lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set and length, see Maintenance
the parking brake. Replacement Parts on page 10‑11.
. The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
Contact your dealer if service is running and the transmission in
required. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
Vehicle Care 9-33
To replace the windshield wiper 3. With the latch open, pull the Headlamp Aiming
blade: wiper blade down towards the
windshield far enough to release The headlamp aiming system has
1. Pull the windshield wiper
it from the J-hooked end of the been preset at the factory.
assembly away from the
windshield. wiper arm. If the vehicle is damaged in an
4. Remove the wiper blade. accident, the aim of the headlamps
may be affected and adjustment
Allowing the wiper blade arm
may be necessary.
to touch the windshield when
no wiper blade is installed It is recommended that a dealer
could damage the windshield. adjust the headlamps. To re-aim
Any damage that occurs would the headlamps yourself, use the
not be covered by the vehicle following procedure.
warranty. Do not allow the
wiper blade arm to touch the
windshield.
5. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for
wiper blade replacement.
2. Lift up on the latch in the middle
of the wiper blade where the
wiper arm attaches.
9-34 Vehicle Care
The vehicle should be properly Headlamp aiming is done with the

prepared as follows: vehicle's low-beam headlamps.
. The vehicle should be placed so The high-beam headlamps will be
the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) correctly aimed if the low-beam
from a light colored wall. headlamps are aimed properly.
. The vehicle must have all four To adjust the vertical aim:
tires on a level surface which is 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
level all the way to the wall. page 9‑5 for more information.
. The vehicle should be placed so
it is perpendicular to the wall or
other flat surface.
. The vehicle should not have any HID Headlamp
snow, ice, or mud on it. 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of
. The vehicle should be fully the low‐beam headlamp.
assembled and all other work 3. Measure the distance from the
stopped while headlamp aiming ground to the aim dot on the
is being performed. low‐beam headlamp. Record
. The vehicle should be normally the distance.
loaded with a full tank of fuel and
one person or 75 kg (160 lbs) Halogen Headlamp
sitting on the driver's seat.
. Tires should be properly inflated.
Vehicle Care 9-35
6. Turn on the low-beam

headlamps and place a piece
of cardboard or equivalent in
front of the headlamp not being
adjusted. This allows only the
beam of light from the headlamp
being adjusted to be seen on the
flat surface.
4. At the wall measure from the HID Headlamp

ground upward (A) to the
7. Locate the vertical headlamp
recorded distance from
aiming screws, which are under
Step 3 and mark it.
the hood near each headlamp
5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) assembly.
on the wall the width of the
The adjustment screw can be
vehicle at the height of the mark
turned with a 6 mm hex key.
in Step 4.
Halogen Headlamp 8. Turn the vertical aiming
Notice: Do not cover a headlamp
screw until the headlamp beam
to improve beam cut-off when
is aimed to the horizontal tape
aiming. Covering a headlamp may
line. Turn it clockwise or
cause excessive heat build-up
counterclockwise to raise or
which may cause damage to the
lower the angle of the beam.
headlamp.
9-36 Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge

For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 9‑41. { WARNING
For any bulb changing procedure The low beam high intensity
not listed in this section, contact discharge lighting system
your dealer.
operates at a very high voltage.
If you try to service any of the
Halogen Bulbs system components, you could
be seriously injured. Have your
9. Make sure that the light from the { WARNING dealer or a qualified technician
headlamp is positioned at the service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
bottom edge of the horizontal gas inside and can burst if you
tape line. The lamp on the The up‐level vehicle has HID
drop or scratch the bulb. You or headlamps. The park lamp function
left (A) shows the correct
others could be injured. Be sure is also a function of the HID
headlamp aim. The lamp on
the right (B) shows the incorrect to read and follow the instructions headlamp. After an HID headlamp
headlamp aim. on the bulb package. bulb has been replaced, the beam
might be a slightly different shade
10. Repeat Steps 6 through 9 for than it was originally. This is normal.
the opposite headlamp.
Vehicle Care 9-37
Headlamps, Front Turn To replace one of these bulbs:

Signal and Parking 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
Lamps (Base Vehicle) page 9‑5.
The base model vehicle has a

halogen headlamp and a turn
signal/parking lamp on the
headlamp assembly.
A. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp

B. Halogen Headlamp
3. Disconnect the wiring harness
and turn the bulb socket
2. Press in on the tabs located on counterclockwise to remove it
the sides of the duct and then from the headlamp assembly.
push the duct rearward into the
4. Pull the bulb straight out from
air cleaner/filter housing.
the socket.
9-38 Vehicle Care
5. Push the new bulb into the To replace the turn signal bulb:
socket and reinstall the socket 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
into the headlamp assembly by page 9‑5.
turning it clockwise.
6. Reconnect the electrical
connector.
7. Pull the duct back out of the air
cleaner/filter housing until the
tabs snap the duct back into
position.
Headlamps, Front Turn 3. Disconnect the wiring harness

Signal and Parking and turn the bulb socket
Lamps (Up-Level Vehicle) counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly.
The up–level model vehicle has a
HID headlamp and a turn signal 2. Press in on the tabs located on 4. Pull the bulb straight out from
lamp on the headlamp assembly. the sides of the duct and then the socket.
The park lamp is also the function push the duct rearward into the
of the HID headlamp. See High air cleaner/filter housing.
Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting
Vehicle Care 9-39
5. Push the new bulb into the To replace one of these bulbs: 3. Push in the new bulb assembly
socket and reinstall the socket to lock it into place.
into the headlamp assembly by 4. Reconnect the electrical
turning it clockwise. connector to the bulb assembly.
6. Reconnect the electrical The base model vehicle daytime
connector. running lamps are the low beam on
7. Pull the duct back out of the air the halogen headlamp. If one these
cleaner/filter housing until the lamps fail, see Headlamps, Front
tabs snap the duct back into Turn Signal and Parking Lamps
position. (Base Vehicle) on page 9‑37 or
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal and
Daytime Running Parking Lamps (Up-Level Vehicle)
on page 9‑38 for replacement
Lamps (DRL) information.
1. Locate the bulb assembly under
The up–level model vehicle may the front fascia.
have daytime running lamps which
would be located on the fascia. 2. Disconnect the electrical
connector from the bulb
assembly and pull out the bulb
assembly.
9-40 Vehicle Care
Fog Lamps 3. Push in the new bulb assembly

to lock it into place.
The base model vehicle may have
fog lamps which would be located 4. Reconnect the electrical
on the fascia. connector to the bulb assembly.
To replace one of these bulbs: The up–level vehicle will not be
equipped with fog lamps.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

and Stoplamps
To replace a taillamp, turn signal,
or stoplamp bulb:
2. Remove the close out panel
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on retainers to gain access to the
page 1‑8. bulb socket connectors.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. Pull the old bulb straight out of
1. Locate the bulb assembly under the bulb socket.
the front fascia. 5. Push the new bulb straight into
2. Disconnect the electrical the bulb socket until it clicks.
connector from the bulb 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
assembly and pull out the to reinstall.
bulb assembly.
Vehicle Care 9-41
License Plate Lamp 5. Push the bulb straight into the Electrical System
socket and turn clockwise to
To replace one of these bulbs: reinstall.
Electrical System
6. Reinstall the license plate lamp
by lifting it through the facia
Overload
opening until the clip is in place. The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
Replacement Bulbs electrical system overload.
Bulb When the current electrical load is
Exterior Lamp too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Number
and closes, protecting the circuit
Daytime Running until the current load returns to
Lamp (Up-level P13W normal or the problem is fixed.
vehicles) This greatly reduces the chance
Fog Lamp PS24W of circuit overload and fire caused
by electrical problems.
1. Unclip the license plate lamp Front Park and Turn
3457NAK Fuses and circuit breakers protect
from the facia opening. Signal Lamp
the following in the vehicle:
2. Pull the license plate lamp down Halogen Headlamp H13
through the facia opening.
. Headlamp Wiring
License Plate Lamp W5W
. Windshield Wiper Motor
3. Turn the bulb socket Rear Turn Signal
counterclockwise and pull the 3157K . Power Windows and other
and Taillamps
bulb straight out of the lamp Power Accessories
socket. For replacement bulbs not listed
4. Install the new bulb. here, contact your dealer.
9-42 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
some cases to remain off. Have
protected from short circuits by a
the headlamp wiring checked right
combination of fuses and circuit
away if the lamps go on and off or
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted,
and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating.
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage
cause wiper linkage damage. can be temporarily borrowed from To remove the hinged fuse block
Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes cover, press the clip at the front of
from the windshield before using out. Replace the fuse as soon as the cover, and swing it up.
the windshield wipers. possible. Notice: Spilling liquid on any
If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit electrical components on the
electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine vehicle may damage it. Always
ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on keep the covers on any electrical
page 9‑42, Instrument Panel Fuse component.
Block on page 9‑45, and Rear
Compartment Fuse Block on
page 9‑47.
Vehicle Care 9-43
J-Case Usage
Fuses
Brake
22
Vacuum Pump
Power
25
Windows Rear
Power Windows
26
Front
27 Rear Defog
41 Cooling Fan High
Front Heater,
42 Ventilation and Air
Conditioning
Engine Compartment Fuse Block Antilock Brake
43
System Pump
J-Case Usage J-Case Usage 44 Cooling Fan Low
Fuses Fuses
6 Wiper 12 Starter
9-44 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage

Air Conditioning 10 Fuel Injectors – Odd Outside Rear View
1 31
Compressor Clutch Mirror
11 Cooling Fan Relay
Transmission Canister Vent
2 Manifold Air Flow/ 32
Control Module 14 Solenoid
Chassis Control
Engine Control Body Control
5 15 Ignition 33
Module Main Module #6
16 Run/Crank IP
Pre-Catalytic 34 Sunroof
7 Converter Oxygen Sensing Diagnostic
17 35 Front Heated Seats
Sensor Module/Ignition
38 Washer Pump Front
Post-Catalytic 18 Run/Crank Body
8 Converter Oxygen Antilock Brake
Transmission 40
Sensor System Valves
19 Control Module/
Fuel Ignition HID Headlamp –
9 46
Injectors – Even Left Front
Engine Control
20
Module/Ignition
Vehicle Care 9-45
Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

HID Headlamp –
Relays Block
47
Right Front K61 Starter
50 Fog Lamps K69 Wiper Control
51 Horn K613 Cooling Fan Low
52 Spare Air Conditioning
K617
Compressor Clutch
High Beam
55 Headlamp – Right K619 Wiper Speed
Front
High Intensity
High Beam K627 Discharge
56 Headlamp –Left Headlamps
Front
Brake
K632
61 Heated Mirror Vacuum Pump The instrument panel fuse block is
located on the end of the instrument
Mini Relays Usage panel, on the driver side of the
vehicle. To access the fuses, open
K26 Powertrain the fuse panel door by pulling out.
K50 Run / Crank To reinstall the door, push the door
K55 Rear Defog back into its original location.
K612 Cooling Fan High
K614 Cooling Fan Control
9-46 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F9 Spare
F10 Spare
F11 Not Used
F12 Spare
F13 Display
OnStar® Universal
F14
Hands Free Phone
Body Control
F15
Module 3
Body Control
F16
Module 4
Instrument Panel Fuse Block F17 Power Outlet 1
F18 Power Outlet 2
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Steering Wheel
F19
Discrete Logic Heating Ventilation Controls Backlight
F1
Ignition Switch F5 Air Conditioning F20 Spare
Controller
Diagnostic Link F21 Spare
F2
Connector Body Control
F6 F22 Not Used
Module
F3 Airbag
F8 Battery F23 Trunk
F4 Cluster
Vehicle Care 9-47
Fuses Usage Circuit Usage Rear Compartment Fuse

Automatic Occupant
Breakers Block
F24
Sensing CB7 Passenger Seat
Body Control CB26 Driver Seat
F25
Module 1
Body Control Relays Usage
F27
Module 8 Retained Accessory
K10
F28 Spare Power
Body Control K605 Not Used
F29
Module 5 K609 Trunk
Body Control
F30
Module 7
The rear compartment fuse block is
located on the right side of the trunk
behind a cover. Remove the six
convenience net retainers, the rear
sill plate, and the two passenger
side trim retainers, then swing the
trim out of the way.
9-48 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F11 Spare
F12 Spare
Engine Control
F13
Module/Battery
Regulated Voltage
F14
Control
Fuel System Control
F15
Module
F16 Spare
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

Universal Garage F5 Convertible Top 1
Door Opener/
F1 F6 Convertible Top 2
Ultra–sonic Reverse
Parking Aid F7 Spare
F2 Amplifier F8 Spare
F3 Radio F9 Spare
F4 Spare F10 Spare
Vehicle Care 9-49
Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued)

Winter Tires
If you expect to drive on snow or ice
Tires . Underinflated tires pose the covered roads often, you may want
same danger as overloaded to get winter tires for your vehicle.
Your new vehicle comes with tires. The resulting accident All season tires provide good overall
high-quality tires made by could cause serious injury. performance on most surfaces but
a leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to they may not offer the traction you
If you ever have questions about maintain the recommended would like or the same level of
your tire warranty and where pressure. Tire pressure performance as winter tires on
to obtain service, see your should be checked when snow or ice covered roads.
vehicle Warranty booklet your tires are cold. See Tire
Pressure on page 9‑56. Winter tires, in general, are
for details. For additional designed for increased traction
information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more on snow and ice covered roads.
manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured With winter tires, there may be
or broken by a sudden decreased dry road traction,
{ WARNING impact — such as when you
hit a pothole. Keep tires at
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After switching to winter
Poorly maintained and improperly the recommended pressure. tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
used tires are dangerous. . Worn, old tires can cause handling and braking.
. Overloading your tires can accidents. If your tread is See your dealer for details
cause overheating as a result badly worn, or if your tires regarding winter tire availability
of too much flexing. You have been damaged, and proper tire selection. Also, see
could have an air-out and a replace them. Buying New Tires on page 9‑65.
serious accident. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 8‑12.
(Continued)
9-50 Vehicle Care
If you choose to use winter tires: Tire Sidewall Labeling aspect ratio, construction type,
. Use tires of the same brand and and service description. See the
Useful information about a “Tire Size” illustration later in this
tread type on all four wheel
tire is molded into its sidewall. section for more detail.
positions.
The examples below show a
. Use only radial ply tires of the typical passenger vehicle tire (B) TPC Spec (Tire
same size, load range, and and a compact spare tire Performance Criteria
speed rating as the original Specification): Original
sidewall.
equipment tires. equipment tires designed to
Winter tires with the same speed GM's specific tire performance
rating as your original equipment criteria have a TPC specification
tires may not be available for H, V, code molded onto the sidewall.
W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. GM's TPC specifications meet
If you choose winter tires with a or exceed all federal safety
lower speed rating, never exceed
the tire's maximum speed capability.
guidelines.
(C) DOT (Department of
Transportation): The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that
Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department of
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is Transportation Motor Vehicle
a combination of letters and Safety Standards.
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
Vehicle Care 9-51
(D) Tire Identification Number (G) Maximum Cold Inflation (B) Temporary Use Only:
(TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load The compact spare tire or
following the DOT (Department that can be carried and the temporary use tire has a tread
of Transportation) code is the maximum pressure needed life of approximately 5 000 km
Tire Identification Number to support that load. (3,000 miles) and should not be
(TIN). The TIN shows the driven at speeds over 105 km/h
manufacturer and plant code, (65 mph). The compact spare
tire size, and date the tire was tire is for emergency use when
manufactured. The TIN is a regular road tire has lost air
molded onto both sides of the and gone flat. If your vehicle
tire, although only one side may has a compact spare tire,
have the date of manufacture. see Compact Spare Tire on
(E) Tire Ply Material : The type page 9‑85 and If a Tire Goes
of cord and number of plies in Flat on page 9‑71.
the sidewall and under the tread. (C) Tire Identification Number
(F) Uniform Tire Quality (TIN): The letters and numbers
Grading (UTQG): Tire Compact Spare Tire Example following the DOT (Department
manufacturers are required of Transportation) code is the
(A) Tire Ply Material: The type
to grade tires based on three Tire Identification Number
of cord and number of plies in
performance factors: treadwear, (TIN). The TIN shows the
the sidewall and under the tread.
traction, and temperature manufacturer and plant code,
resistance. For more information tire size, and date the tire was
see Uniform Tire Quality manufactured. The TIN is
Grading on page 9‑67. molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
9-52 Vehicle Care
(D) Maximum Cold Inflation criteria have a TPC specification (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit
Load Limit: Maximum load code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section
that can be carried and the GM's TPC specifications meet width in millimeters from
maximum pressure needed or exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall.
to support that load. guidelines. (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit
(E) Tire Inflation: The number that indicates the tire
temporary use tire or compact Tire Designations height‐to‐width measurements.
spare tire should be inflated Tire Size For example, if the tire size
to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
The following illustration
information on tire pressure and item C of the illustration, it would
shows an example of a typical
inflation see Tire Pressure on mean that the tire's sidewall is
passenger vehicle tire size.
page 9‑56. 60 percent as high as it is wide.
(F) Tire Size : A combination of (D) Construction Code: A
letters and numbers define a letter code is used to indicate
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, the type of ply construction in
construction type, and service the tire. The letter R means
description. The letter T as the radial ply construction; the
first character in the tire size letter D means diagonal or
means the tire is for temporary (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: bias ply construction; and the
use only. The United States version of a letter B means belted‐bias ply
metric tire sizing system. The construction.
(G) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger (E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
Specification): Original vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches.
equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S.
GM's specific tire performance Tire and Rim Association.
Vehicle Care 9-53
(F) Service Description: These Accessory Weight: This Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
characters represent the load means the combined weight in which the plies are laid at
index and speed rating of the of optional accessories. alternate angles less than
tire. The load index represents Some examples of optional 90 degrees to the centerline
the load carrying capacity a tire accessories are, automatic of the tread.
is certified to carry. The speed transmission, power steering, Cold Tire Pressure: The
rating is the maximum speed a power brakes, power windows, amount of air pressure in a tire,
tire is certified to carry a load. power seats, and air measured in psi (pounds per
conditioning. square inch) or kPa (kilopascal)
Tire Terminology and Aspect Ratio: The relationship before a tire has built up heat
Definitions of a tire's height to its width. from driving. See Tire Pressure
Air Pressure: The amount Belt: A rubber coated layer of on page 9‑56.
of air inside the tire pressing cords that is located between Curb Weight: The weight of a
outward on each square inch the plies and the tread. Cords motor vehicle with standard and
of the tire. Air pressure is may be made from steel or other optional equipment including the
expressed in psi (pounds per reinforcing materials. maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
square inch) or kPa (kilopascal). and coolant, but without
Bead: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel passengers and cargo.
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
9-54 Vehicle Care
DOT Markings: A code Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle

molded into the sidewall of a The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb
tire signifying that the tire is that must always face outward weight, accessory weight,
in compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and
Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight.
(DOT) motor vehicle safety unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The
standards. The DOT code number of occupants a vehicle
includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A
tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle
designator which can also some multipurpose passenger
vehicles. Load Limits on page 8‑12.
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and Load Index: An assigned Occupant Distribution :
date of production. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that
on page 8‑12. Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle vehicle. The side of the tire
Weight Rating for the front axle. which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is that contains a whitewall,
See Vehicle Load Limits on bears white lettering, or bears
page 8‑12. molded onto the sidewall.
manufacturer, brand, and/or
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Maximum Load Rating: model name molding that is
Weight Rating for the rear axle. The load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same
See Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
page 8‑12. pressure for that tire. of the tire.
Vehicle Care 9-55
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Rim: A metal support for a tire Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
A tire used on passenger cars and upon which the tire beads bands, sometimes called wear
and some light duty trucks and are seated. bars, that show across the
multipurpose vehicles. Sidewall: The portion of a tire tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm
Recommended Inflation between the tread and the bead. (1/16 inch) of tread remains.
Pressure: Vehicle See When It Is Time for New
Speed Rating: An Tires on page 9‑64.
manufacturer's recommended alphanumeric code assigned to
tire inflation pressure as shown a tire indicating the maximum UTQGS (Uniform Tire
on the tire placard. See Tire speed at which a tire can Quality Grading Standards):
Pressure on page 9‑56 and operate. A tire information system
Vehicle Load Limits on that provides consumers with
page 8‑12. Traction: The friction between ratings for a tire's traction,
the tire and the road surface. temperature, and treadwear.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic The amount of grip provided.
tire in which the ply cords that Ratings are determined by
extend to the beads are laid at Tread: The portion of a tire tire manufacturers using
90 degrees to the centerline of that comes into contact with government testing procedures.
the tread. the road. The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 9‑67.
9-56 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Capacity Weight: Tire Pressure If your tires have too much air
The number of designated (over‐inflation), you can get
seating positions multiplied by Tires need the correct amount the following:
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated of air pressure to operate
effectively. . Unusual wear
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 8‑12. Notice: Do not let anyone tell . Poor handling
Vehicle Maximum Load on the you that under‐inflation or . Rough ride
Tire: Load on an individual tire over‐inflation is all right. It is
not. If your tires do not have
. Needless damage from
due to curb weight, accessory road hazards
weight, occupant weight, and enough air (under‐inflation),
cargo weight. you can get the following: A vehicle specific Tire and
. Too much flexing Loading Information label
Vehicle Placard: A label is attached to your vehicle.
permanently attached to a . Too much heat This label shows your vehicle's
vehicle showing the vehicle's . Tire overloading original equipment tires and the
capacity weight and the correct inflation pressures for
original equipment tire size . Premature or your tires when they are cold.
and recommended inflation irregular wear The recommended cold tire
pressure. See “Tire and Loading . Poor handling inflation pressure, shown on the
Information Label” under Vehicle label, is the minimum amount of
Load Limits on page 8‑12.
. Reduced fuel economy
air pressure needed to support
your vehicle's maximum load
carrying capacity.
Vehicle Care 9-57
For additional information How to Check If the cold tire inflation pressure
regarding how much weight Use a good quality pocket-type matches the recommended
your vehicle can carry, and gauge to check tire pressure. pressure on the Tire and
an example of the Tire and You cannot tell if your tires Loading Information label, no
Loading Information label, are properly inflated simply by further adjustment is necessary.
see Vehicle Load Limits on looking at them. Radial tires may If the inflation pressure is low,
page 8‑12. How you load your look properly inflated even when add air until you reach the
vehicle affects vehicle handling they are under‐inflated. Check recommended amount.
and ride comfort. Never load the tire's inflation pressure when If you overfill the tire, release air
your vehicle with more weight the tires are cold. Cold means by pushing on the metal stem
than it was designed to carry. your vehicle has been sitting for in the center of the tire valve.
When to Check at least three hours or driven no Re‐check the tire pressure with
more than 1.6 km (1 mile). the tire gauge.
Check your tires once a month
or more. Do not forget to check Remove the valve cap from the Be sure to put the valve caps
the compact spare tire, if the tire valve stem. Press the tire back on the valve stems. They
vehicle has one. The compact gauge firmly onto the valve to help prevent leaks by keeping
spare should be at 60 psi get a pressure measurement. out dirt and moisture.
(420 kPa). For additional
information regarding the
compact spare tire, see
Compact Spare Tire on
page 9‑85.
9-58 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure for Vehicles with 245/45ZR20 103Y, Tire Pressure Monitor
P245/50ZR19 104W and
High-Speed Operation 275/40ZR20 106Y size tires,
System
have tires capable of high speed The Tire Pressure Monitor System
{ WARNING use. Make sure the tires are inflated (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
to the recommended cold inflation technology to check tire pressure
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h pressures before operating the levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
(100 mph) or higher, puts an vehicle at speeds over 100 mph the air pressure in your vehicle's
additional strain on tires. (160 km/h). See Vehicle Load Limits tires and transmit tire pressure
Sustained high-speed driving on page 8‑12 and Tire Pressure on readings to a receiver located in
causes excessive heat build up page 9‑56. the vehicle.
and can cause sudden tire failure.
When you end this high-speed Each tire, including the spare
You could have a crash and you driving, return the tires to the cold (if provided), should be checked
or others could be killed. Some inflation pressure shown on the Tire monthly when cold and inflated to
high-speed rated tires require and Loading Information label. See the inflation pressure recommended
inflation pressure adjustment for Vehicle Load Limits on page 8‑12 by the vehicle manufacturer on the
high speed operation. When and Tire Pressure on page 9‑56. vehicle placard or tire inflation
speed limits and road conditions pressure label. (If your vehicle has
are such that a vehicle can be tires of a different size than the size
driven at high speeds, make sure indicated on the vehicle placard or
the tires are rated for high speed tire inflation pressure label, you
operation, in excellent condition, should determine the proper tire
and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
inflation pressure for the
vehicle load.
Vehicle Care 9-59
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been Always check the TPMS malfunction
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the tires or wheels on your vehicle to
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. ensure that the replacement or
pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is alternate tires and wheels allow
more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure the TPMS to continue to function
under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a properly.
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for See Tire Pressure Monitor
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then Operation on page 9‑60 for
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. additional information.
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon
to the proper pressure. Driving on subsequent vehicle start‐ups as Federal Communications
a significantly under‐inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. Commission (FCC) and
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is Industry Canada
lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be See Radio Frequency Statement on
also reduces fuel efficiency and able to detect or signal low tire page 12‑17 for information
tire tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS regarding Part 15 of the Federal
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety Communications Commission (FCC)
ability. of reasons, including the installation Rules and RSS-210/211 of Industry
Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or Canada.
not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct
tire pressure, even if under‐inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
9-60 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor The low tire pressure warning light

may come on in cool weather when
Operation the vehicle is first started, and then
This vehicle may have a Tire turn off as you start to drive. This
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). could be an early indicator that the
The TPMS is designed to warn air pressure in the tire(s) are getting
the driver when a low tire pressure When a low tire pressure condition low and need to be inflated to the
condition exists. TPMS sensors are is detected, the TPMS illuminates proper pressure.
mounted onto each tire and wheel the low tire pressure warning light The Tire and Loading Information
assembly, excluding the spare tire located on the instrument panel label, attached to your vehicle,
and wheel assembly, if the vehicle cluster. If the warning light comes shows the size of your vehicle's
has one. The TPMS sensors on, stop as soon as possible and original equipment tires and the
monitor the air pressure in the inflate the tires to the recommended correct inflation pressure for the
vehicle's tires and transmits the pressure shown on the tire loading tires when they are cold. See
tire pressure readings to a receiver information label. See Vehicle Load Vehicle Load Limits on page 8‑12,
located in the vehicle. Limits on page 8‑12. for an example of the Tire and
Using the Driver Information Center A DIC warning message to check Loading Information label and its
(DIC), the driver can also check the pressure in a specific tire is also location on your vehicle. Also see
tire pressure levels using the DIC. shown on the DIC display screen. Tire Pressure on page 9‑56.
For additional information and The low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle's TPMS can warn you
details about the DIC operation and and the DIC warning message come about a low tire pressure condition
displays see Tire Messages on at each ignition cycle until the tires but it does not replace normal tire
page 4‑36. are inflated to the correct inflation maintenance. See Tire Inspection
pressure. on page 9‑63, Tire Rotation on
page 9‑63 and Tires on page 9‑49.
Vehicle Care 9-61
Notice: Using non‐approved tire TPMS Malfunction Light and

. The TPMS sensor matching
sealants could damage the Tire Message process was not done or not
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) completed successfully after
sensors. TPMS sensor damage The TPMS will not function properly rotating the vehicle's tires.
caused by using an incorrect tire if one or more of the TPMS sensors The DIC message should go
sealant is not covered by the are missing or inoperable. When the off after successfully completing
vehicle warranty. Always use system detects a malfunction, the the sensor matching process.
the GM approved tire sealant low tire warning light flashes for See “TPMS Sensor Matching
available through your dealer. about one minute and then stays Process” later in this section.
on for the remainder of the ignition
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits cycle. A DIC warning message is
. One or more TPMS sensors are
use a GM approved liquid tire also displayed. The low tire warning missing or damaged. The DIC
sealant. Using non-approved tire light and DIC warning message message and the TPMS
sealants could damage the TPMS come on at each ignition cycle until malfunction light should go
sensors. See Tire Sealant and the problem is corrected. Some of off when the TPMS sensors
Compressor Kit on page 9‑73 for the conditions that can cause the are installed and the sensor
information regarding the inflator kit malfunction light and DIC message matching process is performed
materials and instructions. to come on are: successfully. See your dealer
for service.
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire,
. Replacement tires or wheels do
if the vehicle has one. The spare not match your vehicle's original
tire does not have a TPMS equipment tires or wheels. Tires
sensor. The DIC message and wheels other than those
should go off once you re‐install recommended for your vehicle
the road tire containing the could prevent the TPMS from
TPMS sensor. functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 9‑65.
9-62 Vehicle Care

. Operating electronic devices or The TPMS sensors can also be 3. Go to the TPM vehicle
being near facilities using radio matched to each tire/wheel position information screen on the DIC.
wave frequencies similar to the by increasing or decreasing the See Driver Information Center
TPMS could cause the TPMS tire's air pressure. If increasing the (DIC) on page 4‑28. Press set
sensors to malfunction. tire's air pressure, do not exceed to relearn the sensors. The horn
If the TPMS is not functioning it the maximum inflation pressure sounds twice to signal the
cannot detect or signal a low tire indicated on the tire's sidewall. receiver is in relearn mode and
condition. See your dealer for To decrease the tire's air-pressure Tire Learning Active message
service if the TPMS malfunction use the pointed end of the valve displays on the DIC screen.
light and DIC message comes on cap, a pencil-style air pressure 4. Start with the driver side
and stays on. gauge, or a key. front tire.
TPMS Sensor Matching You have two minutes to match 5. Remove the valve cap from
the first tire/wheel position, and the valve stem. Activate the
Process five minutes overall, to match all TPMS sensor by increasing or
Each TPMS sensor has a unique four tire/wheel positions. If it takes decreasing the tire's air pressure
identification code. Any time you longer than two minutes, to match for 10 seconds, or until a horn
replace one or more of the TPMS the first tire and wheel, or more than chirp sounds. The horn chirp,
sensors or rotate your vehicle's five minutes to match all four tire which can take up to 30 seconds
tires, the identification codes need and wheel positions, the matching to sound, confirms that the
to be matched to the new tire/wheel process stops and you need to TPMS sensor identification code
position. The sensors are matched start over. has been matched to this tire
to the tire/wheel positions in the
The TPMS matching process is position.
following order: driver side front tire,
outlined below: 6. Proceed to the passenger
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear 1. Set the parking brake. side front tire, and repeat the
tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool. 2. Turn the ignition switch to procedure in Step 5.
See your dealer for service. ON/RUN with the engine off.
Vehicle Care 9-63
7. Proceed to the passenger Tire Inspection Tire rotation is recommended if

side rear tire, and repeat the the vehicle has the same size
procedure in Step 5. We recommend that you tires on all four wheel positions.
regularly inspect your vehicle's These tires should be rotated
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure in tires, including the spare tire, every 5,000 to 8,000 miles
Step 5. if the vehicle has one, for signs (8 000 to 13 000 km). See
of wear or damage. See When It Scheduled Maintenance on
9. After hearing the confirming horn
Is Time for New Tires on page 10‑2.
chirp, for the driver side rear tire,
the horn sounds two more times page 9‑64 for more information.
The purpose of a regular tire
to signal the tire learning mode
is no longer active. Turn the Tire Rotation rotation is to achieve a uniform
ignition switch to LOCK/OFF. wear for all tires on the vehicle.
Tire rotation is not This will ensure that your vehicle
10. Set all four tires to the recommended if the vehicle has continues to perform most like it
recommended air pressure different size tires on the front did when the tires were new.
level as indicated on the tire and rear wheels.
and loading information label. Any time you notice unusual
Different tire sizes should not be wear, rotate the tires as soon
11. Put the valve caps back on the rotated front to rear. Each tire
valve stems. as possible and check wheel
and wheel should only be used alignment. Also check for
The tires air pressure will not in its original front or rear
appear on the screen until you start damaged tires or wheels.
position. See When It Is Time for New
driving the vehicle.
Tires on page 9‑64 and Wheel
Replacement on page 9‑69.
9-64 Vehicle Care
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor When It Is Time for New

System. See Tire Pressure Tires
Monitor Operation on page 9‑60.
Various factors, such as
Make certain that all wheel maintenance, temperatures, driving
nuts are properly tightened. speeds, vehicle loading, and road
See “Wheel Nut Torque” under conditions influence when you need
Capacities and Specifications on new tires.
page 11‑2.
{ WARNING
When rotating the vehicle's tires, Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
always use the correct rotation parts to which it is fastened, can
pattern shown here. make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
The compact spare tire, if the off and cause an accident. When
vehicle has one, is not included changing a wheel, remove any
in the tire rotation. rust or dirt from places where
After the tires have been the wheel attaches to the vehicle.
rotated, adjust the front and In an emergency, use a cloth or a
paper towel to do this; but be sure One way to tell when it is time for
rear inflation pressures as new tires is to check the treadwear
shown on the Tire and Loading to use a scraper or wire brush
indicators, which appear when the
Information label. See Tire later, if needed, to get all the rust
tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) or
Pressure on page 9‑56 and or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat
less of tread remaining.
on page 9‑71.
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 8‑12.
Vehicle Care 9-65
The vehicle needs new tires if any wear out before they degrade due GM's exclusive TPC Spec
of the following statements are true: to age. If you are unsure about the system considers over a dozen
. You can see the indicators at need to replace the tires as they get critical specifications that
three or more places around older, consult the tire manufacturer impact the overall performance
for more information.
the tire. of your vehicle, including brake
. You can see cord or fabric system performance, ride
Buying New Tires and handling, traction control,
showing through the tire's
rubber. GM has developed and matched and tire pressure monitoring
. The tread or sidewall is cracked,
specific tires for your vehicle. performance. GM's TPC Spec
cut, or snagged deep enough to The original equipment tires number is molded onto the tire's
show cord or fabric. installed on your vehicle, sidewall near the tire size. If the
when it was new, were designed tires have an all‐season tread
. The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
to meet General Motors design, the TPC Spec number
Tire Performance Criteria will be followed by an MS for
. The tire has a puncture, cut, Specification (TPC Spec) mud and snow. See Tire
or other damage that cannot be system rating. If you need Sidewall Labeling on page 9‑50
repaired well because of the size
replacement tires, GM strongly for additional information.
or location of the damage.
recommends that you get tires GM recommends replacing tires
The rubber in tires degrades over with the same TPC Spec rating.
time. This is also true for the spare in sets of four. This is because
This way, your vehicle will uniform tread depth on all tires
tire, if the vehicle has one, even
continue to have tires that are will help keep your vehicle
if it is not being used. Multiple
conditions affect how fast this aging designed to give the same performing most like it did when
takes place, including temperatures, performance and vehicle safety, the tires were new. Replacing
loading conditions, and inflation during normal use, as the less than a full set of tires can
pressure maintenance. With proper original tires. affect the braking and handling
care and maintenance tires typically performance of your vehicle.
9-66 Vehicle Care
See Tire Inspection on page 9‑63 Vehicles that have a tire

and Tire Rotation on page 9‑63 { WARNING pressure monitoring system
for information on proper tire If you use bias-ply tires on the could give an inaccurate
rotation. vehicle, the wheel rim flanges low‐pressure warning if
could develop cracks after non‐TPC Spec rated tires
{ WARNING many miles of driving. A tire are installed on your vehicle.
and/or wheel could fail Non‐TPC Spec rated tires may
Mixing tires could cause you give a low‐pressure warning
to lose control while driving. suddenly, causing a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with that is higher or lower than the
If you mix tires of different proper warning level you would
sizes, brands, or types (radial the wheels on the vehicle.
get with TPC Spec rated tires.
and bias-belted tires), the If you must replace your See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle may not handle vehicle's tires with those that do System on page 9‑58.
properly, and you could have not have a TPC Spec number,
a crash. Using tires of different Your vehicle's original
make sure they are the same equipment tires are listed
sizes, brands, or types may size, load range, speed rating,
also cause damage to your on the Tire and Loading
and construction type (radial Information Label. See Vehicle
vehicle. Be sure to use the and bias‐belted tires) as your
correct size, brand, and type Load Limits on page 8‑12, for
vehicle's original tires. more information about the Tire
of tires on all wheels. It is
all right to drive with your and Loading Information Label
compact spare temporarily, as and its location on your vehicle.
it was developed for use on
your vehicle. See Compact
Spare Tire on page 9‑85.
Vehicle Care 9-67
Different Size Tires and Uniform Tire Quality

Wheels
{ WARNING Grading
If you add different sized
If you add wheels or tires that are a Quality grades can be found
different size than your original wheels, your vehicle may not
provide an acceptable level of
where applicable on the tire
equipment wheels and tires, this sidewall between tread shoulder
could affect the way your vehicle performance and safety if tires not
recommended for those wheels and maximum section width.
performs, including its braking,
are selected. You may increase For example:
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover. the chance that you will crash and Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Additionally, if your vehicle has suffer serious injury. Only use GM Temperature A
electronic systems such as anti‐lock specific wheel and tire systems
brakes, rollover airbags, traction developed for your vehicle, and The following information relates
control, and electronic stability have them properly installed by a to the system developed by the
control, the performance of these GM certified technician. United States National Highway
systems can be affected. Traffic Safety Administration
See Buying New Tires on (NHTSA), which grades tires
page 9‑65 and Accessories and by treadwear, traction, and
Modifications on page 9‑4 for temperature performance. This
additional information. applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls
of most passenger car tires.
9-68 Vehicle Care
The Uniform Tire Quality Treadwear Traction – AA, A, B, C

Grading (UTQG) system The treadwear grade is a The traction grades, from
does not apply to deep comparative rating based highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
tread, winter-type snow tires, on the wear rate of the tire and C. Those grades represent
space-saver, or temporary use when tested under controlled the tire's ability to stop on wet
spare tires, tires with nominal conditions on a specified pavement as measured under
rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches government test course. controlled conditions on
(25 to 30 cm), or to some For example, a tire graded specified government test
limited-production tires. 150 would wear one and a surfaces of asphalt and
While the tires available on half (1½) times as well on the concrete. A tire marked C may
General Motors passenger government course as a tire have poor traction performance.
cars and light trucks may vary graded 100. The relative Warning: The traction grade
with respect to these grades, performance of tires depends assigned to this tire is based on
they must also conform to upon the actual conditions of straight-ahead braking traction
federal safety requirements and their use, however, and may tests, and does not include
additional General Motors Tire depart significantly from the acceleration, cornering,
Performance Criteria (TPC) norm due to variations in hydroplaning, or peak
standards. driving habits, service practices traction characteristics.
All Passenger Car Tires Must and differences in road
Conform to Federal Safety characteristics and climate.
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Vehicle Care 9-69
Temperature – A, B, C temperature grade for this tire Wheel Replacement

The temperature grades is established for a tire that is
Replace any wheel that is bent,
are A (the highest), B, and C, properly inflated and not cracked, or badly rusted or
representing the tire's resistance overloaded. Excessive speed, corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
to the generation of heat and underinflation, or excessive loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
its ability to dissipate heat loading, either separately or in wheel nuts should be replaced.
when tested under controlled combination, can cause heat If the wheel leaks air, replace it
conditions on a specified indoor buildup and possible tire failure. (except some aluminum wheels,
which can sometimes be repaired).
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the Wheel Alignment and Tire See your dealer if any of these
conditions exist.
material of the tire to degenerate Balance
and reduce tire life, and Your dealer will know the kind of
The tires and wheels on the vehicle wheel you need.
excessive temperature can were aligned and balanced carefully
lead to sudden tire failure. at the factory to give the longest tire Each new wheel should have
The grade C corresponds to a life and best overall performance. the same load-carrying capacity,
level of performance which all Adjustments to wheel alignment and diameter, width, offset, and be
tire balancing will not be necessary mounted the same way as the
passenger car tires must meet one it replaces.
under the Federal Motor Safety on a regular basis. However, if there
is unusual tire wear or the vehicle
Standard No. 109. Grades B and pulls to one side or the other, the
A represent higher levels of alignment should be checked. If the
performance on the laboratory vehicle vibrates when driving on a
test wheel than the minimum smooth road, the tires and wheels
required by law. Warning: The might need to be rebalanced. See
your dealer for proper diagnosis.
9-70 Vehicle Care
If you need to replace any of the Used Replacement Wheels

wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, WARNING (Continued)
or Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) sensors, replace them only You could have a collision in
{ WARNING
with new GM original equipment which you or others could be Putting a used wheel on the
parts. This way, you will be sure to injured. Always use the correct vehicle is dangerous. You cannot
have the right wheel, wheel bolts, wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel know how it has been used or
wheel nuts, and TPMS sensors for nuts for replacement. how far it has been driven.
the vehicle. It could fail suddenly and cause a
Notice: The wrong wheel can crash. If you have to replace a
{ WARNING also cause problems with bearing
life, brake cooling, speedometer
wheel, use a new GM original
equipment wheel.
Using the wrong replacement or odometer calibration,
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel headlamp aim, rear differential,
nuts on your vehicle can be bumper height, vehicle ground
dangerous. It could affect the clearance, and tire or tire chain
braking and handling of your clearance to the body and
vehicle, make your tires lose chassis.
air and make you lose control. See If a Tire Goes Flat on
(Continued) page 9‑71 for more information.
Vehicle Care 9-71
Tire Chains WARNING (Continued)

A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction
{ WARNING vehicle, and do not spin the you would use in a skid. In any rear
Do not use tire chains. There is wheels. If you do find traction blowout remove your foot from the
devices that will fit, install them accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle
not enough clearance. Tire chains
on the rear tires. under control by steering the way
used on a vehicle without the
you want the vehicle to go. It may
proper amount of clearance can be very bumpy and noisy, but you
cause damage to the brakes, If a Tire Goes Flat
can still steer. Gently brake to a
suspension, or other vehicle It is unusual for a tire to blowout stop, well off the road if possible.
parts. The area damaged by the while you are driving, especially if
tire chains could cause you to you maintain your vehicle's tires
lose control of the vehicle and properly. If air goes out of a tire, { WARNING
you or others may be injured it is much more likely to leak out Lifting a vehicle and getting under
in a crash. Use another type slowly. But if you should ever have a it to do maintenance or repairs
of traction device only if its blowout, here are a few tips about
is dangerous without the
manufacturer recommends it for what to expect and what to do:
appropriate safety equipment and
use on the vehicle and tire size If a front tire fails, the flat tire training. If a jack is provided with
combination and road conditions. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle the vehicle, it is designed only for
Follow that manufacturer's toward that side. Take your foot off changing a flat tire. If it is used for
instructions. To help avoid the accelerator pedal and grip the anything else, you or others could
damage to the vehicle, drive steering wheel firmly. Steer to be badly injured or killed if the
slowly, re‐adjust or remove the maintain lane position, and then vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
device if it is contacting the gently brake to a stop well out of is provided with the vehicle, only
the traffic lane.
(Continued) use it for changing a flat tire.
9-72 Vehicle Care
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire When the vehicle has a flat tire (B),
and wheel damage by driving slowly WARNING (Continued) use the following example as a
to a level place. Turn on the hazard guide to assist you in the placement
warning flashers. See Hazard 3. Turn off the engine and do of wheel blocks (A).
Warning Flashers on page 5‑4. not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
{ WARNING 4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can To be certain the vehicle will
slip off the jack and roll over not move, put blocks at the front
or fall on you or other people. and rear of the tire farthest away
You and they could be badly from the one being changed.
injured or even killed. Find a level That would be the tire on the
place to change your tire. To help other side, at the opposite end
prevent the vehicle from moving: of the vehicle.
1. Set the parking brake firmly. This vehicle may come with a jack A. Wheel Block
2. Put an automatic and spare tire or a tire sealant and B. Flat Tire
transmission shift lever in compressor kit. To use the jacking
P (Park), or shift a manual equipment to change a spare tire The following information explains
transmission to 1 (First) or safely, follow the instructions below. how to repair or change a tire.
R (Reverse). Then see Tire Changing on
page 9‑79. To use the tire sealant
(Continued)
and compressor kit, see Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 9‑73.
Vehicle Care 9-73
Tire Sealant and If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

Compressor Kit
{ WARNING compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
Over-inflating a tire could and on some vehicles there may not
{ WARNING cause the tire to rupture and
you or others could be injured.
be a place to store a tire.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Be sure to read and follow the The tire sealant and compressor
area with poor ventilation is tire sealant and compressor kit can be used to temporarily seal
dangerous. Engine exhaust may instructions and inflate the tire punctures up to 6 mm (¼ inch) in
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust the tread area of the tire. It can
to its recommended pressure.
also be used to inflate an under
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) Do not exceed the recommended
inflated tire.
which cannot be seen or smelled. pressure.
It can cause unconsciousness If the tire has been separated from
and even death. Never run the the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
engine in an enclosed area { WARNING or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
that has no fresh air ventilation.
For more information, see Engine Storing the tire sealant and sealant and compressor kit to be
Exhaust on page 8‑25. compressor kit or other effective. See Roadside Assistance
equipment in the passenger Program on page 12‑6.
compartment of the vehicle could Read and follow all of the tire
cause injury. In a sudden stop or sealant and compressor kit
collision, loose equipment could instructions.
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
9-74 Vehicle Care
The kit includes: Tire Sealant Using the Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handling and Compressor Kit to
instructions on the label adhered to Temporarily Seal and Inflate
the compressor. a Punctured Tire
Check the tire sealant expiration Follow the directions closely for
date on the sealant canister. correct sealant usage.
The sealant canister should be
replaced before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to
A. On/Off Button seal one tire. After usage, the
B. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or sealant canister and sealant/air
Air Only) hose assembly must be replaced.
See “Removal and Installation of the
C. Pressure Relief Button
Sealant Canister” following.
D. Pressure Gauge
When using the tire sealant
E. Air Only Hose (Black) and compressor kit during cold
F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) temperatures, warm the kit in a
G. Power Plug heated environment for 5 minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
Vehicle Care 9-75
Always do a safety check first. 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) 8. Turn the selector switch (B)
See If a Tire Goes Flat on onto the tire valve stem. Turn it clockwise to the Sealant + Air
page 9‑71. Do not remove any clockwise until it is tight. position.
objects that have penetrated 6. Plug the power plug (G) into the 9. Press the on/off (A) button
the tire. accessory power outlet in the to turn the tire sealant and
1. Remove the tire sealant and vehicle. Unplug all items from compressor kit on.
compressor kit from its storage other accessory power outlets. The compressor will inject
location. See Storing the Tire See Power Outlets on sealant and air into the tire.
Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 4‑9.
page 9‑79. The pressure gauge (D) will
If the vehicle has an accessory initially show a high pressure
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) power outlet, do not use the while the compressor pushes the
and the power plug (G). cigarette lighter. sealant into the tire. Once the
3. Place the kit on the ground. If the vehicle only has a cigarette sealant is completely dispersed
Make sure the tire valve stem is lighter, use the cigarette lighter. into the tire, the pressure will
positioned close to the ground Do not pinch the power plug quickly drop and start to rise
so the hose will reach it. cord in the door or window. again as the tire inflates with
air only.
4. Remove the valve stem cap 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
from the flat tire by turning it must be running while using the
counterclockwise. air compressor.
9-76 Vehicle Care
10. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside 15. Replace the sealant/air
recommended inflation Assistance Program on hose (F), and the power
pressure using the pressure page 12‑6. plug (G) back in their original
gauge (D). The recommended 11. Press the on/off button (A) location.
inflation pressure can be found to turn the tire sealant and
on the Tire and Loading compressor kit off.
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 9‑56. The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
The pressure gauge (D) may vehicle is driven and the
read higher than the actual tire sealant is distributed in the tire,
pressure while the compressor therefore, Steps 12 through 18
is on. Turn the compressor off must be done immediately after
to get an accurate pressure Step 11.
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor
kit as it could be warm after
Notice: If the recommended usage. 16. If the flat tire was able to
pressure cannot be reached after
12. Unplug the power plug (G) from inflate to the recommended
approximately 25 minutes, the
the accessory power outlet in inflation pressure, remove the
vehicle should not be driven
the vehicle. maximum speed label from
farther. The tire is too severely
the sealant canister and place
damaged and the tire sealant and 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) it in a highly visible location.
compressor kit cannot inflate the counterclockwise to remove it The label is a reminder not to
tire. Remove the power plug from from the tire valve stem. exceed 90 km/h (55 mph) until
the accessory power outlet and
14. Replace the tire valve the damaged tire is repaired or
unscrew the inflating hose from
stem cap. replaced.
Vehicle Care 9-77
17. Return the equipment to its If the tire pressure has Using the Tire Sealant and
original storage location in the not dropped more than Compressor Kit without
vehicle. 10 psi (68 kPa) from the Sealant to Inflate a Tire
18. Immediately drive the vehicle recommended inflation (Not Punctured)
8 km (5 miles) to distribute the pressure, inflate the tire to
the recommended inflation To use the air compressor to inflate
sealant in the tire. a tire with air only and not sealant:
pressure.
19. Stop at a safe location and
check the tire pressure. 20. Wipe off any sealant from the
Refer to Steps 1 through 11 wheel, tire, and vehicle.
under “Using the Tire Sealant 21. Dispose of the used sealant
and Compressor Kit without canister and sealant/air
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not hose (F) assembly at a local
Punctured).” dealer or in accordance with
If the tire pressure has fallen local state codes and practices.
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) 22. Replace it with a new canister
below the recommended available from your dealer.
inflation pressure, stop driving 23. After temporarily sealing a
the vehicle. The tire is too tire using the tire sealant
severely damaged and the tire and compressor kit, take the
sealant cannot seal the tire. Always do a safety check first. See
vehicle to an authorized dealer
See Roadside Assistance If a Tire Goes Flat on page 9‑71.
within a 161 km (100 miles) of
Program on page 12‑6. driving to have the tire repaired 1. Remove the tire sealant and
or replaced. compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 9‑79.
9-78 Vehicle Care
2. Unwrap the air only hose (E) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle 11. Press the on/off button (A)
and the power plug (G). must be running while using the to turn the tire sealant and
3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor. compressor kit off.
Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Turn the selector switch (B) Be careful while handling the
positioned close to the ground counterclockwise to the Air Only tire sealant and compressor
so the hose will reach it. position. kit as it could be warm after
9. Press the on/off (A) button to usage.
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it turn the compressor on. 12. Unplug the power plug (G) from
counterclockwise. The compressor will inflate the the accessory power outlet in
tire with air only. the vehicle.
5. Attach the air only hose (E) onto
the tire valve stem by turning it 10. Inflate the tire to the 13. Disconnect the air only
clockwise until it is tight. recommended inflation hose (E) from the tire
pressure using the pressure valve stem, by turning it
6. Plug the power plug (G) into the counterclockwise, and replace
accessory power outlet in the gauge (D). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found the tire valve stem cap.
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets. on the Tire and Loading 14. Replace the air only hose (E)
See Power Outlets on Information label. See Tire and the power plug (G) and
page 4‑9. Pressure on page 9‑56. cord back in its original
The pressure gauge (D) may location.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the read higher than the actual tire 15. Place the equipment in the
cigarette lighter. pressure while the compressor original storage location in the
is on. Turn the compressor off vehicle.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette to get an accurate reading.
lighter, use the cigarette lighter. The compressor may be turned
Do not pinch the power plug on/off until the correct pressure
cord in the door or window. is reached.
Vehicle Care 9-79
Removal and Installation of the 6. Screw the connector (B) to the Tire Changing
Sealant Canister canister (A).
7. Slide the plastic cover back on.
Removing the Spare Tire and
To remove the sealant canister: Tools
Storing the Tire Sealant Spare Tire
and Compressor Kit 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
page 1‑8.
2. Remove the carpet.
1. Remove the plastic cover.

2. Unscrew the connector (B) from
the canister (A).
3. Pull up on the canister (A) to This vehicle may have a tire sealant
remove it. and compressor kit in place of a
jack or spare tire. It is located in a
4. Replace with a new canister 3. Turn the center retainer
foam container in the trunk.
which is available from your counterclockwise to remove the
dealer. spare tire cover.
5. Push the new canister into 4. Remove the spare tire and place
place. it next to the tire being changed.
9-80 Vehicle Care
Tools Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
1. If the vehicle has wheel bolt
caps, remove the caps. Store
the caps with the wheel cover.
1. The jack and tools are stored

below the spare tire.
A. Wheel Wrench
Remove the jack from the
B. Jack Handle Extension retaining bracket.
C. Jack 2. Remove the tool container.
3. Remove the tools from the tool 2. Use the fully extended
container. wheel wrench to loosen all
4. Place the tools next to the tire the wheel nuts one-half turn
being changed. counterclockwise. Do not
remove them.
Vehicle Care 9-81
Notice: Make sure that the jack 4. Put the compact spare tire
lift head is in the correct position near you.
or you may damage your vehicle.
The repairs would not be covered
by your warranty.
{ WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.
5. Fit the jack handle extension
onto the jack by sliding the hook
{ WARNING through the end of the jack.
Raising your vehicle with the
jack improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
3. Position the jack lift head at the make the vehicle fall. To help
jack location nearest the flat tire. avoid personal injury and vehicle
The location is indicated by a damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
mark on the bottom edge of the head into the proper location
vehicle. The jack must not be before raising the vehicle.
used in any other position.
Raise the jack until it engages
with the jacking point.
9-82 Vehicle Care
6. Insert the other end of the jack 7. Raise the vehicle by turning the 8. Remove all of the wheel nuts
handle into the wrench. jack handle extension clockwise and place them in a dry, clean
until the vehicle is far enough off place to avoid getting dirt in the
the ground to allow enough room threads.
for the compact spare tire to fit
under the vehicle.
Keep the hook parallel to the
ground. The wrench may need
to be removed and repositioned
to continue turning it.
Vehicle Care 9-83
{ WARNING { WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Never use oil or grease on bolts
parts to which it is fastened, can or nuts because the nuts might
make wheel nuts become loose come loose. The vehicle's wheel
after time. The wheel could come could fall off, causing a crash.
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any 11. Reinstall the wheel nuts with
rust or dirt from places where the rounded end of the nuts
the wheel attaches to the vehicle. toward the wheel. Tighten each
In an emergency, use a cloth or a nut as much as possible using
paper towel to do this; but be sure the wheel wrench until the
9. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel is held firmly against
to use a scraper or wire brush wheel bolts, mounting surfaces the hub.
later, if needed, to get all the rust and spare wheel.
or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat Use your free hand to prevent
10. Place the compact spare tire the wheel from turning while
on page 9‑71.
on the wheel-mounting surface. you are tightening.
12. Lower the vehicle by
turning the jack handle
counterclockwise. Lower
the jack completely.
9-84 Vehicle Care
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

WARNING (Continued) and Tools
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the { WARNING
aftermarket manufacturer when Storing a jack, a tire, or other
using accessory locking wheel equipment in the passenger
nuts. See Capacities and compartment of the vehicle could
Specifications on page 11‑2 for cause injury. In a sudden stop or
original equipment wheel nut collision, loose equipment could
torque specifications. strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly Notice: Improperly tightened
in a crisscross sequence, as wheel nuts can lead to brake To store a flat or spare tire and
shown. pulsation and rotor damage. tools:
To avoid expensive brake repairs,
1. Replace the jack and tools.
{ WARNING evenly tighten the wheel nuts
in the proper sequence and to 2. Replace the spare tire cover.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or the proper torque specification.
See Capacities and Specifications 3. Turn the retainer nut clockwise
incorrectly tightened can cause to tighten.
the wheels to become loose or on page 11‑2 for the wheel nut
come off. The wheel nuts should torque specification. 4. Replace the rear trunk carpet.
be tightened with a torque wrench 5. Place the flat tire face up on the
to the proper torque specification load floor.
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 9-85
Compact Spare Tire After installing the compact

spare on the vehicle, stop as soon
as possible and make sure the
{ WARNING spare tire is correctly inflated.
Driving with more than one The compact spare is made to
perform well at speeds up to
compact spare tire at a time
105 km/h (65 mph) for distances up
could result in loss of braking
to 5 000 km (3,000 miles), so you
and handling. This could lead can finish your trip and have the
to a crash and you or others full-size tire repaired or replaced at
could be injured. Use only one your convenience. Of course, it is
compact spare tire at a time. best to replace the spare with a
6. Route the strap provided, as full-size tire as soon as possible.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
shown, to secure the flat tire. tire it was fully inflated when the
The compact spare tire is for vehicle was new, however, it can
temporary use only. Replace the lose air after a time. Check the
compact spare with a full-size tire inflation pressure regularly. It should
as soon as possible. be 420 kPa (60 psi).
9-86 Vehicle Care
The spare tire will last longer and be Jump Starting

in good shape in case it is needed WARNING (Continued)
again. If the battery has run down, try
to use another vehicle and some If you do not follow these steps
Notice: When the compact
jumper cables to start your vehicle. exactly, some or all of these
spare is installed, do not take
Be sure to use the following steps to things can hurt you.
the vehicle through an automatic
do it safely.
car wash with guide rails. The
Notice: Ignoring these steps
compact spare can get caught on
the rails which can damage the { WARNING could result in costly damage to
the vehicle that would not be
tire, wheel and other parts of the
Batteries can hurt you. They can covered by the warranty.
vehicle.
be dangerous because: Trying to start the vehicle by
Do not use the compact spare on . They contain acid that can pushing or pulling it will not
other vehicles.
burn you. work, and it could damage the
Do not mix the compact spare tire vehicle.
or wheel with other wheels or tires.
. They contain gas that can
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire explode or ignite.
and its wheel together. . They contain enough
Notice: Tire chains will not fit the electricity to burn you.
compact spare. Using them can (Continued)
damage the vehicle and can
damage the chains too. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Vehicle Care 9-87
Notice: If the other vehicle's

system is not a 12-volt system
with a negative ground, both
vehicles can be damaged. Only
use vehicles with 12-volt systems
with negative grounds to jump
start your vehicle.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
put the shift lever in P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 8‑22.
Notice: If you leave the radio or
other accessories on during the
jump starting procedure, they
The jump start positive (A) and The positive jump start connection could be damaged. The repairs
negative (B) posts are located in the is covered by a red cap. Remove to would not be covered by the
engine compartment on the driver expose the terminal. warranty. Always turn off the
side of the vehicle. radio and other accessories
1. Check the other vehicle. It must when jump starting the vehicle.
These posts are used instead of a have a 12-volt battery with a
direct connection to the battery. negative ground system. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
and switch off all lights and
accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
9-88 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

An electric fan can start up even amount of fluid is there. If it is low,
when the engine is not running add water to take care of that
and can injure you. Keep hands, first. If you don't, explosive gas
clothing and tools away from any could be present.
underhood electric fan.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
{ WARNING you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
Using a match near a battery can the place with water and get 5. Connect one end of the red
cause battery gas to explode. medical help immediately. positive (+) cable to the jump
People have been hurt doing this, start positive (+) post (A).
and some have been blinded.
6. Connect the other end of
Use a flashlight if you need more { WARNING the red positive (+) cable to
light. the positive (+) terminal of the
Fans or other moving engine
Be sure the battery has enough parts can injure you badly. Keep good battery (B).
water. You do not need to add your hands away from moving 7. Connect one end of the black
water to the battery installed in parts once the engine is running. negative (–) cable to the
your new vehicle. But if a battery negative (–) terminal of the
has filler caps, be sure the right good battery (C).
(Continued) 8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) post (D).
Vehicle Care 9-89
9. Start the engine in the vehicle To disconnect the jumper cables

with the good battery and run from both vehicles:
the engine at idle speed for at 1. Disconnect the black
least four minutes. negative (−) cable from the
10. Try to start the vehicle that had vehicle that had the dead
the dead battery. If it will not battery.
start after a few tries, it 2. Disconnect the black
probably needs service. negative (−) cable from the
Notice: If the jumper cables are vehicle with the good battery.
connected or removed in the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
wrong order, electrical shorting cable from the vehicle with the
may occur and damage the good battery.
Jumper Cable Removal
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
Always connect and remove the Part or Remote Negative (–) cable from the other vehicle.
jumper cables in the correct Terminal 5. Return the caps over the
order, making sure that the B. Good Battery or Remote positive (+) and negative (–)
cables do not touch each other Positive (+) and Remote terminals to their original
or other metal. Negative (–) Terminals positions.
C. Dead Battery or Remote
Positive (+) Terminal
9-90 Vehicle Care
Towing Recreational Vehicle Appearance Care

Towing
Towing the Vehicle Notice: Dolly towing or dinghy Exterior Care
To avoid damage, the disabled towing the vehicle may cause Cleaning Exterior
vehicle should be towed with all damage because of reduced Lamps/Lenses
four wheels off the ground. Consult ground clearance. Always put
your dealer or a professional towing the vehicle on a flatbed truck or Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
service if the disabled vehicle trailer. soft cloth, and a car washing soap
needs to be towed. See Roadside to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
The vehicle was neither designed Follow instructions under “Washing
Assistance Program on page 12‑6. nor intended to be towed with any the Vehicle” later in this section.
If the vehicle has lost battery power, of its wheels on the ground. If the
the shift lever needs to be manually vehicle must be towed, see “Towing Finish Care
released to neutral for towing. See the Vehicle” earlier in this section.
Occasional waxing or mild polishing
“Shift Lock Manual Release” under of the vehicle by hand may be
Shifting Out of Park on page 8‑23. necessary to remove residue from
To tow the vehicle behind the paint finish. Approved cleaning
another vehicle for recreational products can be obtained from your
purposes — such as behind a dealer.
motorhome, see Recreational
Vehicle Towing following.
Vehicle Care 9-91
If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are Washing the Vehicle
clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather, and
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their
keep it clean by washing it often.
colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To keep
waxes and polishes that are the paint finish looking new, keep Do not wash the vehicle in
non-abrasive and made for a the vehicle garaged or covered direct sunlight and use a car
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. whenever possible. washing soap.
Notice: Machine compounding Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Notice: Certain cleaners contain
or aggressive polishing on a Parts chemicals that can damage the
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish emblems or nameplates on the
Bright metal parts should be vehicle. Check the cleaning
may damage it. Use only
cleaned regularly to keep their product label. If it states that it
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
luster. Wash with water or use should not be used on plastic
that are made for a basecoat/
chrome polish on chrome or parts, do not use it on the vehicle
clearcoat paint finish on the
stainless steel trim, if necessary. or damage may occur and it
vehicle.
Use special care with aluminum would not be covered by the
Foreign materials such as calcium
trim. To avoid damaging protective warranty.
chloride and other salts, ice melting
trim, never use auto or chrome Do not use cleaning agents
agents, road oil and tar, tree sap,
polish, steam, or caustic soap that are petroleum based or
bird droppings, chemicals from
to clean aluminum. A coating that contain acid or abrasives,
industrial chimneys, etc., can
of wax, rubbed to high polish, as they can damage the paint,
damage the vehicle's finish if they
is recommended for all bright metal, or plastic on the vehicle.
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
metal parts.
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
9-92 Vehicle Care
Approved cleaning products can be Notice: Conveyor systems on Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
obtained from your dealer. Follow all some automatic car washes could or Chrome
manufacturer directions regarding damage the vehicle. There may
correct product usage, necessary not be enough clearance for the The vehicle may have either
safety precautions, and appropriate undercarriage. Check with the car aluminum or chrome-plated wheels.
disposal of any vehicle care wash manager before using the Keep the wheels clean using a soft,
product. automatic car wash. clean cloth with mild soap and
Rinse the vehicle well, before water. Rinse with clean water. After
Weatherstrips rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft,
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they Silicone grease on weatherstrips will clean towel. A wax may then be
are allowed to dry on the surface, make them last longer, seal better, applied.
they could stain. and not stick or squeak. Apply Notice: Chrome wheels and
silicone grease with a clean cloth. other chrome trim may be
Dry the finish with a soft, clean During very cold, damp weather
chamois or an all-cotton towel to damaged if the vehicle is not
frequent application may be washed after driving on roads
avoid surface scratches and water required. See Recommended Fluids
spotting. that have been sprayed with
and Lubricants on page 10‑8. magnesium, calcium or sodium
High pressure car washes could chloride. These chlorides are
cause water to enter the vehicle. used on roads for conditions
Avoid using high pressure washes such as ice and dust. Always
closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the wash the vehicle's chrome with
surface of the vehicle. Use of power soap and water after exposure.
washers exceeding 8,274 kPa
(1,200 psi) can result in damage or
removal of paint and decals.
Vehicle Care 9-93
Notice: Using strong soaps, Notice: Using chrome polish on Windshield and Wiper Blades
chemicals, abrasive polishes, aluminum wheels could damage
Clean the outside of the windshield
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners the wheels. The repairs would
with glass cleaner.
that contain acid on aluminum not be covered by the vehicle
or chrome-plated wheels, could warranty. Use chrome polish on Clean the rubber blades using a
damage the surface of the chrome wheels only. lint‐free cloth or paper towel soaked
wheel(s). The repairs would not with windshield washer fluid or a
Use chrome polish only on
be covered by the vehicle mild detergent. Wash the windshield
chrome-plated wheels, but avoid
warranty. Use only approved thoroughly when cleaning the
any painted surface of the wheel,
cleaners on aluminum or blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
and buff off immediately after
chrome-plated wheels. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
application.
treatments may cause wiper
The surface of these wheels is Notice: Driving the vehicle streaking. Replace the wiper blades
similar to the painted surface of the through an automatic car wash if they are worn or damaged.
vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, that has silicone carbide tire
chemicals, abrasive polishes, Wipers can be damaged by:
cleaning brushes, could damage
abrasive cleaners, cleaners with the aluminum or chrome-plated . Extreme dusty conditions
acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes wheels. The repairs would not be
on them because the surface could . Sand and salt
covered by the vehicle warranty.
be damaged. Do not use chrome Never drive a vehicle that has . Heat and sun
polish on aluminum wheels. aluminum or chrome-plated . Snow and ice, without proper
wheels through an automatic car removal
wash that uses silicone carbide
tire cleaning brushes.
9-94 Vehicle Care
Tires Finish Damage At least every spring, flush these

materials from the underbody
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Any stone chips, fractures, or deep
with plain water. Clean any areas
clean the tires. scratches in the finish should be
where mud and debris can collect.
Notice: Using petroleum-based repaired right away. Bare metal will
Dirt packed in close areas of the
tire dressing products on the corrode quickly and may develop
frame should be loosened before
vehicle may damage the paint into major repair expense.
being flushed. Your dealer or an
finish and/or tires. When applying Minor chips and scratches can be underbody car washing system
a tire dressing, always wipe off repaired with touch-up materials can do this.
any overspray from all painted available from your dealer. Larger
surfaces on the vehicle. areas of finish damage can be Chemical Paint Spotting
corrected in your dealer's body Some weather and atmospheric
Sheet Metal Damage and paint shop. conditions can create a chemical
If the vehicle is damaged and fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
requires sheet metal repair or
Underbody Maintenance
upon and attack painted surfaces on
replacement, make sure the body Chemicals used for ice and snow the vehicle. This damage can take
repair shop applies anti-corrosion removal and dust control can collect two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped
material to parts repaired or on the underbody. If these are not discolorations, and small, irregular
replaced to restore corrosion removed, corrosion and rust can dark spots etched into the paint
protection. develop on the underbody parts surface.
Original manufacturer replacement such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
parts will provide the corrosion and exhaust system even though
protection while maintaining the they have corrosion protection.
vehicle warranty.
Vehicle Care 9-95
Interior Care can result from using cleaners on Do not clean the interior using the
surfaces for which they were not following cleaners or techniques:
The vehicle's interior will continue intended. Apply the cleaner directly
to look its best if it is cleaned often.
. Never use a knife or any other
to the cleaning cloth to prevent sharp object to remove a soil
Dust and dirt can accumulate on over-spray. Remove any accidental
the upholstery and cause damage from any interior surface.
over-spray from other surfaces
to the carpet, fabric, leather, and immediately. . Never use a stiff brush. It can
plastic surfaces. Stains should be cause damage to the vehicle's
removed quickly as extreme heat Notice: Using abrasive cleaners interior surfaces.
could cause them to set rapidly. when cleaning glass surfaces on
the vehicle, could scratch the . Never apply heavy pressure or
Lighter colored interiors may glass and/or cause damage to rub aggressively with a cleaning
require more frequent cleaning. the rear window defogger. When cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
Newspapers and garments that can cleaning the glass on the vehicle, damage the interior and does
transfer color to home furnishings use only a soft cloth and glass not improve the effectiveness of
can also transfer color to the cleaner. soil removal.
vehicle's interior.
Cleaners can contain solvents that . Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps.
Remove dust from small buttons can become concentrated in the Avoid laundry detergents or
and knobs with a small brush with vehicle's interior. Before using dishwashing soaps with
soft bristles. cleaners, read and adhere to all degreasers. Using too much
Your dealer has products for safety instructions on the label. soap will leave a residue that
cleaning the vehicle's interior. While cleaning the vehicle's interior, leaves streaks and attracts dirt.
When cleaning the vehicle's interior, maintain adequate ventilation by For liquid cleaners, about
only use cleaners specifically opening the vehicle's doors and 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of
designed for the surfaces that are windows. water is a good guide.
being cleaned. Permanent damage
9-96 Vehicle Care

. Do not heavily saturate the To clean: A paper towel can be used to blot
upholstery while cleaning. excess moisture from the fabric or
1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white
. Damage to the vehicle's interior cloth with water or club soda. carpet after the cleaning process.
may result from the use of many
2. Remove excess moisture. Leather
organic solvents such as naptha,
alcohol, etc. 3. Start on the outside edge of the To remove dust, a soft cloth
soil and gently rub toward the dampened with water can be
Fabric/Carpet center. Continue cleaning, using used. If a more thorough cleaning is
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft a clean area of the cloth each necessary, a soft cloth dampened
brush attachment to remove dust time it becomes soiled. with a mild soap solution can be
and loose dirt. A canister vacuum used. Allow the leather to dry
4. Continue to gently rub the naturally. Do not use heat, steam,
with a beater bar in the nozzle soiled area.
may only be used on floor carpet spot lifters or spot removers,
and carpeted floor mats. For soils, 5. If the soil is not completely or shoe polish on leather.
always try to remove them first with removed, use a mild soap Many commercial leather cleaners
plain water or club soda. Before solution and repeat the cleaning and coatings that are sold to
cleaning, gently remove as much of process with plain water. preserve and protect leather
the soil as possible using one of the may permanently change the
If any of the soil remains, a
following techniques: appearance and feel of the leather
commercial fabric cleaner or spot
and are not recommended. Do not
. For liquids: gently blot the lifter may be necessary. Test a small
use silicone or wax-based products,
remaining soil with a paper hidden area for colorfastness before
or those containing organic solvents
towel. Allow the soil to absorb using a commercial upholstery
to clean the vehicle's interior
into the paper towel until no cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally
because they can alter the
more can be removed. cleaned area gives any impression
appearance by increasing the
that a ring formation may result,
. For solid dry soils: remove as gloss in a non-uniform manner.
clean the entire surface.
much as possible and then
vacuum.
Vehicle Care 9-97
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Some commercial products may

Other Plastic Surfaces increase gloss on the instrument
panel. The increase in gloss may
To remove dust, a soft cloth cause annoying reflections in the
dampened with water can be windshield and even make it difficult
used. If a more thorough cleaning to see through the windshield under
is necessary, a clean soft cloth certain conditions.
dampened with a mild soap solution
can be used to gently remove Care of Safety Belts
dust and dirt. Never use spot lifters
Keep belts clean and dry.
or removers on plastic surfaces.
Many commercial cleaners and
coatings that are sold to preserve { WARNING
and protect soft plastic surfaces
may permanently change the Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
appearance and feel of the interior It may severely weaken them.
and are not recommended. Do not In a crash, they might not be able
use silicone or wax-based products, to provide adequate protection.
or those containing organic solvents Clean safety belts only with mild
to clean the vehicle's interior soap and lukewarm water.
because they can alter the
appearance by increasing the
gloss in a non-uniform manner.
9-98 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
Service and Maintenance 10-1
Service and General Information Because of all the different ways

people use vehicles, maintenance
Maintenance Notice: Maintenance
intervals, checks, inspections,
needs vary. The vehicle might need
more frequent checks and services.
recommended fluids, and Please read the information under
General Information lubricants are necessary to Scheduled Maintenance. To keep
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 keep this vehicle in good the vehicle in good condition, see
working condition. Damage your dealer.
Scheduled Maintenance caused by failure to follow
The maintenance schedule is for
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 10-2 scheduled maintenance might
vehicles that:
not be covered by the vehicle
Recommended Fluids, warranty. . Carry passengers and cargo
Lubricants, and Parts within recommended limits on
Recommended Fluids and As the vehicle owner, you are
the Tire and Loading Information
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 responsible for the scheduled
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
Maintenance Replacement maintenance in this section.
on page 8‑12.
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 We recommend having your
. Are driven on reasonable road
dealer perform these services.
Maintenance Records Proper vehicle maintenance helps surfaces within legal driving
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 10-12 to keep the vehicle in good working limits.
condition, improves fuel economy, . Use the recommended fuel.
and reduces vehicle emissions for See Recommended Fuel on
better air quality. page 8‑44.
10-2 Service and Maintenance
The proper replacement parts, Scheduled

{ WARNING fluids, and lubricants to use are
Performing maintenance work can
listed in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance
Lubricants on page 10‑8 and
be dangerous. Some jobs can Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil
cause serious injury. Perform page 10‑11. We recommend the use Soon Message Displays
maintenance work only if you of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. See
have the required know-how and Engine Oil on page 9‑10. An
the proper tools and equipment. Rotation of New Tires
Emission Control Service.
If in doubt, see your dealer to Tire rotation is not recommended if
have a qualified technician do the vehicle has different size tires When the “Change Engine Oil
the work. See Doing Your Own on the front and rear wheels. If tire Soon” message displays, service is
Service Work on page 9‑4. rotation is recommended for the required for the vehicle as soon as
vehicle, to maintain ride, handling, possible, within the next 1 000 km/
At your dealer, you can be and performance of the vehicle, 600 miles. If driving under the best
certain that you will receive the it is important that the first rotation conditions, the engine oil life system
highest level of service available. service for new tires be performed might not indicate the need for
Your dealer has specially trained when they have 8 000 to 13 000 km vehicle service for more than a year.
service technicians, uses genuine (5,000 to 8,000 miles). See Tire The engine oil and filter must be
replacement parts, as well as, up to Rotation on page 9‑63. changed at least once a year and
date tools and equipment to ensure the oil life system must be reset.
fast and accurate diagnostics. Your dealer has trained service
technicians who will perform
this work and reset the system.
If the engine oil life system is reset Maintenance I

. Engine air cleaner filter
accidentally, service the vehicle inspection (vehicles driven
. Change engine oil and filter. in dusty conditions only).
within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since
See Engine Oil on page 9‑10. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
the last service. Reset the oil life
An Emission Control Service. page 9‑15.
system whenever the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on . Engine coolant level check. . Brake system inspection
page 9‑13. See Engine Coolant on (or every 12 months, whichever
page 9‑18. occurs first).
When the “Change Engine Oil
Soon” message displays, certain . Windshield washer fluid level
Maintenance II
services, checks, and inspections check. See Washer Fluid on
are required. The services page 9‑26. . Perform all services described in
described for Maintenance I should Maintenance I.
. Tire inflation check. See Tire
be performed at every engine oil Pressure on page 9‑56. . Steering and suspension
change. The services described inspection. Visual inspection
for Maintenance II should be . Tire wear inspection. See Tire
for damaged, loose, or missing
performed when: Inspection on page 9‑63.
parts or signs of wear.
. Maintenance I was performed . If tire rotation is recommended . Engine cooling system
the last time the engine oil was for the vehicle, rotate tires.
inspection. Visual inspection
changed. See Tire Rotation on page 9‑63.
of hoses, pipes, fittings, and
. Fluids visual leak check clamps and replacement,
. It has been 10 months or more
since the “Change Engine Oil (or every 12 months, whichever if needed.
Soon” message has displayed occurs first). A leak in any
or since the last service. system must be repaired and
the fluid level checked.

. Windshield wiper blade . Automatic transmission fluid . Windshield washer fluid level
inspection for wear, cracking, level check and adding fluid, check. See Washer Fluid on
or contamination and windshield if needed. See Automatic page 9‑26.
and wiper blade cleaning, Transmission Fluid on
if contaminated. See Exterior page 9‑14. Once a Month
Care on page 9‑90. Worn . Rear axle fluid level check and
. Tire inflation check. See Tire
or damaged wiper blade adding fluid, if needed. See Rear Pressure on page 9‑56.
replacement. See Wiper Blade Axle on page 9‑29. . Tire wear inspection. See Tire
Replacement on page 9‑32. Inspection on page 9‑63.
. Engine air cleaner filter
. Body hinges and latches, inspection. See Engine Air
key lock cylinders, folding Once a Year
Cleaner/Filter on page 9‑15.
seat hardware, and sunroof . See Starter Switch Check on
(if equipped) lubrication. . Passenger compartment air page 9‑31.
See Recommended Fluids and filter replacement (or every . See Automatic Transmission
Lubricants on page 10‑8. 12 months, whichever occurs
Shift Lock Control System
More frequent lubrication may first). More frequent replacement
Check on page 9‑31.
be required when vehicle is may be required if vehicle is
exposed to a corrosive driven regularly under dusty . See Ignition Transmission Lock
environment. Applying silicone conditions. Check on page 9‑32.
grease on weatherstrips with . See Park Brake and P (Park)
Additional Required Services
a clean cloth makes them last Mechanism Check on
longer, seal better, and not stick At Each Fuel Stop page 9‑32.
or squeak. . Engine oil level check. . Engine cooling system and
. Restraint system component See Engine Oil on page 9‑10. pressure cap pressure check.
check. See Safety System Radiator and air conditioning
. Engine coolant level check.
Check on page 2‑21. condenser outside cleaning.
See Engine Coolant on
page 9‑18. See Cooling System on
page 9‑17.

. Exhaust system and nearby heat terrain, when frequently towing First Engine Oil Change After
shields inspection for loose or a trailer, or used for taxi, Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles
damaged components. police, or delivery service. . Engine cooling system drain,
. Accelerator pedal check for See Automatic Transmission flush, and refill, cooling system
damage, high effort, or binding. Fluid on page 9‑14. and cap pressure check, and
Replace if needed. . Rear axle fluid change (severe cleaning of outside of radiator
. If the vehicle has a Tire Sealant service) for vehicles mainly and air conditioning condenser
and Compressor Kit, check the driven in hilly or mountainous (or every 5 years, whichever
sealant expiration date printed terrain, when frequently towing a occurs first). See Cooling
on the instruction label of trailer, used for high speed or System on page 9‑17. An
the kit. See Tire Sealant and competitive driving, or used for Emission Control Service.
Compressor Kit on page 9‑73. taxi, police, or delivery service. . Engine accessory drive belt
See Rear Axle on page 9‑29. inspection for fraying, excessive
First Engine Oil Change After
Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles First Engine Oil Change After cracks, or obvious damage and
Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles replacement, if needed. An
. Fuel system inspection for Emission Control Service.
damage or leaks. . Automatic transmission fluid
change (normal service).
First Engine Oil Change After See Automatic Transmission
Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles Fluid on page 9‑14.
. Engine air cleaner filter . Rear axle fluid change (normal
replacement. See Engine Air service). See Rear Axle on
Cleaner/Filter on page 9‑15. page 9‑29.
. Automatic transmission fluid . Spark plug replacement.
change (severe service) An Emission Control Service.
for vehicles mainly driven
in heavy city traffic in hot
weather, in hilly or mountainous
Maintenance
Service Maintenance I II
Change engine oil and filter. Reset oil life system. • •
Engine coolant level check. • •
Windshield washer fluid level check. • •
Tire inflation pressures check. • •
Tire wear inspection. • •
If tire rotation is recommended for the vehicle, rotate tires. • •
Fluids visual leak check. • •
Engine air cleaner filter inspection (vehicles driven in dusty conditions only). • •
Brake system inspection. • •
Steering and suspension inspection. •
Maintenance
Service Maintenance I II
Engine cooling system inspection. •
Windshield wiper blades inspection. •
Body components lubrication. •
Restraint system components check. •
Automatic transmission fluid level check. •
Rear axle fluid level check. •
Engine air cleaner filter inspection (vehicles not driven in dusty conditions). •
Passenger compartment air filter replacement. •
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the
American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst
Engine Oil (V6 Engine)
symbol. To determine the proper viscosity for the vehicle's engine, see
Engine Oil on page 9‑10.
The engine requires a special engine oil meeting GM Standard GM4718M.
Oils meeting this standard can be identified with the American Petroleum
Institute (API) Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol. However,
Engine Oil (V8 Engines)
not all synthetic API oils with the starburst symbol will meet this GM
standard. Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM4718M.
For the proper viscosity, see Engine Oil on page 9‑10.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
Engine Coolant
See Engine Coolant on page 9‑18.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 88862806,
Hydraulic Brake System
in Canada 88862807).
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 88862806,
Hydraulic Clutch System
Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
Parking Brake Cable Guides
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC‐LB.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
SAE 75W-90 GL5 Gear Oil (GM Part No. U.S. 88862475,
Manual Transmission (V6 Engine)
Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. U.S. 88861800,
Manual Transmission (V8 Engine)
Rear Axle (V6 Engine with Automatic Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 (GM Part No. U.S. 89021677,
Transmission) in Canada 89021678).
Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip
Rear Axle (V6 Engine with Manual
(GM Part No. U.S. 89021677 and Friction Modifier 1052358,
Transmission)
in Canada 89021678 and Friction Modifier 992694).
Rear Differential Fluid 75W-90 Limited Slip
Rear Axle (V8 Engine) (GM Part No. U.S. 89021677 and Friction Modifier 1052358,
in Canada 89021678 and Friction Modifier 992694).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241,
Key Lock Cylinders
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. U.S. 12346293,
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and in Canada 992723) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. U.S. 12346241,
Hood, Door, and Folding Seat Hinges
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. U.S. 3634770, in Canada 10953518)
Weatherstrip Conditioning or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. U.S. 12345579,
in Canada 992887).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your retailer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 92196275 A3137C
Engine Oil Filter
3.6L V6 Engine 25177917 PF2129
6.2L V8 Engine 89017524 PF48
Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 92220249 —
Spark Plugs
3.6L V6 Engine 12597464 41-990
6.2L V8 Engine 12621258 41-110
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 92231676 —
Passenger Side 92231677 —
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Record
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Maintenance Record (cont'd)

Odometer
Reading
Maintenance Record (cont'd)

Odometer
Reading
Technical Data 11-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN
Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 on page 11‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 11-4 This legal identifier is in the front Identification Label
corner of the instrument panel, on This label, in the trunk, has the
the left side of the vehicle. It can be following information:
seen through the windshield from . Vehicle Identification
outside. The VIN also appears on
Number (VIN)
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title . Model designation
and registration. . Paint information
. Production options and special
equipment
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
11-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant caution label located
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a
under the hood. See your dealer for more
information.
Engine Cooling System
3.6L V6 Engine Automatic Transmission 10.2 L 10.8 qt
3.6L V6 Engine Manual Transmission 10.6 L 11.2 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (L99) Automatic Transmission 10.8 L 11.4 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LS3) Manual Transmission 11.2 L 11.8 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (L99) 7.6 L 8.0 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (LS3) 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Technical Data 11-3
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Fuel Tank 71.0 L 18.8 gal
Rear Axle Fluid
V6 Engine 6–Speed Automatic 0.9 L 1.0 qt
V6 Engine 6–Speed Manual* 0.9 L 1.0 qt
V8 Engine* 0.9 L 1.0 qt
Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement)
V6 Engine 6–Speed Automatic** 6.3 L 6.7 qt
V8 Engine 6–Speed Automatic** 6.3 L 6.7 qt
V6 Engine 6–Speed Manual 1.8 L 1.9 qt
V8 Engine 6–Speed Manual 3.9 L 4.2 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 ft lb
*Add 2.5 oz. (75 mL) of friction modifier to the specified quantity of axle lubricant.
**See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 9‑14 for information on checking fluid level.
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
11-4 Technical Data
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
Automatic
3.6L V6 (LLT) V 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Manual
6.2L V8 (L99) J Automatic 1.0 mm (0.040 in)
6.2L V8 (LS3) W Manual 1.0 mm (0.040 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.2L V8 Engines
3.6L V6 Engine
Customer Information 12-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by the dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 12-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 12-5 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 12-15 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16
Radio Frequency been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 12-17
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8 Radio Frequency STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17 with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . 12-10 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 12-13 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of the dealership or the general
manager.
12-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO : If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, heard within 40 days. If you do not
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will agree with the decision given in
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's your case, you may reject it and
resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest proceed with any other venue for
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. relief available to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Line Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them
Canada Customer Communication sure you are completely satisfied at the following address:
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the you can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
Representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification Number out of court program administered
(VIN). This is available from by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
the vehicle registration or title, Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
or the plate at the top left of the disputes regarding vehicle repairs Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
instrument panel and visible or the interpretation of the New vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although factors. General Motors reserves
you may be required to resort to the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
this informal dispute resolution
. Vehicle delivery date and program prior to filing a court action, participation in this program.
present mileage. use of the program is free of charge
and your case will generally be
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers
procedure outlined in Steps 1 and 2, the General Motors Customer to call the toll-free number for
General Motors of Canada Limited Communication Centre, assistance. However, if a customer
wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited United States — Customer
The Mediation/Arbitration Program Assistance
has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication
of owner disputes involving Centre Chevrolet Motor Division
factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Customer Assistance
claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center
the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive P.O. Box 33170
an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Detroit, MI 48232-5170
may include an informal hearing www.Chevrolet.com
before the arbiter. The program is Your inquiry should be accompanied
designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-222-1020
settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
you file your complaint to the final Telephone Devices (TTYs))
decision, should be completed in Roadside Assistance:
about 70 days. We believe our 1-800-243-8872
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
From Puerto Rico: Overseas — Customer Customer Assistance for

1-800-496-9992 (English) Assistance Text Telephone (TTY)
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) Please contact the local General Users
From U.S. Virgin Islands: Motors Business Unit.
To assist customers who are deaf,
1-800-496-9994 Mexico, Central America, and hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
Caribbean Islands/Countries and who use Text Telephones
Canada — Customer (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
(Except Puerto Rico and U.S.
Assistance equipment available at its
Virgin Islands) — Customer
General Motors of Canada Limited Assistance Customer Assistance Center.
Customer Communication Centre, Any TTY user in the U.S. can
CA1-163-005 General Motors de Mexico, communicate with Chevrolet
1908 Colonel Sam Drive S. de R.L. de C.V. by dialing: 1-800-833-2438.
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Customer Assistance Center (TTY users in Canada can dial
www.gm.ca Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 1-800-263-3830.)
Col. Granada
1-800-263-3777 (English) C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text 01-800-466-0800
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Online Owner Center Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable
Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com tools and services you will have
Online Owner Center (U.S.) — access to:
www.gmownercenter.com/ Chevrolet Merchandise —
www.chevymall.com
. My Showroom: Find and save
chevrolet information on vehicles and
Information and services Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area.
customized for your specific pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do . My Dealers: Save details such
vehicle — all in one convenient . FAQ as address and phone number
place. for each of your preferred GM
. Contact Us
. Digital owner manual, warranty dealers.
information, and more My GM Canada . My Driveway: Access quick links
(Canada) — www.gm.ca to parts and service estimates,
. Online service and maintenance
records My GM Canada is a check trade-in values,
password-protected section of or schedule a service
. Chevrolet dealer locator for www.gm.ca where you can save appointment by adding the
service nationwide information on GM vehicles, get vehicles you own to your
. Exclusive privileges and offers personalized offers, and use handy driveway profile.
. Recall notices for your specific tools and forms with greater ease. . My Preferences: Manage your
vehicle profile and use tools and forms
with greater ease.
. OnStar® and GM Cardmember
Services Earnings summaries To sign up, visit the My GM Canada
section within www.gm.ca.

. Odometer reading, Vehicle
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Identification Number (VIN),
Reimbursement Program Program and delivery date of the vehicle
For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, . Description of the problem
call 1‐800‐243‐8872;
(Text Telephone (TTY): Coverage
1‐888‐889‐2438). Services are provided up to 5 years/
For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, 160 000 km (100,000 miles),
call 1-800-268-6800. whichever comes first.
This program is available to Service is available 24 hours a day, In the U.S., anyone driving the
qualified applicants for cost 365 days a year. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
reimbursement of eligible person driving the vehicle without
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance permission from the owner is not
required for your vehicle, such as When calling Roadside Assistance, covered.
hand controls or a wheelchair/ have the following information Roadside Assistance is not a part of
scooter lift for the vehicle. ready: the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
For more information on the limited . Your name, home address, and Chevrolet and General Motors of
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or home telephone number Canada Limited reserve the right to
call the GM Mobility Assistance make any changes or discontinue
. Telephone number of your the Roadside Assistance program at
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text location
Telephone (TTY) users, call any time without notification.
1-800-833-9935. . Location of the vehicle
General Motors of Canada also . Model, year, color, and license
has a Mobility Program. Call plate number of the vehicle
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Chevrolet and General Motors of driven. Assistance is also given Services Specific to Canadian
Canada Limited reserve the right to when the vehicle is stuck in the Purchased Vehicles
limit services or payment to an sand, mud, or snow.
owner or driver if they decide the
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
. Flat Tire Change: Service to is approximately $5 Canadian.
claims are made too often, or the change a flat tire with the spare
same type of claim is made many Diesel fuel delivery may be
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, restricted. Propane and other
times. must be in good condition and fuels are not provided through
Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's this service.
responsibility for the repair or .
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: replacement of the tire if it is not Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
Delivery of enough fuel for the covered by the warranty. registration is required.
vehicle to get to the nearest . Trip Routing Service: Detailed
service station.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery. maps of North America are
. Lock‐Out Service: Service to provided when requested either
unlock the vehicle if you are Services Not Included in with the most direct route or the
locked out. A remote unlock Roadside Assistance most scenic route. There is a
may be available if you have limit of six requests per year.
. Impound towing caused by
OnStar®. For security reasons, Additional travel information is
violation of any laws. also available. Allow three
the driver must present
identification before this . Legal fines. weeks for delivery.
service is given. . Mounting, dismounting,
. Emergency Tow From a Public or changing of snow tires,
Road or Highway: Tow to the chains, or other traction devices.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for . Towing or services for vehicles
warranty service, or if the vehicle driven on a non-public road or
was in a crash and cannot be highway.

. Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation
250 kilometers from where Appointments Program
your trip was started to When your vehicle requires To enhance your ownership
qualify. General Motors of warranty service, contact experience, we and our participating
Canada Limited requires your dealer and request an dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
pre-authorization, original appointment. By scheduling Transportation, a customer support
detailed receipts, and a copy a service appointment and program for vehicles with the New
of the repair orders. Once advising your service consultant Vehicle Limited Warranty (Base
authorization has been received, of your transportation needs, Warranty Coverage period in
the Roadside Assistance advisor your dealer can help minimize Canada) and extended powertrain,
will help to make arrangements your inconvenience. and hybrid specific warranty in both
and explain how to receive the U.S. and Canada.
payment. If your vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department Several courtesy transportation
. Alternative Service: If immediately, keep driving it until options are available to assist in
assistance cannot be provided it can be scheduled for service, reducing your inconvenience when
right away, the Roadside unless, of course, the problem is warranty repairs are required.
Assistance advisor may safety-related. If it is, please call
give permission to get local Courtesy Transportation is not a
your dealership/retailer, let them part of the New Vehicle Limited
emergency road service. know this, and ask for instructions.
You will receive payment, up to Warranty. A separate booklet
$100, after sending the original If the dealer requests you to bring entitled “Warranty and Owner
receipt to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are Assistance Information” furnished
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work with each new vehicle provides
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for the detailed warranty coverage
parts and labor for repairs not same day repair. information.
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However, If your vehicle requires overnight provide you with a courtesy
if you are unable to wait, GM helps warranty repairs, and public rental vehicle or reimburse you
to minimize your inconvenience by transportation is used instead of for a rental vehicle that you obtain
providing several transportation the dealer's shuttle service, the if your vehicle is kept for an
options. Depending on the expense must be supported by overnight warranty repair. Rental
circumstances, your dealer can original receipts and can only reimbursement will be limited and
offer you one of the following: be up to the maximum amount must be supported by original
allowed by GM for shuttle service. receipts. This requires that you sign
Shuttle Service In addition, for U.S. customers, and complete a rental agreement
Shuttle service is the preferred should you arrange transportation and meet state/provincial, local, and
means of offering Courtesy through a friend or relative, limited rental vehicle provider requirements.
Transportation. Dealers may provide reimbursement for reasonable fuel Requirements vary and may include
you with shuttle service to get you expenses may be available. Claim minimum age requirements,
to your destination with minimal amounts should reflect actual costs insurance coverage, credit card,
interruption of your daily schedule. and be supported by original etc. You are responsible for fuel
This includes one‐way or round trip receipts. See your dealer for usage charges and may also be
shuttle service within reasonable information regarding the allowance responsible for taxes, levies, usage
time and distance parameters of the amounts for reimbursement of fuel fees, excessive mileage, or rental
dealer's area. or other transportation costs. usage beyond the completion of the
repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like-vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts

Information may also be used for repair. These
If your vehicle is involved in a parts are typically removed from
All program options, such as shuttle collision and it is damaged, have vehicles that were total losses in
service, may not be available at the damage repaired by a qualified prior crashes. In most cases, the
every dealer. Please contact your technician using the proper parts being recycled are from
dealer for specific information equipment and quality replacement undamaged sections of the vehicle.
about availability. All Courtesy parts. Poorly performed collision A recycled original equipment GM
Transportation arrangements will be repairs diminish your vehicle's part may be an acceptable choice
administered by appropriate dealer resale value, and safety to maintain your vehicle's originally
personnel. performance can be compromised designed appearance and safety
General Motors reserves the right in subsequent collisions. performance; however, the history of
to unilaterally modify, change or Collision Parts these parts is not known. Such parts
discontinue Courtesy Transportation are not covered by your GM New
at any time and to resolve all Genuine GM Collision parts are Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
questions of claim eligibility new parts made with the same related failures are not covered by
pursuant to the terms and materials and construction methods that warranty.
conditions described herein as the parts with which your vehicle
at its sole discretion. was originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are your best choice
to ensure that your vehicle's
designed appearance, durability,
and safety are preserved. The use
of Genuine GM parts can help
maintain your GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are Insuring Your Vehicle If your vehicle is leased, the leasing
also available. These are made company may require you to have
Protect your investment in your GM
by companies other than GM and insurance that ensures repairs with
vehicle with comprehensive and
may not have been tested for your Genuine GM Original Equipment
collision insurance coverage.
vehicle. As a result, these parts Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
There are significant differences
may fit poorly, exhibit premature Genuine Manufacturer replacement
in the quality of coverage afforded
durability/corrosion problems, parts. Read your lease carefully, as
by various insurance policy terms.
and may not perform properly in you may be charged at the end of
Many insurance policies provide
subsequent collisions. Aftermarket your lease for poor quality repairs.
reduced protection to your GM
parts are not covered by your GM
vehicle by limiting compensation If a Crash Occurs
New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and
for damage repairs by using
any vehicle failure related to such If there has been an injury, call
aftermarket collision parts. Some
parts is not covered by that emergency services for help. Do not
insurance companies will not
warranty. leave the scene of a crash until all
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we matters have been taken care of.
Repair Facility Move the vehicle only if its position
recommend that you ensure that
GM also recommends that you your vehicle will be repaired with puts you in danger, or you are
choose a collision repair facility that GM original equipment collision instructed to move it by a police
meets your needs before you ever parts. If such insurance coverage officer.
need collision repairs. Your dealer is not available from your current Give only the necessary information
may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching to police and other parties involved
with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. in the crash.
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision For emergency towing see
repair center that has GM-trained Roadside Assistance Program on
technicians and comparable page 12‑6.
equipment.
Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage initially value the repair using
. Driver's name, address, and Repair Process aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
telephone number your repair professional, and insist
In the event that your vehicle on Genuine GM parts. Remember,
. Driver's license number requires damage repairs, GM if your vehicle is leased, you may
.
recommends that you take an be obligated to have the vehicle
Owner's name, address, and active role in its repair. If you have
telephone number repaired with Genuine GM parts,
a pre-determined repair facility of even if your insurance coverage
. Vehicle license plate number choice, take your vehicle there, does not pay the full cost.
or have it towed there. Specify
. Vehicle make, model, and If another party's insurance
to the facility that any required
model year company is paying for the repairs,
replacement collision parts be
. Vehicle Identification original equipment parts, either you are not obligated to accept a
Number (VIN) new Genuine GM parts or recycled repair valuation based on that
original GM parts. Remember, insurance company's collision
. Insurance company and policy policy repair limits, as you have no
number recycled parts will not be covered
by your GM vehicle warranty. contractual limits with that company.
. General description of the In such cases, you can have control
damage to the other vehicle Insurance pays the bill for the repair, of the repair and parts choices as
but you must live with the repair. long as the cost stays within
Choose a reputable repair facility Depending on your policy limits,
that uses quality replacement parts. reasonable limits.
your insurance company may
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See After an Airbag
Inflates? on page 2‑28.
Service Publications Owner Information ORDER TOLL FREE:

1-800-551-4123 Monday-Friday
Ordering Information Owner publications are written
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time
specifically for owners and
Service Manuals intended to provide basic For Credit Card Orders Only
Service Manuals have the diagnosis operational information about (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit
and repair information on engines, the vehicle. The owner manual Helm, Inc. on the World Wide Web
transmission, axle, suspension, includes the Maintenance at: helminc.com
brakes, electrical, steering, Schedule for all models. Or you can write to:
body, etc. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Helm, Incorporated
Service Bulletins Owner Manual, and Warranty P.O. Box 07130
Booklet. Detroit, MI 48207
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE: Prices are subject to change without
needed to knowledgeably service $35.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee notice and without incurring
General Motors cars and trucks. Without Portfolio: Owner obligation. Allow ample time for
Each bulletin contains instructions Manual only. delivery.
to assist in the diagnosis and RETAIL SELL PRICE: Note to Canadian Customers: All
service of your vehicle. $25.00 (U.S.) plus processing fee listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Canadian residents are to
Current and Past Model make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Order Forms
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles. To
request an order form, specify year
and model name of the vehicle.
Reporting Safety group of vehicles, it may order Reporting Safety Defects

a recall and remedy campaign. to the Canadian
Defects However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
Government
Reporting Safety Defects problems between you, your If you live in Canada, and you
to the United States dealer, or General Motors. believe that your vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Government To contact NHTSA, you may Canada immediately, and notify
If you believe that your vehicle call the Vehicle Safety Hotline General Motors of Canada Limited.
has a defect which could cause toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Call them at 1-800-333-0510 or
a crash or could cause injury or (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to write to:
death, you should immediately http://www.safercar.gov; or Transport Canada
inform the National Highway write to: Road Safety Branch
Traffic Safety Administration Administrator, NHTSA 2780 Sheffield Road
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9
General Motors. Washington D.C. 20590
If NHTSA receives similar You can also obtain other
complaints, it may open an information about motor
investigation, and if it finds vehicle safety from
that a safety defect exists in a http://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Recorder (EDR). The main purpose
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain
this, please notify General Motors. Your GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations,
sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: hitting a road obstacle, data that
information about the vehicle’s
Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how
Chevrolet Customer Assistance For example, your vehicle uses a vehicle's systems performed.
Center computer modules to monitor and The EDR is designed to record data
P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission related to vehicle dynamics and
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of
conditions for airbag deployment time, typically 30 seconds or less.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 The EDR in this vehicle is designed
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 and deploy airbags in a crash and,
if so equipped, to provide antilock to record such data as:
(French), or write:
braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in your
General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating
Customer Communication Centre, data to help your dealer technician
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service your vehicle. Some modules
. Whether or not the driver and
1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened
fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was
These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or
owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal
as radio pre-sets, seat positions, . How fast the vehicle was
and temperature settings. traveling
This data can help provide a better To read data recorded by an EDR, the discovery process; or, as
understanding of the circumstances special equipment is required, and required by law. Data that GM
in which crashes and injuries occur. access to the vehicle or the EDR is collects or receives may also be
Important: EDR data is recorded needed. In addition to the vehicle used for GM research needs or may
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial manufacturer, other parties, such be made available to others for
crash situation occurs; no data is as law enforcement, that have the research purposes, where a need is
recorded by the EDR under normal special equipment, can read the shown and the data is not tied to a
driving conditions and no personal information if they have access to specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
data (e.g., name, gender, age, the vehicle or the EDR.
and crash location) is recorded. GM will not access this data or OnStar®
However, other parties, such as share it with others except: with the If your vehicle has OnStar and you
law enforcement, could combine consent of the vehicle owner or, subscribe to the OnStar services,
the EDR data with the type of if the vehicle is leased, with the please refer to the OnStar Terms
personally identifying data routinely consent of the lessee; in response and Conditions for information on
acquired during a crash to an official request of police or data collection and use. See also
investigation. similar government office; as part of OnStar® System on page 4‑42 in
GM's defense of litigation through this manual for more information.
Radio Frequency Radio Frequency

Identification (RFID) Statement
RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that
pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal
system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC)
connection with conveniences rules and Industry Canada
such as key fobs for remote door Standards RSS-210/220/310.
locking/unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following
in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions:
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause
personal information or link with interference.
any other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any
personal information. interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
2 NOTES
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Assistance Program,

Adding Equipment to the Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Accessories and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Passenger Status Indicator . . .4-19 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18 Audio System
Active Fuel Management™ . . . . 8-25
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Add-On Electrical
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 6-1
Adding Equipment to the
Alarm System Automatic
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 2-34
Anti-Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . 9-15
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Antenna Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 8-26
Airbag System
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Anti-Theft Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29
How Does an Airbag
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Shiftlock Control System
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Alarm System Messages . . . . .4-36 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Passenger Sensing
Antilock Brake Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
What Makes an Airbag
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Appearance Care
What Will You See After
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-90
an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-95
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .2-24
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont.) Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71

High Intensity Discharge Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 4-20
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36 Check
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-86
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . .9-41 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Taillamps, Turn Signal and Ignition Transmission Lock . . .9-32
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40 Child Restraints
Voltage and Charging
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65 Infants and Young
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . 9-32
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . 6-21, 6-22, 6-25 C Lower Anchors and
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .2-45
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
California Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .8-45 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50, 2-52
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33
Perchlorate Materials Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Where to Put the Restraint . . .2-43
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Cleaning
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Capacities and Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-90
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-95
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Carbon Monoxide Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 7-1
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Cluster, IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Cautions, Danger, and Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 12-10
Headlamps, Front
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . 9-85
Turn Signal and
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . 9-37, 9-38
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 3-1 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
INDEX i-3
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 12-4 Door

Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . 8-37 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Compressor Kit, Tire Text Telephone (TTY) Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-73 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Customer Information Driver Information
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Service Publications Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Ordering Information . . . . . . 12-13 Driving
Coolant Customer Satisfaction Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Characteristics and
Engine Temperature Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-49
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15 D Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7, 8-37
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 12-10 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33 Danger, Warnings, and Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Courtesy Transportation Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 12-15 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 8-9
Covers Daytime Running If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .8-12
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 9-39 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27 Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
i-4 INDEX
E Engine (cont.) F
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Electrical Equipment, Filter
Cooling System Messages . . .4-33
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . .9-15
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Electrical System Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
Engine Compartment Fuse Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 5-4
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Fuses and Circuit Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-79
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42 Fluid
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Instrument Panel Fuse Automatic Transmission . . . . . .9-14
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .8-26
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
Rear Compartment Fuse Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Engine Oil
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Fog Lamps
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
Engine Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Check and Service Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20 Front Seats
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 9-6 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 12-15
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Coolant Temperature
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
INDEX i-5
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43 G H
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-45
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 5-4
Filling a Portable Fuel
Gasoline Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-48
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44 Headlamps
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-46
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .8-45
Engine Coolant Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .8-44
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .4-13 Daytime Running
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . .4-14 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 9-39
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-44
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Requirements, California . . . . .8-45
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 High Intensity Discharge
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
Fuses
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 5-3
Engine Compartment Fuse
Transmission Temperature . . . .4-16 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Fuses and Circuit
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Warning Lights and Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Instrument Panel Fuse
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 8-9
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45 General Information Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Rear Compartment Fuse
Service and Maintenance . . . . .10-1 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-48 How to Wear Safety Belts
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
i-6 INDEX
I L Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . 9-50
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Ignition Transmission Lock Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32 Lamps
Lights
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Daytime
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 9-39
Antilock Brake System
Infants and Young Children, Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 4-4 Headlamps, Front
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .4-26
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii, 6-1 Turn Signal and
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . 9-37, 9-38
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
J License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 5-3
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-86 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .4-20
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .4-17
LATCH System
K Replacing Parts After a
Taillamp Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 4-34 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
Keyless Entry Traction Control
Latch, Lower Anchors and
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 1-3 OFF/StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . .4-25
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Traction Control System
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . 8-38
INDEX i-7
Locks Messages Mirrors

Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . .4-36 Automatic Dimming
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Battery Voltage and Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Lower Anchors and Tethers Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
for Children (LATCH Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .4-33 Monitor System, Tire
M Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Maintenance Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34 N
Maintenance Schedule Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34 Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Recommended Fluids and Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8 Object Detection System . . . . .4-35
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .4-35
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . .10-2
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36 O
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 4-20 Object Detection System
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29 Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 8-30 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37 Off-Road
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
i-8 INDEX
Oil P Power
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Park
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .9-13 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
Engine Oil Pressure Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .8-19
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-41
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 2-36 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Brake and P (Park)
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . .9-32
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Pregnancy, Using Safety
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .8-24
Operation, Infotainment Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Passenger Airbag Status
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Privacy
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Outlets Radio Frequency
Passenger Sensing System . . . 2-29
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 12-17
Perchlorate Materials
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Program
Requirements, California . . . . . . 9-3
Overview Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .12-8
Phone
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Proposition 65 Warning,
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 6-21, 6-22, 6-25
Overview, Infotainment California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
INDEX i-9
R Replacement Parts S
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Radio Frequency Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 12-17 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 2-36
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Replacing LATCH System
Radios How to Wear Safety Belts
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Replacing Safety Belt
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
System Parts After a
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Reporting Safety Defects
Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38 Replacing After a Crash . . . . . .2-21
Canadian Government . . . . . . 12-14
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .2-20
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Safety Defects Reporting
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Canadian Government . . . . . . 12-14
Retained Accessory
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Recommended Fluids and U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14
Ride Control Systems
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .8-38
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
Records Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 10-2
Roadside Assistance
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 12-8
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . 9-90 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-73
Roof
Reimbursement Program, Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 11-4
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Running the Vehicle While
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
i-10 INDEX
Seats Shifting Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Signals, Turn and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 2-4 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 System Check
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Spare Tire Automatic Transmission
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-85 Shiftlock Control . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Securing Child Specifications and
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50, 2-52 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 T
Security Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 StabiliTrak Taillamp Indicator Light . . . . . . . . 4-27
Service OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25 Taillamps
Accessories and StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35 Turn Signal, and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-40
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 12-4
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 10-12 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 1-11
Maintenance, General Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 11-1 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Tires
Publications Ordering Storage Areas Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-71
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .12-8 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-79
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-85
Servicing the Storing the Tire Sealant and Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 2-34 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-79 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67
INDEX i-11
Tires (cont.) Towing Transportation Program,

If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . .9-71 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .8-49 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
Inflation Monitor System . . . . . .9-60 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-55 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-63 General Information . . . . . . . . . .8-48 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . .9-90 Turn and Lane-Change
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-53 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-90
Pressure Monitor System . . . . .9-58 Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 U
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-63 Control OFF/StabiliTrak Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 8-41
Sealant and OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25 Uniform Tire Quality
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-73 Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .8-34 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Sealant and Compressor Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System . . . . . 4-44
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-79 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . .8-38 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Terminology and Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24 Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53
Uniform Tire Quality Transmission
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26
Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-69 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . .9-69 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
When It Is Time for New Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
i-12 INDEX
V W
Vehicle Warning Lights, Gauges,
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Wheels
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Alignment and Tire
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-69
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-90 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-67
Vehicle Care Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-69
Storing the Tire Sealant When It Is Time for New
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . .9-79 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56 Where to Put the Child
Vehicle Identification Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Service Parts Identification Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
Vehicle Reminder Windshield
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . 9-32

Chevrolet Camaro 2010 Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chevrolet Camaro 2010 Owner&#39;s Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual - 2010 Black plate (1,1)

2010 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M

2010 Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

the printing of this owner manual. Canadian Vehicle Owners

These mean there is something

Symbols Vehicle Symbol Chart B : Engine Coolant Temperature

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-1

Keys, Doors and Exterior Mirrors

1-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-3

1-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-5

1-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Shutting the Engine Off After a

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-7

1-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Doors Remote Trunk Release

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-9

Emergency Trunk Release Vehicle Security

1-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-11

Immobilizer Operation If the engine still does not start, and

1-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors To adjust each mirror:

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-13

Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming

1-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows Power Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-15

Window Indexing Express Window Operation

1-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Programming the Power 3. Pull the power window switch up Roof

Keys, Doors and Windows 1-17

Express Sunroof Operation express-open the sunroof. To stop

1-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Seats and Restraints 2-1

Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 2-21

2-2 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 2-3

Front Seats Seat Height Adjustment

2-4 Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Seats and Restraints 2-5

Power Reclining Seatbacks Seatback Latches

Lift the seatback to return it to the

2-6 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 2-7

Safety Belts { WARNING

2-8 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

Seats and Restraints 2-9

2-10 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 2-11

Sit up straight and always keep

2-12 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

Seats and Restraints 2-13

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong

2-14 Seats and Restraints

Chevrolet Camaro 2010 Owner's Manual

Chevrolet Camaro 2010 Owner's Manual